Uploaded by Muhammad Faisal Habib Janjua

SIGN-SIGNAL-ROAD MARKING- NHA

advertisement
GOVERNMENT
OF PAKISTAN
I
NATIONALTRANSPORT
RESEARCH
CENTRE
PLANNING
COMMISSION
I
I'
t'/f
H
til
v'
I
I
I
I
MANUALOF
SIGIUS,
SIGNALS& ROADMARKINGS
.jffi*ltfc.r issnance
ilniy for R.*f,ris*ec
M. SADIO SWATI,
SeniorChief.
BASHIRAHMED,
Deputyctri*.
Ju!y, 1989
PREFACE
Traffic Signs,Signalsand Road Markingsare essentialelementsof highway
-['hey
engineeringrequired for guiding the motorists with speed and.safety.
apportion the right-of-way at points of conflict and provide information with
regard to traffic conditions prevailingaheadto enablethe driver to take timely
In order for these devicesto be effective, trnlo conditions are imperative.
First, these should be of standardand consistentdesign in terms of their sizes,
shapes,colours and location, etc. Secondly,they should convey simple unambiguousmessage,
by alt road userswithout the
which should be understandable
requirementof high academicqualifications.
In Pakistan,signs, signalsand road markingsinstalledin the past on the
roads and highwaysneeda lot to be desired. They did not fullfill thetwo fundanrental conditions even remotely. The signswere put up in odd strapes,sizes
and colours. Some of the signs were even not so ingeneousinvention of the
person installingthe.n, in terms of message
to be conveyed. There were a number
of reasonsfor this, the most important being the absenceof a proper Manual
outlining the warrants and other detailsessentialfor putting up proper silns"
The problem was further exaceberatedby the dearth of qualifiedtr'affic'engineers,
fully conversantwith the art and scienceof traffic signs. As a result, the field
engineerswere left to their own wish with regardto designand installingof the
road signs"
In the past, very rudumentary efforts have been made in this regard. Howsrer, with the creation of Highway Safety Wing in the Ministry of Comrnunications in 1977, seriousefforts were initiated. As a first step,HighwayCodewas
preparedin which the U.N. Signsas per GenevaConventionof 1968were incorporated and given legal cover. Followingthis, the U.N. Conventionon Road
Signs was ratified. The instrument of ratification, under the signatureof the
Chief Executive was deposited with the U.N. in 1979 and became effective
from 14-01-1981. Next the Manualwas drafted in 1981 and arrangementwere
madefor its printing. However,as soon asthe first proof was prepared,indications
were received from the highest.authority that the preferenceshould be given
to the Europeon signs. Since this could only be done under proper legal cover,
which was absent,further work was held in abeyanceto await statuterydevelopnent, which nevermaterialized.After the event of August, 1988, it was therefore
decidedto go aheadwith the original document. By this time, the platesprepared by the Printing Corporation of Pakistanhad been destroyedand it took
long time to sort out the matter of revisedcost and adjustmentof the expenditure
alreadyincurred.
The job of porper road signing, etc, in Pakistan is rather diff icult for
two reasons. First, in most developedcountries,large sign manufacturingfirms
o<ist who specializedin the field, carry a sizeableinventory of standard signs
and supply to a wide geographicalarea. In comparison,the road signingin
Pakistan is still very much a cottage, industry without the benefit of proper
in most developed
equipment and machinery. Secondly,eventhe local languages
countries, use english alphabets and for the purposesof road signs,etc these
in termsof their shape,size,
letters,capitalaswell assmallhavebeenstandardized
stock width, height and spacing. Templates are then provided for each letter
which makesthe job of sign compositionvery easy. On the other hand, the same
connot be done for Urdu languagedue to distinct stylesof caligraphy,which is
This makesit imperativethat special
basicallymore of an art than anything-else.
care must be taken while composingsignsin Urdu. The only helpful hintwhich
can be given in this regard is that personcomposingthe sign must do so in such
a way thatthe Urdu versionis in harmonywith the englishmessage.
-!
iiii* i -l'ilr :lsLi"r.u
c*
'ilt_rl'i :'a; Fi*fl;i'tree
(iii)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
S. No.
Page
Definitions :
AccessControlledHighway
18
Ambulance
18
Animal DrawnVehicles
18
Arterial Highway
ArticulatedVehicle
18
18
Authorized EmergencyVehicle
18
Axle Weight
18
BackPlates
Barricade
18
't8
BarrierLine
18
BarricadeWarningLight
18
Buffer
18
Builtlp Area
18
9utton
19
Carriageway
19
CentreLine
19
ChannelizingLine
19
Contoller
19
CrossWalk
19
CYcle
19
Clcle Track
19
Delineator
19
Detector
19
Direition of Traffic
19
DividedHighway
19
Driver
19
EOgeLrne
19
Foot Path
19
Give-Way
19
GoodsVehicle
19
Gore
20
HeavyTransportVehicle
20
InformationSign
20
TABLE OF CONTENTS(contd).
Intersection
Page
20
lnterval
20
InvalidCarriage
20
Kerb
20
Ladenweight
20
Lane
20
LaneControlSignal
20
LaneLine
20
Legend
20
LevelCrossing
20
Light Trailer
20
Major/MainHighwaY/Street
Median
Moped
Motor Car
Motor Cycle
Motor Way
Zone
No Passing
Object Markings
OpticalUnit
20
20
20
21
21
21
21
21
21
Ovenaking
21
Parking
2',1
Pavement
21
Pedestrian
21
Pedestrian
Crossing
21
PedestrianDetector
21
PedestrianRefuge
21
PedestrianSignal
21
SignalIndication
Pedestrian
21
MaximumWeight
Permissible
21
PowerdrivenVehicle
21
Pre-timedSignal
22
PublicHighway
22
PublicParkingArea
22
fublic Place
22
tublic ServiceVehicle
22
RaisedBars
22
TABLE OF CONTENTS(contd.).
S.No.
-a
Ramp
22
RegisteredAxle Weight
22
RegisteredLadenWeight
22
RegulatorySign
22
Right-of-way
22
Road/Sreet
22
RoadVehicle
22
Rural Area
22
RuralPrimaryHighway
22
RuralSecondaryHighway
22
SchoolBus
22
Semi-trailer
23
Shoulder
23
Signal
23
SignalFace
23
SignalHead
23
SignalIndication
23
SignalInstallation
23
SignalLens
23
SignalSupport
23
SignalSystem
23
Standing
23
Stop Line
23
ThroughHighway
23
Tirhe CWle
23
Tractor
23
Traffic
23
TrafficActuatedSignal
23
Traffic ControlDevices
..
Page
24
Traffic lsland
24
Traffic Markings
24
Traffic Phase
24
Signal
Train-Approach
24
Trailer
24
TransportVehicle
24
UnladenWeight
24
UrbanArea
24
Street
UrbanResidential
24
UrbanCollectorStreet
24
UrbanArterialRoads
24
W a r n i n gS i g n
24
ZebraCrossing
24
TABLE oF CONTENTS(corttd't
t.
Introduction :
Obligationof the ContractingParties
Ratificationof Convention
28
Needfor Manual
29
-Design
29
-Placement
29
-Operation
29
-Maintenance
ll.
Page
25
ZJ
-Uniformity
30
EngineeringStudy Required
30
Interpretationand Revisionof Standards
30
GeneralSpecifications:
Functionof Signs
33
LegalAuthority
33
Standardizationof Application
33
Classification
of Signs
33
-Warning Signs
33
-RegulatorySigns
33
-Road Markings
33
-Road Markings
34
Standardizationof Signs
34
Design
u
SignColours
34
-Red
34
-Bfack
34
g
-White
-Blue
34
-Yellow
34
Symbols
34
Word Messages
35
Lettering
35
llluminationand Reflectorization
35
Meansof lllumination
35
Meansof Reflectorization
35
Sign Borders
36
Standardizationof Location
36
OverheadSlgn In*allations
36
Height
37
LateralClearance
37
T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S( c o n t d . )
lll.
Page
Positionof Signs
38
Erection
38
Postsand Mountings
38
Bridgesfor SignSupports
39
Maintenance
39
SignFabrication
39
W a r n i n gS i g n s:
App!icationof WarningSigns
41
Designof WarningSigns
41
Placement
of WarningSigns
42
C UR V ES I G N S
44
R E V E R SC
E U R V ES I G N S
47
S T E E PG R A D I E N TS I G N S
50
PAVEMENT
NARROWS IGNS
53
D R A WB R I D G ES I G N
56
R I V E RB A N KS I G N
58
B U M P YR O A DS I G N
60
H U M PS I G N
62
D I PS I G N
64
R O A DS I G N.
SLIPPERY
66
L O O S EG R A V E LS I G N
68
F A L L I N GR O C K SS I G N
70
PEDESTR
I A N C R O S SNI G S I G N
72
C H I L D R E NC R O S S I N S
GI G N
74
B I C Y C L EC R O S S I N S
GI G N
74
A N I M A LC R O S S I NS
GI G N
77
R O A DW O R K SS I G N
80
S I G N A LA H E A DS I G N
80
L O WF L Y I N GA I R C R A F TS I G N
83
C R O S S . W I NSDI G N
85
T W OW A Y T R A F F I CS I G N
85
M I N O R R O A DC R O S S T R O ASDI G N S
88
J U N C T I O NS I G N S
92
SIGNS
L E V E LC R O S S I N G
95
U . T U R NS I G N
98
T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S( c o n t d . )
N A R R O WB R I D G ES I G N
lV.
Page
98
R O U N D . A B O US
TIGN
101
M E R G ES I G N
103
M A " ' O RR A O b A H E A DS I G N S
105
T U N N E LS I G N
108
O T H E RW A R N I N GS I G N S
110
RegulatorySigns:
Applicationof RegulatorySigns
44t
I to
Designof RegulatorySigns
113
Classification
of RegulatorySings
113
-Priority RegulatorySiqns
113
-Prohibitory RegulatorySigns
113
-Mandatory RegulatorySigns
113
P R I O RI T Y R E G U L A T O R S
YIGNS
113
- S T O PS I G N
-Warrantsfor Stop Sign
-Location of StoPSign
- G I V E - W A YS I G N
113
115
115
116
-Warrantsfor Give-WaySign
116
-Location of Give-Way
Sign
118
R O A DS I G N
PRIORITY
118
P R O HI B I T O R YR E G UL A T O R YS I G N
120
_ S L O WS I G N
120
- R O A D C L O S E DS I G N
122
_ E N T R YP R O HBI I T I O NS I G N S
122
_ V E H I C L ES I Z EL I M I TS I G N S
_ W I D T HL I M I TS I G N
134
'134
- H E ] G H TL I M I TS I G N
134
- L E N G T HL I M I TS I G N
134
V E H I C L EW E I G H TL I M I TS I G N S
138
- G R O S SW E I G H TL I M I TS I G N
138
_ A X L E W E I G H TL I M I TS I G N
138
T U R NP R O H I B I T I OSNI G N S
141
- N O R I G H TT U R NS I G N
141
_ N O L E F TT U R NS I G N
141
- N O U . T U R NS I G N
141
O V ER T A K I N GP R O HBI I T I O NS I G N S
145
(contd.)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
S P E E DL I M I TS I G N
a
Vl .
148
-Location of SpeedLimit Sign
150
-Night SpeedSign
150
NI G N
H O R NP R O H I B I T I O S
151
CHECKPOSTSIGNS
151
P A R K I N GP R O H I B I T I O S
NI G N . . .
155
E N DO F R E S T R I C T I OSNI G N S. . .
157
C O M P U L S O RD
Y I R E C T I O NS I G N S
162
L A N E C O N T R O LS I G N S
173
D I V I D E DH I G H W A YS I G N S
176
-Divided HighwayBeginSign
176
-Divided Highway End Sign
176
C O M P U L S O R Y T R A C K S I G N. S
..
V.
Page
179
InformationSignsr
-Colour of lnformation Signs
183
-Size of Information Lettering
183
-Amount of Legend
184
-Arrows and Symbols
184
-Categoriesof lnformation Signs
185
A D V A N C ED I R E C T I O NS I G N S
185
D E S T I N A T I O NS I G N
185
-Warrantsfor DestinationSign
185
-Location of DestinationSign
187
ADVANCE ROAD CLOSEDSIGN
187
SIGNS
DIRECTION
189
P L A C EI D E N T IF I C A T I O NS I G N S
189
CONFIRMATORY
SIGNS
189
O T H ER I N F O R M A TI O N S I G N S
196
O N EW A Y S I G N S
209
B U SS T O PS I G N
214
P A R K I N GS I G N
214
SIGN
G E N E R A LI N F O R M A T I O N
217
RoadMarkings:
Jtandardization of Application
223
-Materials
223
-Colours
224
-LongitudinalPavement
Markings
224
_ W H I T EL I N E S
224
_ Y E L L O WL I N E S
224
,
T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S( c o n t d . )
Page
-Width and Patternsof LongitudinalLines
224
-Warrantsfor LongitudinalLines
225
-Normal BrokenWhite Line
225
-Normal SolidWhite Line . .
-Double SolidWhite Line . .
-Combinationof NormalBrokenand SolidWhite Lines
225
-Normal Dotted Line
226
-Solid Yellow Line
226
-Double SolidYellow Lines
226
-Types of LongitudinalLines
226
C E N T R EL I N E
-Warrants for the C,entreLine
N O P A S S I N GL I N E S
225
225
227
227
227
-Warrantsfor No-Passing
Lines
231
- R a n g eo f - V i s i o n
231
T R A F F I CL A N E M A R K I N G S
232
-Traffic Lane Lines
232
-Outside Built-upAreas
-Within Built-upAreas
232
232
PAVEMENT
E D G EM A R K I N G S
235
M E D I A NL I N E S
2!5
- M e d i a nL i n e s
235
-ObstructionMarkings
235
-Guide Marking
235
O T H ER L O N G I T U D I N ALLI N E S
235
- R e v e r s i b l eL a n eM a r k i n g s
235
- E x c i u s i v eT u r n L a n e
235
T R A N S V E R SM
EARKINGS
245
S T O PL I N E
245
-Stop Lines
G I V E . W A YL I N E S
245
247
-Give-Way Lines
247
C R O S SW A L K M A R K I N G S
247
-Cross-walk at Intersections
247
-Non- IntersectionalCross-wa
Ik
247
C R O S S . W A LW
K I T H T R A N S V E R S EL I N E S
252
C R O S S . W A LW
K I T H L O N GI T U D I N A L L I N E S
252
T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S{ c o n t d . )
Page
C R O S S . W A LW
K I T H D I A G O N A LL I N E S
252
-PavementReductionMarkino
252
C Y C L I S TC R O S S I N G S
254
B O XJ U N C T I O NM A R K I N G
254
-A Box JunctionMarking . . .
254
O T H ER T R A N S V ER S EM A R KI N G S
254
-Arrow Markirys
254
-Symbol Markings
258
-Word Markings
258
O B J E C TM A R K I N G S
258
DELINEATORS
265
-Designof Delineators
265
-Del i neatorApplications
265
-DelineatorPlacement
266
Vll. Sipals:
-Basisof lnstallation
267
-Traffic Control Signals
267
-Area of Control Signals
267
-Advantagesand Disadvantages
of Traffic Control Signals
-Portable Traffic Control Signals
267
268
-Meaningof SignalIndications
268
..
-Green
268
-Vellow
269
-Red
269
-Flashing
269
-FlashingRed
269
-FlashingYellow
270
-Application of SignalIndications
270
-Circular Red
270
-Circular Yellow
270
-Circular Green
270
-Arrow
270
-Number of Lensesper signalface
272
-Size ard Designof SignalLenses
272
-Arrangementof Lensesin SignalFaces
273
-lllumination of Lenses
273
-Shieldingof SignalFaces
274
-Number and Locationof SignalFaces
274
-Height of SignalFaces
276
T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S( c o n t d . )
Page
-TransverseLocatiqnof Traffic Signals
'276
-Vehicle ChangeInterval
277
-UnexpectedConflictsduringGreen Interval
277
-Coordinationof TrafficControlSignals
278
-FlashingOperation
278
-Continuity of Operation
278
-Signal Operationmust relateto Traffic Flow
279
-Traff ic SignalsnearLevelCrossing
279
-EmergencyOperationof Signals
280
-Maintenance of Signals
280
-Paintingof Signals
281
-Vehicle Detectors
281
-Auxilliary Signs
282
-Flemovalof Confusing
AdvertisingLights
282
-Warrantsfor Signals
282
-Warrantsfor Traffic Signals
283
- W a r r a n t 1 - M i n . V e h i c u l aV
r olume
284
-Warrant 2-lnterruption of ContinuousTraffic
285
-Warranr 3 -Minimum Pedestrian
Volume
285
-Warrant 4-School Crossing
286
-Warrant 5-ProgressiveMovement
286
-Warrant 6-Accident Experience
287
-Warrant 7-SystemsWarrant
287
-Warrant 8-Combinationof Warrants
287
-Factors GoverningSelectionof Type of Control
288
-Pedestrian,Actuated
Control
288
-Pedestrian Signals
288
-Meaningof Pedestrian
Indications
288
-Appl icalionsof Pedestrian
SignalI ndications
289
-Location
289
-Detectors
290
-Pedestrianlntervals
290
-Hazard ldentificationBeacon
291
-Speed Limit Sign Beacon
292
-l ntersectionControl Beacon
292
-Stop SignBeacon
292
-General Designand Operationof Beacons
293
-Hazard ldentificationBeaconLocation
293
10
TABLE OF CONTENTS(contcld}.
.-.
-
Page
-l ntersectionControl Beacon L o c a t i o n
293
-Lane Use Control Siqnals
294
-Meaning of Lane-UseControl Signal lndications
294
-Designof Lane-Use
ControlSignals
294
-Location of Lane-Use
ControlSignals
295
-Operationof Lane-Use
Signals
295
-Traff ic Signals
at Draw.Bridges
296
-Applicationof Drawbridge
Signals
296
-Design of Drawbridge Signals
296
-Location of Drawbridge Signals
297
-Operation of Drawbridge Singals
297
-Traffic Signalsfor EmergencyVehicles
298
- A p p l i c a t i o n o f E m e r g e n c yT r a f f i c S i g n a l s
298
-Design of EmergencyTraffic Signals
298
-Operation of Emergency-TrafficSignals
298
-Train-Approach Signalsand Gates
299
Signals
{pplicationof Rail LevelCrossing
11
259
L I S TO F T A B L E S
S.No.
Page:
1.
SignHeight
37
2.
l-ateralClearance
of Signs
38
3.
Positionof WarningSigns
42
4.
CurveSignSizes
44
5.
ReverseCurveSignSizes
47
6.
SteepGradientSignSizes
50
7.
PavementNarrowsSignSizes
53
8.
Draw BridgeSignSizes
56
9.
RiverBank SignSizes
57
Bumpy RobdSignSizes
60
10.
1 1 . Hump SignSizes
62
1 2 . Dip SignSizes
64
1 3 . Slippery Roadwhen Wet SignSizes
66
1 4 . LooseGravelSignSizes
68
FallingRocksSignSizes
70
1 6 . PedestrianCrossingSiEnSizes
72
15.
1 7 . ChildrenCrossingSignSizes
74
1 8 . BicycleCrossingSignSizes
74
1 9 . Animal CrossingSign Sizes
77
20. RoadWorksSign.Sizes
80
2 1 . MinimumVisibility Distance
80
22. SignalAheadSignSizes
83
23. Low Flying Aircraft SignSizes
83
24. Cioss-WindSignSizes
85
25. Two-WayTraffic SignSizes
85
26. Ooss.RoadSignSizes
88
2 7 . Junction Sign Sizes
92
28. LevelCrossingSignSizes
95
29. U-Turn SignSizes
30. Narrow BridgeSignSizes
98
101
3 1 . Roundabout SignSizes
101
32. MergeSignSizes
103
33. Major RoadAhead SignSizes
105
u.
T u n n eSl i g n S i z e s . . . " .
108
35. OtherWarningSignsSizes
110
36. Stop SignSizes
115
?7'
116
Give-WaySignSizes
12
o
S .N o .
.a
L I S TO F T A B L E S( c o n t d . )
Page
JO.
P r i o r i t yR o a dS i g n
120
?q
SlowSignSizes
120
40.
Road ClosedSign Sizes
122
4 1 . Entry Prohibition Sign Sizes
124
42.
134
D i m e n s i o n sL i m i t i n g S i g n S i z e s
4 3 . Weight Limit Sign Sizes
138
4 4 . T u r n P r o h i b i t i o nS i g n S i z e s
141
4 5 . Overtaking Prohibition Sign Sizes
148
46
Speed Limit Sign Sizes
150
47.
H o r n P r o h i b i t i o nS i g n S i z e s
i51
48.
Parking Prohibition Sign Sizes
155
49.
End of Restriction Sign Sizes
157
5 0 . Compulsory Direction Sign Sizes
162
5 1 . Lane Control Sign Sizes
173
tr.,
Divided Highway Sign Sizes
114
53.
Cornpulsory Track Signs Sizes
179
54.
Advance Road Closed Sign Sizes
189
66
One-way Sign (Guide Sign Series)Sizes
209
56.
Bus Stop Sign Sizes
214
5 7 . ParkingArea Sign Sizes
217
58.
Rangeof Vision
251
59.
Delineator Spacing
265
13
LIST OF FIGURES
S.No.
Page.
1.
CurveTowardsRightSign
2.
CurveTowardsLeft Sign
45
46
3.
Left ReverseCurveSign
48
4.
Right ReverseCurveSign
49
5.
UpgradeSign
51
6.
DowngradeSign
52
7.
LaneEndsSign
54
8.
RoadwayNarrowsSign
55
9.
DrawbrigdeSign
57
10.
RiverBankSign
59
11.
Bumpy RoadSign
61
12.
H u m pS i g n
63
13.
DipSisn
65
14.
SlipperyRoadSign
67
15.
LooseGravelSign
69
16.
FallingRockSign
71
17.
PedestrianCrossingSign
73
18.
ChildrenCrossing
Sign
75
19.
BicycleCrossing
Sign
76
20.
CattleCrossingSign
78
21.
Wild Animal Crossing
Sign
79
22.
RoadWorksSign
81
29.
SignalAheadSign
82
2;.
Low Flying Aircraft Sign
u
25. Cross.Wirrd
Sign
86
26.
Two-WaysTraffic Sign
87
27.
Minor RoadCrossingat Right Angle
89
28. Minor RoadCrossing.withan Offset
90
29. Minor Roadon one sideonly
91
30. Junction Sign
93
3 1 . JunctionSign
94
32. LevelCrossirigwithout Gates
96
trt.
94.
LevelCrossingwith Gates
97
U-Turn Sign
99
3 5 . Narrow BiidgeSign
100
l4
S. No.
L I S T O F F I G U R E S( c o n t d . )
Page'
36.
Round-AboutSign
102
37.
MergeSign
104
3&39.MajorRoadAheadSign
40,
TunnelSign
106-107
't09
41 .
Other DangerWarningSign
111
42.
AdvanceDangerSign
43.
Stop Sign
112
"114
M.
Give-WaySign
117
45.
Priority RoadSign
119
46-
Slow Sign
121
47.
RoadClosedSign
123
48.
No Entry Sign
125
49.
No Cars
126
50.
No Bicycles
127
51.
No Motor Cycles
128
52,
No Trucks
129
53.
No Pedestrians
130
54,
No Tongas
131
55.
No Handcarts
132
56.
No Tractors
133
57.
Width Limit Sign
135
58.
HeightLimit Sign
136
59.
LengthLimit Sign
137
60.
Gro'ssWeight Limit Sign
139
61.
Axle Weight Limit Sign
140
62,
No Right Turn Sign
142
63.
No-l-eft Turn Sign
143
M.
No U-TurnSign
144
65.
AII OvenakingPro_hibition
Sign
146
66.
HearryVehicleOrartakingProhibitionSign
147
67.
SpeedLimit S,n",,
149
68.
,
Horn ProhibitionSign
69.
PoliceCheckPostSign
153
70.
CustomCheckPostSign
154
71.
ParkingProhibitionSign
156
72.
End of SpeedRestrictionSign
158
152
15
L I S T O F F I G U R E S( c o n t d . )
S.No.
Page
73.
End of OvenakingRestriction
Sign
159
74.
End of Priority RoadSign
160
75.
Endof all restrictions
Sign
161
76,
Proceed
to the rightonly Sign
163
77.
Proceedto the left onty Sign
164
78.
ProceedStraightAheadonly Sign
165
79.
Turn to the right only Sign
80.
Turn to the left only
81.
Proceedstraightor rightonly Sign
168
82.
Proceedstraightor left only
169
83.
Keepleft Sign
170
166
.167
84.
Keepright Sign
171
85.
Proceed.
clockwise
172
86-87.LaneControlSigns
174-175
'
88.
DividedHighwayBeginsSign
177
89.
DividedHighwayEndsSign
178
90.
CompulsoryCycle Track Sign
180
91.
CompulsoryFoot PathSign
181
92.
CompulsoryTruck LaneSign
182
93.
DestinationSign
186
94.
AdvanceRoad ClosedSign
188
95-96.DirectionSigns
. .. -; 1 9 0 - 1 9 1
Beginning
of MunicipalLimit
192
98.
End of MunicipalLimit
193
99.
Beginning
of Motorway
194
97.
100. End of Motorway
195
101. FirstAid Station
197
102. Auto RepairShop
198
103. PhoneService
199
104. PetrolPump
200
105, Hotel/Motel
241
106. Restaurant
202
107. Cafeteria
203
108. PicnicSite
204
1 0 9 . H i k i n gT r a i l
205
110. CarvanSite
206
t6
L I S T O F F I G U R E S( c o n c l d ) .
Page
S .N o .
-
-
1 1 1 . G m p i n gS i t e
207
11 2 . Y o u t h H o s t e l
'I
13. DeadEnd Sign
208
1 1 4 . H o s p i t aSl i g n
211
Ahead
115. One-Way
212
to the right Sign
116. One-Way
213
117. BusStop Sign
215
1 ' l8 . P a r k i n gS i g n
216
11 9 . G e n e r aIln f o r m a t i o nS i g n
218
120. Other InformationSigns
219-221
121. CentreLine
228
1 2 2 . N o P a s s i nOg n es i d e
229
Both Sides
123. No Passing
230
124. Trattic LaneLine
233-234
1 2 5 . E d g eM a r k i n g
236
126. No Parking
' 1 2 7 .N o S t o p p i n g
237
1 2 8 . M e d i a nL i n e s
239
129-130.ObstructionMarking
240-241
. arking
1 3 1. G u i d eM
242
LaneMarkings
132. Reversible
243
Turn Lane
133. Exclusive
244
134. Stop Line
246
135. Give-WayLine
248
210
238
Lines
with Transverse
136. Cross-walk
249
with LongitudinalLines
137. Cross-walk
250
138. Cross-walk
with DiagonalLines
251
ReductionMarking
139. Pavement
253
140. CVclistCrossing
255
1 4 1 . B o x J u n c t i o nM a r k i n g
256
142. Arrow Markings
257
143-144.SymbolMarking
259-2ffi
145. Word Markings
261-264
l7
8l
'Mel Aq pautlap
astMlaqlolo',qcns
se palsod-u6rs
A;lercadss]!xo pue sauluo q]!M eale ue sueal4l-:eaty-dn-41ng
'11q]l/!^saplllocr{clqrvt
alctLla^Aue do}s ro }cal}ap
ol peu6rsapeuoz Alales e,to puo qceo.rddeaq] ]e alnlcnlls V -:JalJng
'seaJe-)roM
acueuoluteupue uotlcnllsuoc ul spje
-zeqlo suorlcnllsqo
o]
6urqsel;
apoul
Jo
ulnq ApeelsaLll Jaqlto ur pasn1q6r;
)Jer!
posolcuaue lo asual-pelelado-lamodolqeuod y -:1t1611 6u1ute111
apeJrJJeg
'6urssedpue 6ur1e1-.rono
+o sasodlnd
rol aurl aql ssotc lou lsnu clllell lle ]eql salectput'au!l JallJeq Jaqloup o1 lo
'aull ai'pl lo
aJluac e ol 1a;;eledpaceld uaqm 'qctqm autl V -:au!j JauJeg
'crlleJ] Jelncrqanol
Aerrn-1o-1q6;.r
1o uorl.rode ro lle asolc
o] posn'sbutlteu ]calqo burneq tarJJeqpaxr] lo alqeuod V -:apelJJeg
'suorlecrpur
;eu6rs
aq] rojr puno.rblceqalqe]rnsaprnold o1 6ursnoqleuDrse +o.ssplslle uo ece; leubrs
aql o] 1a;;eredpremlno Durpualxa letJaleu u!q1 +o dr.rr V -:sa4efi-4ceg
uooraq^acelrns
aq]o+arxeleq] ol paqoeue
sroar{^
rera^as
"t;H;?ij,ffiL31l
lq6tennlelo] aq] olclqa^ e ]o alxe ue o] uollelol ut suea6 -:lt1QaX4
alxy
bur^eq
ro ^poqcrlqndaqrAqL{cns
sercrqa^
sepaleublsop
recr+Jo
o.r,il3TlJl,.',l1#
:o A11ecr;qnd
laqlo Llcnspue paumo Allecrlqndare se sacuelnquJepue salctLla^
acflod 'solctqan]ueullJedap alt+ r{cns -:aprLlaA Acuafuau4 pazJotllnv
'olcrLlaA
Jolour aql o] pa;dnocJaltell-ruaspue olctqan
Joloul e 6utst.tdt-uoc
salctLlaA+o uotleutquoc e sueau\l-:atc!rlaA patelnillJV
'sAennqbrq
ro slaarls+o ualsns leuaue
..tofeute +o ued sesuot]crpsun['anr]cadsar
Jraq] utq]rM sa!]lloq]nelecol Aq pale
-ubtsapAerrnq6rq
ro laoJls letluaJarruncirc
lo lerpel lo[ey1 -:Aenaq6rglet)a]rV
'sleujtuesrlsatxop
oJoul Jo auo Aq Alalos pallado.rdst pue spoo6io suoslad DurAllecto; Alueurld
palcnrlsuoc pue peu6rsepolorqan peol e sueal4 -:saptqaA uA uO pLuluv
'sleuiluelo suosledpllelu!
lo papunom'Icrs +o abeulec aq] lo+ peuBrsapalctqane sueo6 -:acuelnguv
'Aenn
'AeMpeoJ.lo
]aells
-qbrqqcnsJaAouotlctpsun[ DurneqAll.roqlnecr;qnd eqr Aq pautrtJa]apaq Aeut se
Jouueurqcnsur pue Aluo slutod qcnsleldocxo outesaql uoll lo o] ssacce1o +q6r.r
spuelEulnnqe
sluednccoJo sJaul o t{ctLlm}o
;e6a1ou aneq suosJgdlaqlo pup
'AeanqbrqAlen3 -; rro
Aeutldrlq pailonuoC ssaJJV
]cadsal ut Aennpeorro']aarls
-: salrnbalastMraqlo]xaluoc aq] uoqm ldacxa'lenue6 or4] ued
lo
slqf ul ulaql o] paqrJcseAlanrtcadsarsbulueeu aq] oneq 'lenuenl eql ;o esod
-lnd aqt rol 'lleqs suo!]cos6urnno11ol
aql ul pouUapseserqdpue spJom aql
sNo|ltNtJSct
Button:- A rounded reflecting object extending above the normal pavement surfacefor the purposeof channelizingtraffic movement.
Carriageway."-Meansthe part of a road normally used by vehiculartraffic,
a road may comprise severalcarriagewaysclearly separatedfrom one another by,
for example,a dividingstrip or a differenceof level.
Centie Line :-A line indicatingthe division of the roadwaybetweentraffic
travellingin oppositedirections.
ChannelizingLine:- A line which directstraffic alonga desireddirection and
indicatesthat traffic should not crossbut may proceedon either side.
Controller:- A complete electrical mechanism mounted in a cabinet for
controllingthe operationof a traffice control signal.
Cross-Walk:-That part of a roadway at an intersectionincludedwithin the
connectionsof the lateral lines of the foot path on oppositesidesof the highway
measuredfrom the kerbs or in the absenceof kerbs, from the edgesof the traversableroadway.
Cycle|- Meansany vehicle which has at least two wheelsand is propelled
solely by the muscular energy of the personson the vehicle, in particular by
meansof pedalser hand-cranks.
Cycle Tnck'- Meansthe portion of vehicularroadspartitionedby curbings,
use.
guardrailsor other similar structuresset asidefor bicycle passage
Delineator:- A light-reflectingdevice mountd at the side of the roadway,
in serieswith others,to indicatethe alignmentof the roadway.
trolley buses,or pedeDetector:- A ilevice by which vehicles,street-cars,
strians are enabledto registertheir presencewith a traffic-actuated controller.
Direction of Traffic:- Meansthe left-handside if, under domesticlegislation,
the driver of a vehiclemust allow an on-comingvehicleto passon his right.
Divided Highway:- A highway with separateroadwaysfor traffic in opposite
directions.
Driver:- Meansany personwho drivesa motor vehicleor other vehicle(includinga cycle,or who guidescattle, singly or in herds,or flocks. or draught,
pack or saddleanimalson a road.
Edge Line:- A line which indicatesthe edgeof the roadway.
Foot Path:- Meansthe portion of a road partitionedby curbings,guardrails
or other similar structuresintended for pedestrianpassageuse.
Give-way:- Meansthat the driver must not continue or resumehis advance
or manoeuvreif by so doing he might compel the driversof other vehiclesto
cnangethe direction or speedof their vehicleabruptly.
Goods Vehicle:- Meansany Motor Vehicle constructed or adapted for use
for the carriageof goods,or any Motor Vehicle not so constructed or adapted
when usedfor the carriageof goods,solely or in addition to passengers.
19
0z
'Jnoq J.aduJ)
lou,paads uDrsapr!nu/txeul p pue OO
0g 6urp_aacxa
gg 6utpaacxa]ou Allcedec.rapur;Ace 6urneqaurbueuorlsnqtrloc
leuJslu!ue qilrur
pol]!+ s! qclqtvtalctLla^palaaqm-aorqtro palaaqM_om]Aue suee61_:padoyl ' '
ul culul
ro1 s^e', pala^pleq1 'urleredasAennqorq
papr^rp, ,..";;!*tt"?!3;i!soddo
'clJ+el]ielncl-qel
]o arIJnloA.rofeuraq] 6urAllecA1;erluouuot]casJs]ul
ue ]e saqceoldde lo qceoldde Aennpeolarl! -:laartgiAervqfiill uleyyTiteyy
-ocxa]ou ]qoramurnurxptrr
a;qrssrrured
e ;o rarrerrnrr r(r3l^019,
::),;:l r';u!;"""
.,"
Aeaqrer
epuepeor
euaa^laq
uo!]|1?j:e]ilr'ij^li'i.1"'S",JilIfi7rX;y,';t,'
s6ugueer.u
cr;rcadsJanocol su6rsuo pasns;oqr-uAs
lo sabessaLu
proM -: pua6a1
aures aLfl ur Dur;;anarlc!+J.erl+o saueronnl Durleredaseur;
v -'au!j
"I3ft",tP
'euel
cr++er]relnsrqa^+o uollcarlp aq]
lenpr^!purue ur luor.r,a^our
crrrrrerl
Aemqorq'V-:pu66 loJtuos auel
forluoc o] palca-rasr qcrqru\;eu6rs
'salcAcJolour ueq]
Jorllos_alc!qa^
Jolorlr+o autl 6urnou auo lo+ q6noue
oplnrts! qc!qM'sburlreut.peor
leutpnlt0uol]q paul+ap]ou ro .raqreqnn,e;ilrsrnrp
sr
Aennabeurec
aql r{crqmolur sdr.rlsleurpn}r6uo;eqi-1o euo Aue sueaw -:auel
n
aql q]l^ papeor
searcrL{a^
oq}+orqbrann
ren}ce fffi
"u,
":'i"r"i:;;"1:;e
a6paaql6ururlappueouo;eA;;elauab
Jaqrlaurburdolslo lpcluo^,'!T:-
Merc
"'o
pasn.pue
^lruqesrp
e.uos
uro.r1
ur,rlittrl3tSrl3ltr';tl'j;fifjlfr
+orcolap
leclsAqd
'peldepe
AlaraLx]ou pue palcnrlsuoc pue paubrsap'rriftpaos'D)Od1 paacx6rou
saop qclqM ]o lqblannuapelunaq+,a1crqa1
Jolo6 e suea6 -:a6eute3 p!pAul
'abueqc
]ou op suotlectpur
qcrqnn
elcAc aurl or.l]+o suorsrnrplelanosaql +o auo iuy -.,prua1u1 "
;eu6rs
'1.ro1
aql6upnlcur
," ,:li"?ii,;1""T"'Hi,'?#ii'iif
SJ"'il1J;H,i2Li,"jl7,""oo
,sacrnlas.rr"rr*r'pu?.!l:!j:iil
laqlo pue]saJalut
lern]lncJo lpcrqdeJboeb
,toslulod
'suolleullsop
'suol1eu6!sop
alnol Moqso] pasnu6rsy -:u66 uolrcuttogil
qcrqM
paralsr6a.r
uaper
aqiro,suer6o;r>r
1o1q61ann
000,9,t:ji?:",l"irt^i'i"tiffilJi
'
'e;crqan
afxp paJalsr0a;aql
uodsuel] e sueatl -:aptLlaA yodsual'
Aiea11-
^Xp€eunoq
'sAennpeor
o*l +ouorlecrn'q orontiqtloriroJr;il,'lii"r::3e:d]]
"u*
adaptedor usedto carry
Motor Car:- Meansany Motor Vehicleconstructed,
excludingdriver not usedfor hire or reward,but
out more than six passengers
or a moped
doesnot includemotor cycle,invalidcarriage
Motor Cycle:- Meansany two wheeledvehicle,with or without a side-car,
with a propelling
engine.
whichis equipped
designedand built for motorvehicles
Motor Way:- Meansa roadespecially
which doesnot servethe propertiesborderingon it exceptat specialpointsand
for the two directionsof the traffic and doesnot cross
hasseparatecarriageways
tramway,cycletrac8 or foot path. Accesto and
level
road,
railway,
with
any
at
from highwayis providedwith properrampsfor exit and entrance.
by the publicbody or
Zone:- A sectionof highwaydebignated
No-passing
passing
or drivingto the
and
where
overtaking
one
as
official having-jurisdiction
hazardous.
rightof the roadwaywould be especially
Abiect Markings:- Markingsintendedfor use on obstructionswithin or
adjacentto the roadway,
Opticat lJnit:- An assemblyof a lens, reflector,light sourceand other
supportingparts to be usedfor
components if required,with the necessary
providing
a signalindication.
the sideof
Ovenaking.'- Meansthat in the casewhen a vehicle,etc. passes
to the front of
anothervehicle,etc. by changingits course,and then proceeding
the saidvehicle,etc.
Parking:- A vehicleis said to be parked,if it is stationaryfor any reason
or collisionwith
with bnotherrpad-user
other than the needto avoidinterference
if the periodduring
an obstruc,tionor to comply with traffic regulations,'bnd
which the vehicleis stationaryis not limited to the time neededto pick up or
setdown personsor goods.
Pavement:'fhat par,t of roadway having a constructedsurfacefor the
facilitationof vehiculartraffic.
Pedestrian:=Any personon foot.
PedestrianCrossing:- Meansthat portion of a road markedby road signs
to use.
or road markingsand sei asidefor pedestrians
PedestrianDetector:- A detector,useallyof the push-buttontype, installed
nearthe roadwaycapableof beingoperatedby hand.
Pedestrian
trians.
An islanddesigned
for the useand protectionof pedes-
PedestrianSignal:- A traffic control signalwhich is erectedfor the exclusive
purposeof directingpedestrian
locations.
traffic at signalized
Pedestrian Signal
device.
or equivalent
signallens
The illuminationof a pedestrian
Permissible Maximum Weight:- Means the maximum weiqht of the laden
vehicledeclaredpermissibleby the competentauthority of the district in which
the vehicleis registered
Power-drivenVehicle:- Meansany self-propelledroad vehicle,other than a
moped in the territories of Contracting Partieswhich do not treat mopeds as
motor cycles,and other than a rail-bornvehicle.
zz
'il#r?il
-rlsl6au
e srqorq^ro
sallarcos
aqlrapunparalsroar
Alatcos
'uorlnlrlsu!
""t,,i3,%f
Aue 1o sluapn$
orl] +o luaulu€Aog l Aq pazrubuocar
leuollecnpe
-:sng JooLtJS
1o abeureeaqf rol Alanrsn;cxapasn alcrqan rolol l Aue suea61
e patlecsr raqlo
Aennqbrg
Arepuocag
' l a q l o u e q l l n n u o r l e l nleJnU
d o du e q n ' a u o s u i o t
u e o l ] c u l s l p o u o b u r l c a u u o cA e s
-:Aenq,lg fuepuocaS,ttnt
qc!qM aprs Allunoc qDnorql 6urssedpeor v
.n"^
-q6rqA.rer,uud
lernU e pallecsr A:lunoc aql +o satlrcrofeur6utpauuocraqlo ue qtrnn
auo 6urlcauuocAennqBrq
lejnU y -:Aer,tqbrgAteur4 letng
;elrdeclercurnod
' A l r l e d r c r u n eu l s a u e p u n o qa q l u r q l l m
l o u r o J a q l a q M ' u r a r apqa u t l a ps e
lo
]clrlslp aJuaplsarro ssaursnqe ur papnl3urlou Alo]ulal AUV -:eatV letnA
'alcrqa^uMelp
rue6urpnlcutpeol uo
leu.r
8utlelado Jo4 palcnJlsuoc pue paublsapolclqan Jolotrl suean -: alilqaA peoA
't
'c llt+el]
c11qndol uado ]aalls Jo AerrrAue +o acelJnsar!1uoaql sueol4 -: laills/peoA
sluelbauo ssalunuol
Joqlo aq] o] acuapacald
--srlloc;o reDuepol oslrall6 o1 se AlrulxoJd pue paads'uollcallp,o sacuelsulncJlc
qcns Japun 6urqceolddeueulsaped-lo alclqan Jaqloue o] aouaJalaldu1 lauueu.t
-: Aea-Jo-lqfuA
lnyurege ut paaco.rdol ueulsepod Jo alclqa^ auo ]o 1qbr.raq1
'suorlegn6al
Josmelct++eJl+o ectlou an!6 ol pasn ubts 1 -: u619Atoleln0aA
'alclqa^
]eq] lo, alqlssllurad
se A1g:oqmeouuelsrbereql Aq pala}stbatpue pal+luac peol pue al3lqal aq] ]o
-:
lqblannleiol eql alclqen Aue +o pedsal ut suea6
ry6pyi uapel patalsr6ag
'elclqe^
leql Jo+alqtsstutladse Alt.toqlne6uualstberaqr Aq palalsrOalpue potJttuac
lq6!e^ elxe oq] elclqa^ Aue ;o ]csdser ut sueotN-:ryb1a,pi alxy pdarybag'
.Aennq6lq
peleu6rsapp a^eal
Jo Jalua Aeu sa;clqat WlqM uo 's1ana1
luara]+rpJo sarilltce+AennqorquaaMlaq
uolloeuu@ Aue ro 'abueqc:e1u!ctlleJl e 1o Aennpeo:burlcauuoc-lalu! ue 'os1y
'sAennJaqlo qllrv\
suorlreuuoc a)qu ol se os 6urpuacsapJo Ourpuacse
tro asodlnd
A:eur.tdaql Jol sassedclgell qc!qMlano Aean+o uotlcaspautlcutuy -:duteg
'alcrqa^aql
+o loJluoc+o
ssol lnoqlr^ role.radoolcrqe^ e o] snor^qo luaurqceor"r. gi"qii A;;J;il-;*;"L+
-Jnslueuraned
ieur.rouaq] anoqe 6urpualxa sJeq lo sallas V -:sJeg pasleA
pup,pre
rolouie sapnrcu!
^arro arlq,"iu:iiffiir?5l'il'.3fiiti"J;r"l:*"';j:;
eq ol paldepe Jo pasn alclqan Jolot j Aue suea61-:aptqaA
artAras rlgnd.
'a6eltlecabe$ e
Aq urvroplas Jo dn pa>1crd
qcrqrvr1e puels lo ace;d
ate slebuassed
Auesapnlcugpue'ssacce
e
aneq
crlqnd
arl]
qctqM
ol
lq6!.r
lou Jo arej q6no:oqt
Jo
e Jaqlaqm 'aoeld Jaqlo ro Aem'lealls 'peor e sueal4 -:aceld Jlpnd
jr".tTY::r|"trt;tl:Sffittcno
eqlAqasnrolerqerre^e
,trrrr"r+t3l,t
;e:auao
'Aerncr;qndraqlo Aue.ro
crlqnd 'ace;dcrlqnd
Aenn-anup
'Aa1;e'enuane'laeJls 'peot 'Aervrqbrq
Aue opnlcul geqg -:Aer,rtt16111
cy1qn4
slerueluipue sa;cAcaulr] alnpaqcs
paugl-eld uo salerado qc!q/v\ leubrs lo.rluoc ctlleJ] y -:1eu66 pa;rrn-ard
EZ
'$olcalap
+o uollenlce
aq] Aq paralsrbarse clller] ]o spueuropaql qlrn acueplocceu! pallen aJeslerualul
aql qclr.fmul ;eubts lolluoc cl+lel] ,to adAl A -:1eu66 palenpv Jlj1e4
'laAel]
Aue 6utsn a;tqnn'taqlabol .ro A;Durslaqlta sacueAanuoc
1o sasodrnd.rol Aennq6rq
'salclqan's1eru1ue
paplaq Jo uapptJ'sueu6ape6-'JlgeJf
Jaqlo pue slec ]aarls
-ppol e apnlcur ]ou saop lnq :sur916.ll) 000't paacxalou saop qclqm t" ;;31!t;
uopelunaql (uorslndord1o asodrndrb1 pasn lueudtnba ueq] Jaqlol peol Aue
Alrec o] palcnllsuoc +las]l ]ou st qctLlMolctllan Jolol l suean -:lopeJf
1o acuanbasalalduroc auo ro+ partnbel pouad aurl oql
'actnap
'suorlectpr
1eu6rc
-:a1cA3 aturl
'Mel Aq paPtnold
se pslcala ale sacr^aplo su61sqcns uaqm
loJluoc cl1+el] letct++oJoqlo
o]
qbnotqt q3ns uo salclLlan
ro'ubrs p;erA'u6tsdols e ol acuorpaqout Aer'aq6tq
ct]+ell
parrnber
0urlcaslalut
uloll
pla1A
lrlrel
sAemq6rq
o]
Aq
sr
Aenn-1o-1qbr.r
aqr
relncrqanLlclqMo1 saouelluaaq] }e pue Aer,a-;o-lq61.r
lellualaleld uaru0st ct+leJ]
relncrqo^ qo!qM uo +oalaq] uot].tod to Aemqbrq Y -:AenqQg q6notql
'aslnap
loJluoccl+,telllo laclllo ctl;el1e Aq
palcarlpuaqnndols plnoqssalclqa^alaqmsaleclpuiq3!qmau!l V -:aut1 dols ,
'spoob peolun Jo peol ol ro suosradunnoplas Jo dn
lcrd ol papaaL
aurll aq]lo1 Areuoltelss! li 11 6u;puer aq ol ples sl alclLla^y -:6u1pue1g
'uolle
-:warAg
pu61g
-urplooc ur burle;ado suotlellelsut 1eu61s
aJout 10 olu'L
'uotlecolle;nctuede
-:Uoaary
pu615
ur pa1;oddnssr ppaq ;eubtse Aqelaqnnsueaul leclsAqd eq1
'Aue 'Jopal+ars]t pue acJnosfq611aqr uo.rrtAlna.rrp
11
6ururoc1q6r1aqr slcaJ!palqclqm ltun lectldo aql +o r.reduq1 -:sual pu615
'lqubrs
loluoe c.tJleJrq.Aq uotlcasJolu!auo ]e ct1lell lo lolluoc
aq] ul pa^lonur lepaleur pue luaurdlnb5 oqr +o llV -:uo!lellelsul 1eu613
Jo suol ;eubrs ;o.t1uocct,t+PJ]e ,to uo!]eututnlll aql -lltotvclptrl pu619
'sace;
leubtsoJoutlo euo 6uguteluocAlqutasseul -,'peafl leuQg
'acert
leubtse ut papnlcul
'uorlcorp
ct+leJl alotrt Jo
sluaLuanou.t
e
u!
aq Aeu suotlectpurbururnl
leubrs
ro+ paprno:dleubts1o1uoccl++el]e 1o ued a\L -:aJe! pu66
euo 6ur;1o.t1uoc
'uolloe ctrucads
aurosa)el ol palcaJtpsr ro paulem
u
u
t
u
l
n
q
r
t
l
l
c
a
l
a
A
p e a l s . t o ' l q b l ; b u l u l e r na p e c l l l e q
s l c l + + B Jq] c l q m A q ' s d u e l
'aclnap
palelado-lennod
Auy -:1eu613
ct]+er]
e .ro u6rs e ldacxa
lolluoc
sasJnocacellns pue eseq]o uoddns
'salctqan paddols
'asn
pue
to]
Acuab:oqa
]o suollepoululocoeJol
lelalel Jo+
Aennpelganellaql qllm snonbgluocAeanpeolaql lo uolllod aq! --'raplnoLls
'alcrqanloloul aql Aq auJoqsl peol slr
sl!
aql lo pue lq6!a/v1
1o tqbrarra
yed
e
qcns
yed
Aervr
pue
loloul
aq]
uoslsal
alctLlaA
leq]
e
]l
1o
lelluelsqns ]eql
1o
JallPll Aue sueayl -:JalteJl'tuas
ul al3rqanroloru e o1 pagdnocaq ol pauOtsep
nz
.acellnsaq] uo
ueupaped Jo+ pateorpui ,tlrculrslp
sbur>1.retr
Aq 6utsso.rc
Jaqlo Jo saurl ssJa^sue.r1
oraqmaslalo uorlossralul ue 1e Aeanpeore 1o uorllod Auy -:6urssoJ7 uqaz
'o]
'uorleradocrgerl ol snoplezeqAlleriuelodore
leq] laalls Jo Aemq0tqe
'uo suo!]lpuoc
pasn
u6rs
anrb
o]
acr]ou
]uacelpelo
+o
V -.'u6156u1ute17
'pPou
lelrouv ueq.lnue pallec
.ro 0urpellocpue uotlelndod
sr slaaJlsJolcalloc o] Jo uJoJl crJ+erl6urlnqulsrp
oq] +o arluac q6norql butssed peor ueqrn uv -.' speoa PFalrv ueqrn
'loarls rolcalloc ueqln uplpallecsr cU+eJ]llaq] 6utAllec pue slaalls
lefluoprsar orol.lr Jo auo o].polcauugc laalls 1 -:laall$ JolJalp? ueqJn
eaie lerluaprsel6urpunolJosaql uroll paleJauebcrl1e't}
SurAecpeor Arer.ut.rd
aql se 6ur1cepue ]! +o sopts qloq lo auo uo ]ltnq sasnoq
6utnbq]aols lerlusptsalllpuJse se paut+aps! ]l -:laa4s plluaplsaA ueqrn
'sseursnqol palonap saJnlcnlls qllm dn
:sasnoLl0ur1;annp
lo Arlsnpul
lllnq sl
qclqM leaJ$ Aue 6urpnlcur pue o] snonotluoc A.toillel Aul -:eatv ueqrn
sau:ecA11eu.r
-Jou alcrqe^aLl] qcrqn sloo] aql Lllrmpue lan,t]o Alddns lln, P qllm ]nq'peol ro
'nnarc
sr'ebuassed
lnoqlrm alctqon oLl] +o lq0tannai.l] sueal4 -:lt4Qag uapelun
'spoob.tosuoslad e6etllecaq] Jo+pasn
1o
'6utnnelp
Jo+lo peo.rAq spoo6 .to suoslad 6utAllec lo] pasn
salcrqan'peoJaql uo
'sa;ctqanJanoc
se qcns
]ou saop
A1;eluaprcut
Aluo aJe qctqA rs.tolcel]leln1;nct.tbe
'Aes o1 sl
'uroq-1tel
palcauuoc
ol
salslqan
pue
lolcnpuoc
culcala
uP
leq]
]ou
]l
'sasnq-Aa11oll
socelqua uJal slrll :spoob .to suos:ad ,to abetrlec aql Jo+ pasn
aql uo'burnnerpJo+Jo peo.rAq spoo6.tosuoslad0utAlleclo] posn
salctqan'peo.r
qc!qM
A;1eu.rousl
alctqan ua^lJFramod Aue sueal4 -:aptqaA I'todsuerJ
s.rolrPr]-ruros
sapnlcuI pue
e Aq unnerpaq ol pauOlsapalcrqanAue sueeyl -.'JaltuJ
alcrqal uanup-rannod
'
'6utsso.rc
ape.rbAennqbrq:per
e ]e suterl peorppr ;o e6essedpue qceo.rddeaq]'ct+rre;i Aenn
-:pu619 tlceotddy-u1e4
-q61qor saleclpu! qclqm
;eu6ts crge.rr Aennqblqy
'slerualutarotu Jo auo 6ullnp A;snoauel;nutsAenn-rto-lq0t.t
aql
6urnracersluauanou cr]leJt +o uorlpurquoc Aue o1 lo Aenn-rro+qDt.r
aq] 6ulnracel
]uaura^ou cllJerl Aue o] palecolle alcAc aurtl oq] +o tred y -.'aseLldaJ!Jlerf
'AenApeor
burprnbro buru.renn
Durlggnbar
aq] o] *SitJttJJ
1o esod.rndaq] ro+ peceld
Jo urq]rm sloalqo o1 .ro burQlnc Jo ]uauranedeql o] paqce]]e ro uodn patldde
ro oceyns aql olu! las 'saclnop loJluoc cr++ellpalelado.raanodpue suOrs]decxa
'saclnop laLflo Jo 'srno;oc 'spronn 'sulaued 'seut;
11y -:s0ul.ytery c!#eJt
'saotnap6uruje^AAq pardnccoololaq] qceo.rddeoq]
le
eare Aue qllnn raqrcoo] papnlcxa aq o] papualul sl cr]+el] Jelnclqa^ qclqM uoll
Aennpeore urLllrltneare ue lo slauueL{ca}lu!+apo} cl+}el} }o s}uauanou ctltcads
,
lcartp pue fo.lluoc ol eaJeAennpeore ut polecol puels! uv -;pueq c!]Jeu
y.'il]]te.r]6urptnbrc 6u1u;enn'6utlelnbal
1o asodlnd
aqlrol uorlclpunf burneqletct+lo ro Apoq c1lqnd aql ,to AlgroqtneAq lealls
'6ug1reu
.ro Aeanqbrqe ol luscelpe Jo uo paceld ro po]cara socr^aprsq]o pue
',su6rs
's1eu61s
cl+lpr]
c!]+ell Aemq6lq
ct+]Pll llv -:sa7lAao lorluoc r!]le4
9Z
'1oqu:As'u61s e
-eld uJalsAs€ql o1 Durbuolaq0u1>1.reur
Jo uollellelsut
scllstJalcpJpr.fo
aq] seq l! qbnoql;e qclqm 6ur>1leurJo clollellelsul
+o
'loquAs 'u61sAue 'settolt.t.tolilaq] ut uo!]uanuo3 slql
to roclo1 olu!
'luaualddns
ro aeeldag ( c )
fu1ue1o a]ep aql uo.t; sleaAJno+ueql lalel ]ou
peol +o suoltrasuleuac uo 'Alllelodulal pue sasodlnd
'uotluanuo3 sLq]
aql uoJ+ alebolap
+o suolslnold
leluatulladxa lol
'uo!]uo^uoC slql o]
]uaul
o] sarlred 6urpelluo3 o] uedo aq lleqs ]!
-puarle 0utsodo.rd
eql oI
aJolaqsluautlledxa lno 6utA.tJec
+o ssaulnrtasn
p.rebar6utneqpue 'sanbtuqcallolluoc cl++eJl6unoldtut ol MolAe q]!M ( q )
'uo!]uanuoostqr Aq peqtnsald urelsAsaql ol stuJolu@
stq] ut butueautluaJo+,lpe peubtsse
]! leq] paplno.rdpue uotluonusJ
'qstnnAaql butlleut
'u61sqcns
leql poplnold
tou si 6urljeu ro loqtuAs
'ubrs
Aue sasodlnd asaq] Jo+ asn ol saluPd butlcelluoC aql
lo ;oquuAs
'slasn-peolo] uo!]eulJolul uleuoc.6utAanuocJo elnl
o] uado aq lleLls1t
'ubts e eqtlcsald
lou saop
ureuac e 6utAlru6tslol Outlleu .ro loqurAs
'uo!]euJolul
alnJ leql
lsql 6utAanuoclo'gleuapun
uortua^uoCs!q] araqm ]nB
6urllrubrs.ro,r6ur>1reu.roloqutAs'u61slaqlo Aue asn ol lou
'sJasn'peol ol uolletrlJo+ul uleuao 6utAanuoc
salir-e6 6u1p-e.r1uogaql
'u6ls e saqllcsald
.ro1a1n.ruleuac e bulAltubts .to.t 6ut1leu.r.ro loqurAs
'a;qlssod
se uoos se l1 ldope pue s6utlleu.t
uorluonuoC slq] aleqM
's;eu6gs'subts peol
pue
pe6.r
sloqurAs
Jo tualsAs paelOeeql ldeccv (e)
: o1 patlnbat ale uolluaAuoC atq ol sanuade dutpetluoc aq1
: serusd EurlcerluoC etll lo suotgefi;qg
'sleubrgpue subtgpeou uo uolluenuoo e elnleubts.to1pauadopue
'lelaueg:AJelelces
'suotlelaqllap s]!
pa.reda.rd
acuara+uo3eq]
lo slseq aql uO
'uolssncslp
r sleu6tgpue su6l5 peogl uo uolluanuoC Ullp e
eqr Aq pa.reda.rd
'polJqd
butueruelutaql u!
ro,t stseqe sp asn Jol lt arolaq peq acuelaluoC aql
ualef sabueqee!uouoJo-olcos pue slueulocuenpelecr6oioutlcelptde.l qtlm
ac-e1d
o] uo!]ua^uo3 6t6! aq] puaue pue fu11duteol sem aousJe;
alep ol-dn 11'6ur.rq
-uoC aql 1o asod.rndaq1 '896t 'laqua^oN ql8 o] reqolco qlz ttlloJ' eucaln le
pou€auocsearrsleuoJspue su615peQu uq ?.ollqraluoc uolleN pallun lsPl €qI
'6t61 ut e^auag paldope senns1eu615
pue subrgpeou uo uolluanuoC
le
'6ut1e@n papeau pue aplosqo sulq)sq
uolleN pallun lsl4 eql'A;]uanbasuo3
'suolleN
peq uorlua^uoC le6t ]eql lla] ra^amoq se^ ]l 6?6t Ag
1o enbeal
pue su6tg peog
patdope
sleubtg
senn
aqr'Ag apeu.rsi.rolrteaqr qbnolql !t61. ul
1o anbeel aql ]o
lo uorlecl+runuo uotlua1uoCJaqloue'Alluenbesqns_'suolleN
uo!]uanuocleuolleu
iaudsne aqllapun gZOt ul papnlcuocsem cll+ell o1 6ut1e1al
-Jalu! ]sltl or.ll 'pleba.tstql ut slJo++a6utleul uaaq aneq satcuebeleuolleulalu!
'A1a1espeo; asealgul ol pue cl]teJl peoi
snolJen
leuolleulelul alellllce] o] JapJo
'sleubts'su61speol
peol
pue
ur Alessacausr s6urlletlt
]o A1lulo+lun leuolleuJalul
'atut16uo1 e Jo+
plJoM
oql +o sarllunoJ eql lle
uasq
seq
6ulzru6ocau
lla+
]er.ll
Aq pamollo,taq ol saclnoploJluoc ct+lel] lo+ sprepuelsu.lJo]lunJol peeu aql
'otl+eJ]aqr aplnbJo ulP/6'aplnbalol uolrclpsllnl
ro ]aalls e o] ]uacefpe
6urneqlptcr]lo .ro Apoq crlqnd e 1o Atl.roque Aq AennqDrq
'Jo uo peceldsburlJeulpue sleuDls'subts
aJesactnaplolluoc cl+'eJI
lo adAt 11e
NOtrSnoourNl
t urldvH3
scribedby this Convention,is usedwith a different meaningfrom that
assigned
to it in this Convention.
(d)
Replace,within fifteen years from the date of entry into force of this
Conventionin their territories,any sign,symbol, installationor marking
which does not conform to the system prescribedin this Convention.
During this period, in order to familiarizeroad-users
with the system
prescribed in this Convention, previous signs and symbols may be
retainedbesidethose prescribedin this Convention.
( e ) Nothing in this Conventionis to be contruedas requiringthe Contracting Partiesto adopt all types of sign and marking prescribedin this
Convention. On the contrary, ContractingPartiesare free to limit the
number of types of signs or marking they adopt to what is
strictly necessary.
(f)
The contracting Partiesshall not affix to a sign, to its.support or to
any other traffic control device anything not related to the purposeof
such sign or device. lf, however, Contracting Partiesor subdivisions
-thereof, authorlze a nol-proflt-rnaking assoeiatjo.nto iLrstall inlormatiue
.signs,they may permit the emblem of that associationto appear on
the sign or on its support provided this does not make it lesseasy to
understand
the sign.
( g ) It shall be prohibited to install any notice, marking or device which
might be confused with signs or other traffic control devices,might
render them lessvisible or effect, or might dazzleroad-usersor distract
their attention in a way prejudicialto traffic safety.
( h ) The Contracting Parties shall differentiate between the signs in the
following manner:-
( i ) Danger warning signs:- Thesesingsare intendedto warn road.
usersof a dangeron the roadand to inform them of its nature:
( i i ) Regulatory Signs:- These signsare intenededto inform roadusersof specialopligations,
restrictions
or prohibitionswith which
they mustcomply; they arezubdividedinto :
-Prioritysigns.
-Prohibitorysigns.
-Mandatorysigns.
( i i i ) Informative signs:- Thesesignsare intendedto guide road-users
while they are travellingor to provid'€them with-other information which may be useful;they aresubdividedinto :
-Advancedsigns;
-Directionsigns;
:
-Road identification
signs;
-Placeidentificationsigns;
-Confirmatorysigns;
-ServicesSigns;
-Other InformationSigns;
26
:f
(i)
W h e r e ' t h i sC o n v e n t i o na l l o w sc h o i c e b e t w e e ns e v e r asl i g n so r s e v e r a l
symbois;
(i)
contracting Partiesundertake to adopt only. one of such signs
oi symbols-forthe whole of their territories;
(ii) ContractingPartiesshall endeavourto reach regionalagreements
on the samechoice;
U)
The Convention requiresthat the signs shall be so placed that the
drivers for whom ti-rey are intended can recognize them easily and
in time. They shall normally be placed on the side of the road app-piiii.
to the direction oi'traffic; they may, however,be placed
br lepeated above the carriageway. AnV sig.nnlaqgd.on the side of the
iouO rppropriate to the direction of traffic shall be.repeatedabove
iirt other side of the carriagewayif local mnditions are such
";-;n it might not be seenin time by the driversfor whom it is intended'
that
( k ) All signs shall apply to the road-usersfor whom they are intended
ou"r ihe whole wiOtf' of the carriagewayopen to traffic. However,
Sghs mat be made to apply !O OnF.oRe or to severallanes of the
carriagewaywhen .lanesare defined by longitudinal markings.
(l)
Wherein the opinion of competentauthoritiesa signwould be ineffectiveif placedon the side of a road with separated.carriageway,
neednot be|
it may be placedon the dividingstrip.and in this rcase
side'
on the
repeated
shouldprovide
that domesticlegislation
(m) The Convention
recommended
(i)
:'
That signsshall be so placedthat they do not obstructvehicular
and,-if placedon the sides,obstruct
traffic 6n the carriageway,
-as
possible.
The differencein levelbetween
pedestriansas little
a sign is placedand the lower
where
side
the
if,e carriagewayon
as possiblefor signsof the
uniform
be
as
shall
siin
edgeof tfle
sameclasson the sameroute;
of sign panelsshallbe suchthat the signis
(ii) That the dimensions
and can be easilyunderstoodby a
distance
for
a
visible
easily
of sub-pa.ragraph
personapproachingit, subjectto the provisio,ns
hiii of ifiis paragriph,theie dimensionsshall be adaptedto the
.
normalspeedof vehicles.
of regulatory
(iii) That the dimensions
of dangerwarningsigns-and
in the territory of eachcontractinE
signsshall be standardized
pirty.
As a general.rule, there shall be four sizes for
each' type of siln; small,normal,largeand very.large'Small
iigns snltt be used-where conditionsdo not permit the use of
n|rmal signsor wheretraffic can only move slowly ; they may
signsshallbe used
alsobe usid to repeat a precedingsign. Lar_ge
traffic.
high-lpeed
carrying
roads
wide
very
on
-Verylargesigns
traffic'
shallbe usedon roadscarryingvery high-speed
27
8Z
-ecuaurrroc
aq].uor+
sreaA
earql1opouad
]o alep.
, ,", oi?lt"itigrlTi?lirt:
oq].+o acJo+olul 6utu.tocol .to!.rdpalcoJa.ropace;du-ori'brrrle.rr
rtue leqr pare
-;ndr}sacueurproaql 'ra^oc
,,r"p
Ajessacau
aq]'su6rinnau'aqi'burnrn
1e6ri1
iJqi uo
aqr Aq pansslsemaoueurpro
luaprsard
uV .6L61,ilrdV q]g! uo uorlua^uoC
aql
Aq papueu.rurooar
sesu6rs;euorleu.ratu;
aql pa-lo6!e'ireirl'ej.totuauulanogf
'salJlunoc
anllcedsal
oql +o sluaurula^o6
ler!lo+ e o1 ]cafqns
'uorlua^uoc ar.l_]eqr.Aq uollect+tleJ
aql
ol Aued B' auocaq or suorleN pallun
::l
1o!,}r.^usJ
aql Jo salels Jaqulelru
aqr Aq arn]eubrs.ro,rpeuedosem uor]uanuocaql
: uotlua^uo3lo uollectltleH
-,Yi'
u 'o'ff
.r.e
nbuer 'os;.e.
qr
a
o
Incrriedur'saDe
lrfl It i?r'r?31113
-?
tt'tiii:n
Aue6 6u1p:llqoCeql .r pue-,sa'oin6uel
J!
teirotrel'aqr1o orolu ro
auo ur .roe6en6ue1
ol parralarsubrl-dr.rcsur
leuolleuaql u! aq/lleLrs
aql
(s)
paceld
sloquAs_e.rou
ro auoAqqaluerua;ddns
ro *"r;lt"lt3ottntl#
'e
.rein6uerca.rur u6rs'aqr'*o1aqpaoeto
aq
'Aiesiacau
:-d-!.r.1ty.!_!?,11_UbnoUr'1aued
ue ';oqtuAsleuoruppe,
lleqs_uorldricsu!
ue Aq uorieurrolui
aq] .Aanuoc
ol alqlssodaq ]ou pjnonnrg era{nnpue ,spbriad,rrui,
Jo srasn-peor
u!euoc o] uorlecrldde.rraqriru.rrlol ,su6rs
rto seuo0elec
'.ro
Arole;nbar
goq'turts
+oasecaLrlur
lrcrldxea.rouu
16 u6rs'eib il,rr..,
aq] a)eu o] alqesr^pe
]r Japtsuocsatlrjoqlne]ualadruoc-aqr
araq6 (r)
puplsrapun
oq^ sJa^rrp
louuec
ro+puelsrapun
r|}
ol Inr,rlolir'lLi-,ffijill
aleur ]ou sa^opslql_]l '1;estru6rsaq] uo pace;daq osie Aeur uorldr.rcsur
ue qcns 'ubrsaql 6urureluoclaued:e;nDuelcale'ur .ro u6rsaql nnolacj
laued le;nbuelcal e ug uogld;lcsutue 1o ,su6rs+o' uotlelalorbrul aqi
ale]rlrce+ol JapJour 'uorlrppe aql ltqtqoJd lou saop uotlua^uoCaql
(b)
-reLrorerluassa
,oql .rai1erou lreqsappLUuotlecr+rpoLu
-aros;oqurAs
aqr
Allpouro1 Alessaoau
lr taplsuoolSrrre6"utiitJjii]::
nutrie.rruoc
'suorldr.rcsu!
araqM
Ueq]Jar{}els;oquuAs
clqder6}o asnaq-r,o ,a;qrssod
Ja^aroqm'pueub;s,to sselcqcea ]o scrlsualceleqcs.rno1<ic
pue sadeqs
+o asn aql uo paseqsr uotluslue3 stq] ut paqucsatds;eu6rspue su6is
'su0rs
1o urelsAsaql
1o burpue1slapun
ol laplo ul ( d )
leuotleulalutale]tlt3e+
uolreurro+u!
eqluaq,*Aluoe;q;s;n
areLtcrq^
lffiltfi:ifl
::-T.1.:tl_
uleuac A;uo 6u1A1dde jo
se;n.r iburu.reh',uorlpru
!l:y:r".y.9]9
Tur!] 'asn re
-x4ur DurAa^uoJ
lo+
aql f!q!qo.rdlleqsuotluanuogsiqf ur 6u1tirol ( o )
'pelzzep
6utaqs:asn-peoJ
,sactnap
ut Unsal lou saop.slqt leql pepl^o.rd
6tir
-}calJarro
,'seeJe
6t|!lce1,ral
qrlnnpeddlnbero'parq6riaq 11eqs
lerreleur
cr;
-llrnq
pue 6u;pue'rs
Jo-sleerlspelqbll u1 6u11.red
birriepridir'asoqr
ueqr
puesu6rs6uru.rean.re6uep
regniru'eo
ur ,suOiipecij
,11!l: :!blsljorelnber
'lr.lbru
le elqroel_pup
elqrsr^erou uJeLllarpur ol iapio ur r'eqr ap;ior
plnoqs uonelsr6elc!$eulop reql spirauul@eJ osfe uolluenuoC
aql ( u )
thesewereincorporated
in
To familiarizethe road userswith the new'signs,
the PakistanHighwayCode. Largesizechartsdepictingthe new signswerealso
printedin sufficientquantitiesfor distributionamongconccrned
agencies.
The Conventionwas formally ratified by Governmentof Pakistanon 5th
August, 1979 and the instrumentof ratification depositedwith the SecretaryGeneralof the UnitedNationon 14thJanuary,1980.
Needfor the Manual:
To be effective,a traffic control deviceshouldmeetfive basicrequirements.
Theyare :
( 1 ) F u l f i l la n e e d .
(21 Commandattention.
(3) Conveya clear,simplemeaning.
(4) Commandrespectof road users.
ra
(5) Giveadequate
time for properresponse.
Five basieeonsiderations
are employedto ensurethat theserequirements
aremet. Theyare : design,placement,
operation,maintenance
and uniformity :
Design:=Designof the deviceshouldassurethat suchfeaturesassize,contrast; colours,shape,mmpositionand lightingor reflestorization
are
combinedto draw attention to the device;that.shapesize,colours
andsimplicityof message
combinewith placementto perinitadequate
and that uniformity,reasonableness
of the regulation,
time for response;
sizeand legibilitycombineto commandrespect. In the designof a
device,minor npdificationsof the specifieddesignelementsmay be
necessaryunder certain conditions, provided that the essentialappearance
characteristics.are
met.
Placement:-Placement
that it is within the cone
of the deviceshouldassure
of visionof the userso that it will commandattention;that it is positioned with respectto the point, object,or situationto which it applies
in conveyingthe proper meaning; and that its location, combined
with suitablelegibility,is suchthat a drivertravellingat normalspeed
hasadequate
time to makethe properresponse.
Opention:- Operationor applicationshouldassurethat appropriatedevices
and relatedequipmentbe installedto meetthe traffic requirements
at
a givenlocation. Furthermore,the devicemust be operatedand placed
in a uniform and consistentmannerto assure,to the extent posible,
that the nrotorist can be expectd to properly respondto the device,
basedon his previousexposure
to similartraffic controlsituation.
Manintenance:- Maintenanceof device should be to high standardsto
assurethat legibilityis retained,that the deviceis visible,and that it
is removedif no longer needed. Clean,legible,froperly mountd
29
0t
'uels^s eql olu! suo!lec!+!pour
puespaplA eu oulsnpoJlu!Jo+puestuauJ
-dolenapasaql 6urzru6oarro1 arnpeco.rd
p o eq ol lueuodulr sl ll 'lpnueyllslql
arlnbarAeu qclqrvrsuotlecllddeeclnapJol eslle
1o uoircgl;JelcJo uorlela.rd.ralur
slrll
ue4o suollenllsenblun'uo!l!ppeul 'elalosqoaut@aqA1;enpel6
lll^ lenueg\l
lanllp u! pue la;clqan
u! se3!^eplolluoo 'o ualsAseql lo suoluod pue Acua1c110.rd
Jolor,uaql 'Aervrqblq
Abolouqcelu! secuenpv
eqr u1 sabueqcacnpold glgtvt
: sprepuelsro uolslleu pue uollelardralu;
'acJnosluataduJooeql uoJI suelslsse>laasplnoqs'gels llaq1uo
par;r1enb
sJeeurbue
aneqlou op leql '1or1uocc!+leJl.ro1Arllqsuodse.tqlun uoll
-ezruebrg'luauralduocseclnapaql qcrqmsleeJlspue speol eql uElsappue alecol
ol pepaauare Aeql se rnl 'secgnap
lor]uoc c+]eJ] lo uollcelesaq] ul ]ueJequ!
lueurabpnfbuuaeupbuaeql eslcJoxaol pepaeu eie $aeurbua pe!+llenp
'lueurabpnl
6uuaaur6ua
lol alnl!$qnse
'saclnap
uorrei!lobe
uolsap
io1 spiepuers
crllerl
lou s! lpnue4 ar.ll
bye
Jo
lorluqr
ue lo slseq
saprnordlenue6 slql alrq^ 'snql 'uollecoleql lo Apnrs6ulraaut6ue
aqt uo opeuleq plnoqsuollecol rBlnilued p le eclneplelnclued e asn ol uolstcep
eql u! uolleJeplsu@
aql 'ranervro;-q'ocrnoprlcee +o uorlectlddepue uotlcalas
':seolnep
fueu1.rduant6aq Aeql leql luellodtut 'eto4aleql/sgji1
loJluoo ollleJl
cgseqeql quo+ les lenue4 aql
a6esnpue uQsapeQt urano6leqt se;dgcu1.rd
1o
'uo!]clpspnf6u1neqAcuabe
aqt Jo sselclo adAl ;o ssa;plebarsAe^
letueururenob
-q6rqpuesleerlslle Jol sprepuelsect^eploJluoJc!+'eJlsluasaldlenue4 eql
: ptnbag
Apnls 6upaaul6ug
'p?peeu
ut llnseJ Aeut esn-sluJ
s! oclnapaql araqrnsuorlecol esoql lP padse.r-s1p
qcnsleql u! 'e$ronn
aq Aeruslql'ne; ul 'echep plepue$-uoue se alqeuollca[
'Allut.to;1un
-qo se s1awl.rdo.rdde
lou s1l; a)aqm pesnec!^epprepue$ V
'+lesl!
urJollun+o esneql
alnlllsuoo
u! flou saopsecrnaploJluocc!++e.tl
'uollerls!u!upe
pue acueualuteu 'uollellelsu; 'elntcetrnueutul Atlouoce q6nolql
sple ll 'uoglelaldlaluteuleseql
c!++erlpue Aemq6;qc11qnd
sleror++o
euoA:ane6unrb Aq sunoo c!#eJI pue 'smeplo asuod rsJesRpeoJsPle
'bulpuer.rapunpue uollpubooalu! sple l! asnsceqresn peoJeql
ll
+o
sec!^eplorluoo cl1le.t11o Ar1ul.tol;u6 'pe{lope eq
Isel eqt sa11r1dtr.rls
plnoqs ecueualuteurpue uolEJedo 'luautaceld'u61sapo1 p.le6a.tqllrvt
'atolalaql 's!
'sapuebe
spJepuelsurlollun leql AJessaoau
ll
lecol pue
Aq peugeluteupue poeld sle seclneploJluooc!#PJl
lercutnordsnorJel
'suo!lc!ps!Jn[
e Lllltr^s]seJ
;o epnU]lnu
1;eA1;enu11
]eluaulu.tanob
'Aem autes aql
sec!^aplorluoc cl;lerl .ro1Aullqlsuodsaleql ecuts
'palels Aldttt;5-:Al1uto11u17
sueet! At1ut.to11un
uf suofpn]ls JepurlsOu1lea.rl
'Ar1up1n
eql u! sJeqloalenadap ol puelAeuua6lei.
Aleleuortlodo.td-srp
st leLll auo Aq sepasJo dno.rbe ut u6ts e lo lueul
-aoeldar'alduexa ro3 'ecueleqlo lno utaql butrvrolqlAq seclneplo
dno.r6e lo enlen aql Ao.rrap uec ecueualuleulPelncaxa Alsa;alec
'arowrequnl 'a6ueqc lo luauracegdalpapeau Dullapp Jol slseq
e aq lou plnoqs uolllpuoc leclsAqdpoo6 u1 sl ec!^ape leql lce' aql
'sacrlep
loJlum clllsl AJessecsuunenoureJ ol pue . suol1pu@
luaJJngol sec!^oploJlu@ cllJeJl pepesursn[peot perlnbe.rs! eoueual
-urerrrleuorlcunl'acualu!rut lelsAqd ol uolllppe ul :suellfaped pue
poo6 u; se9!^ep
sri1.ror6r.r.r
1o nadsar eql pueurur@uolllpu@ 6ut>1lorn
1t
{}
'ecr^appasodordaql
+o slsal plar+rol
pasn aq o] ejnpecoJd Apnls )olpue uollnlos aq] aq o] pajeplsuoo sl
'actnap
etep 6utuoddns lenlcel Aue
acllap posod0Jdaqt Aqlrlr6urr'aoqs
'pasn
aq lou plnoJ
Jo aJnpaJold pasodo.rdaql 6ursn 1o se6eluenpe
uo uotleul
pepuauJul@al
.to
e
eclnep
Aqnn
alnpaco.td
eq]
u!
lenuep
-rolu! ureluoo plnoqs spoqleu Jo sacrnaprvrau+o esn oL{}.ro1s}sanbag (Zl
JADeul
aql ur aclnpe pue ]senbereql MalAeJl1rrvroqnn (6utnnA1a;egAervrq6rgl
o] passaJppeaq plnoqs lenuen aql u!
suolleclunuuJoC +o Allsrul141
'uollec!]rJelcAue lol
abueqc.ro luaurlradxo ol uorssrr.uled
lsanbal aq1 (t)
'suolleleld
: lenue1!aql o1sabueqcpue suotleluatutladxa
-.ratu!]o 6ur;pueq oq] ol Aldde Alletaua6 11tnn
salnpaco.td6urnnol;o;aq1
C H A P T E RI I
G E N E R A LS P E CFI I C A T I O N S
F u n c t i o no f S i g n s:
Signsshould be usedonly where warrantedby factsand field studies.Signs
are essdntialwhere specialregulationsappl.yat specificplacesor at specifictimes
only, or where hazardsare not self-evident. They also give information as to
highway routes, directions,destinationsand points of interest. Signs,ordinarily
are not neededto confirm rulesof the road.
LegalAuthority :
Traffic signs shall be placed only by the authority of a public.body,or
official havingjurisdiction for the purposeof regulatingwarningor guidingtra.ffic.
Un-authorizediigns placed on the highway right-of-way and non-essentialsigns
shouldbe removed.
U/ith proper authority being given construction contractors and public
LltilitV Compa.ieSaie oeimitled tO'CreettempoTaTyconstructionand maintenance
signsat *oik sites to protect the public, eq-uipment,and workmen; providedthat
suih signsconfirm to the standardsof this Manual.
Standardizationof Application l
prescribed
Eachstandardsign shall be displayedonly for the specificpurPos.e
restrictions
shall be
or
conditions
by
road
for it in this Manual. Signsrequired
or
the
restrictions
exist
to
cease
conditions
wh-en
those
inrmediately
removed
are withdrawn. ldenticalconditionsshouldalwaysbe markedwith the sametype
of sign, irrespectiveof where those particular conditions occur.
Determinationof the particularsign or signsto be appliedto a specificcondition shall ordinarily be made in aeordance with.the criteria set forth in the
Manual. However,engineeringjudgement is essentialto the proper use of sig.ns,
in same manner aswitti otherliaffic control devices. Traffic engineeringstudies
may indicate that signs would be un.necessaryat -certainlocations. -The-judgestudies of physical and traffic factors
ment resulting from traffic engineerilrg
-determine
locations where signs are deemed
should be dipended upon to
necessary.
of Signs:
Classification
as follows :
Functionallysignsare classified
Warning Signs:- Call attention to conditions on,9r adjacentto, a highway
or streetthai are potentially hazardousto traffic operations'
Regulatory Signs:- Give notice of traffic lawsor regulations.
lnformation Signs:- Show route designations, destinations,.directions,
distances,services,points of interest and other geographicalor cultural information.
33
tt
slq] gl uMor.ls
asoql a)ll A;letluassa
aq sassclle ut lleqs uorsap,.,oqrrtfut^
: sloqu^s
']uauanedaq] uo suollcUlsaJ
6utddols.ro 6ur>1led
6uqleclpug
sbuglleu.rpeoJJo+ pasnst rtnolla1 --.ltoila1
'subrsAloleulo;ur ur Aluopuno.rblceq pasn
se
st alng -:anlg
'".H;#'^::l
j8is:f ':$x'.i'3,iiulfr
u,
a
os
u
r
s
u
or
r
r"p
;ff
ld
:il,llt
'o
o
o,
?#":,
-tqtqordpue6ululervr'Alolelnbal
lo,r punolb)ceq se pasnsl allq^A-:al!qM
!
'1rtur1
+o puapuesuotltqlqo.rd
1lerropua
.cle'l!ul!l 6ur>leyeno
peadslopuaseqcnsluqlcr;]sar
e.+opu?slecrputo] posnaid sauijlceig 'l1uo
pronnpue s;oqtuAs.ro; pash Allsoursr .rnoloclce;g -:Welg
.suorld!.rcsQp
:
1t lnntarar nrrnnr6-w.ro
pesn
seo-s1e
srpou 'subrs
A.rolrqrqo.rd
3i'?l?T'=r?H#ri?:!'?X""3"1r"d':
1".,3!
-e1n6ar
ro 6ururenn
ro] Alureu pasnst pa1 -:paA
+osoutlraproqpue,sou!llno
: smollo+
seaq lleqssubrsplepuelsuo pasnaq o] srnolocaqI
: s.rnolo3su6rg
'se'esseu
pro',olno^e'o'rr.oroffltiiJi^ti?3jfit1t"tilSi3;
. puesadeqs
re.]nq
's;oqutAs
qlplm-alolls
.rouir.uAq ruduranojcitur
1o uolpodo.rdeqt ur sa6ueqC
'lenuen slql u! papl^
raqlJn+apn;cerd]ou saopsubrcap
asaq]+o uotleztpJepusls
-old se'eql1eqs
p
6urp:onn
sr
aql'alqeo!ldde a6essou.r
pJoM eJaqmpue 'umor4s
asoq]
'uotlezlJolcallal
ot rplrrurs_Alqe)e$lut-un
aq.
sloquAs
Jo
uorleurrungir
lleqs
11y
pue spua6al'suorsuatrrp'srnoloc 'sadetpsapnlcuru6lsapir1 Ar;tl.roi1u1
: ubtseg
'uo11ssod
'ubrsap
u! ^uLuroj!un
pueArrcr;durs
;::l,jS3#liir::jl:l"Ht ru:
subrscr1lel]
lo sasselcleje^asaqr leq] os patttcadsele sadeqspue sJnoloc paztp
-Jeplrels 'peadsq61qfe ubts e 6urqceolddeJantJpe Aq uorsuaqalduuoo
>1crnb.rii1
puabaguoqs e pue'azrsalenbaperto sloquAs.ro 6uuaual 'Alrjrqlsrnqbrq-sueaur
slq1 'asuodsellado.rde lrulad ol autl ut poolsJapunaq lr ]eq] pue']1 6ursn
esoq}o}a1qt6a1aq}!}eq}eleu6tsAennq6rqeJos}u3ulaltnbal3|sPqaq1
prepuels
au.tes
aq]1osu6rs
sernorocpueadeqs
aueseql,o
,,"i311,fi$lT::l
"o suotlen]ts ul
paptnorduraraqesoql ueql Jaqlo palrnba: ale sabessaur
alaqM
: su6rg;o uo!lez!prepuels
'Aennpeo:aql ulol+
uolluaue stq 6utyentp ]noqlrM ranrlpaql ol sDuru.rem
Jo suotleutJolutaql Aanuoc
peog 'subrs.rosleubrsotl+ell se qons sactnapAq uanr6sburulennlo
s6ur>;leur
suolleln6araql luauJalddnsol pasn ate sburlteut peog -,'s6ur)pew peoA
9t
'Jopjoq pue abessaul
'pasn st pua6a1
to loquAs aql u! punolb>lceq p_olnoloolo >lcelq 'sOut}eoc
,9P
6ul}cal}au: (q)
arr{nn e aJaqM.ro punolblceq u6ts aq} uo Joq}14
'abessau
1o ;oqruAsaLl]olul ]as sflun lellulls Jo sJolcalrteU (e)
: 6utnno11o;
ot.l],to Joqlla+o sueaulAq aq Aeu uotlezlJolcalloU
: uollezlJoleelleulo sueau!
']q6tu alqtsl^A1.rea1c
u0lEaq+a)eu ll!M leql s;aued]uac
}e
';oqr-uAs.to butleual
-saururnllo 'sq;nq 1q611
luacsepuec-ul+o suleued
'saclnap
alt]col+a laqlo auos
aq] ot [adeqs 6urqn] snoutulnl se,'qcns
(c)
ro lubtsaql +o ace+aJ!}uaaql JaAouolleuluinlllulJo+lunAllelluessa
parp ol paubtsapacrnos rq611patunoul A|]uapuadeputJo peqceu€ uV (q)
.le|Ja}eu}uacn|suel}eq6nolql,q}oqlo,puno.t6>1cequ6rsoqlJo
'ecel ubts aqt pulqeq ]q6!l
';oqurAsjoabessar.uuter,rraql 6ur1eututng11
V (e)
:uolleu!ulnlll
aql -6utlaau
: 6urnno11o;
+o Jaqllalo sueaulAq eq AeuruotleulujnllL
se pap.reba.r
lou sl 6utfqBtl AennqbtqTfaallS
ubrs.rolsluaub.rtnberaq+
: uolleulunlll lo sueell
buriaaur6ue
u,
leq]s^oqsApnls
,rnnuorlezro]oar+ar
'rq61upue Aep Aq qroq"r"u#'0"#Jiti1i,il,,?Tl"fi:
at!es eql
lnoloc pue ad_eqs
iuorreliersutubrspearl.ra^o
llV
'su6rs dnol6 .to u6ts .telnclued
aq
Moqs o] poleurunllr ro pazrrolcallal
''subts ;o
'pefOac-ce llqqs
6utulennpue A'rolelnbeu
ssa;i.rn
e 6r-.ir.ranoi
gprepuei'saql ul
i uollezl.lolceDeupue uo!leultunll I
' , , O 3 1 - I V I S V N - I - I - V H ) , , u ! o q p l n o q s 6 u t . r a p a ;u b r s e q l ' S N g l S
AUOIVI
-UO.lNt
np{n qq} 91 s1 uQls e g
lo ]Sour ul asqg aql 9q leqs se qQenQqeL
'acedspadtuerce qlrm s.tallalJelle] pue leplm 6utsnAq ueql sla]lal
A;anrlegale 6utsn Aq pesea.rcu!eq uec Alr!qtba1
uaanlaq 6urceds-aprrra
'lergdcur rellaj
letl!ul qllm Dulraualasec-ramol
aq] u! aq Aeuusaupu uorleurlsap]eq] ]dscxa lenuen s!ql u! umoqs se adAl aq] ]o
sra]]al lelldec u! aq lleqs 6ur.raua;ubtsuaql'abenbue;qst16u3ut s1u6ts e 1;
: 6urla$e'l
'perrnbaraq asrmJaqloproM ueql 6uualtol ralleursA11q6rgs
'q]6ual Jtaql Aq paztubocalA1;etyed
ut uaq] tnd ol alqtssrr.ulad
ssrlltaulos s1 l1
'poolslapun
pue pezrubocalA;uouttloc aJe leq]
oq ua4o uec saureu6uo1acutg
asoqt Aluo apnlcut plnoqs pue 'uJntrllulr.ue ol lda>1aq plnoqs suotlelnaJqqv
'acuelslp Ar11;qgba1
aq plnoris
aq] aprnold ol qbnouaa6.re1
Alessacau
re
pJoM 'spuabelu6ts lo1
6uuaua; aq] pup alqrssodse +euq se aq plnoqs sabessatu
pasn bq lleqs lenuen s!L{}u! umorlsse s6urprorvrplepue}s'e;qecrlddearaL{M
p"rb11
: sabessa6l
9t
'su6!spuno6lo4 eceds
lua!c!++nsul
'sa6ueqclalu! ssllas q6no.tul
e
uo!]ecol eFssseutuOls1o AcuelslsuoC+o
'clJJerr peadSq6lH l0
'6uttq6t;
laarls 1o puno.r$lcpg.-.
.solcrqaA
Aneaq;oaDeluaclad
a6le1_
'sl!xa auel-rllnru-
ro
"i::ilil'_fr,',';:jnH_
'uol]ceJlpqceau! seuelalou..tJo
eeJLll'ubrsap
a0ueqclalur
xalduo3 'AllcedecJeauJo autnloA
cl+1eJlle
'l'f'l.;'3i'f^Ti'."t,'"li'X;:'fi
i
r?!i?ety?slcads',.iq1i',H;t:iH11Tff'f
Dul^Jrlsn!
sJope}eql 'suolleco1Aueu le anle^aneqAeu su61speaqle o aqr
: suollelletsul u6;gppoq.te^O
'psadsqceorddeaplqe^ pepadxa
eqr lq paleprp
'suorslceppe.rinber.aqr seeull +ollun u! peurur
aq
aiietl ol'uriq ro+ rr'ebeje+
lleqs bulcedsaq1
:jarep
psoedseq lsnut Je^lJpeql Aq suorsrcep
A;ruegclgns
rua.rbglp6ur.rinbe.r'su6rg
sretqo.aprsppolJeqloAq nnarn
[uoJ+uap
-p!q ale Jo Jeqlo qceeaJncsqotou op Aeqt
leqt os pelecoleq plnoqs su6lg
'Aempeo.r
sql reeu selcepqopax!' ol peleleJ
sJolsp+Ale;es qllm eo^uetrltoluoc
u! pue ralleds pnul ,o slcalla
eqi aziurruiu
-';e.reira6
'
pue Arll!Q!s!^
aurll rq61uazliugilo ol palecolaq plnorissu6rs
u1
''pedno.r6
eq pnu: su61s
leuollceJlpJo e.lnoJaJaqMJo laqloue sluaurelddnsu61sauo eJeqMldecxe s6u!
:1u!!!41.f
to qqgEqrglqdegqo p?t,?qte4tpnpntpu!qq gnqqs s90!s Aleur.rqN
.l+aleql ot
M€!^eq] lcnJlsqoAeuteue;pueqq6;.t aql ut cl}lell eraqmpeol euel-lllnure uo 1n1
-d1aquarlo s1Aerrapeol 1qbr.r
eql uo polscol u-6rsA.reruauelddns
y- :peo.raqr'1o
1o
Japlnoqspueu-lq6r.r
aql uo peceldaq Aerl su6lssacuetsurni.rpaulos lapun
'suollecol
ol A.retuanralddtrs
seAluo pelaps
leulJouer.llu! su6gs
-uooaq plnoqsAlgreulp.ro
.fuesiecsuuegb eri su'ois
suollecol
raqlo
Aue
su61g
u1
'aplspeoJ
peeqJeno
sql le alqellenelou s! acedse.re-r.lnn
Jo elqeJlsapsl lo.rlud
auel jo. eer6apeuos areu^^ro speoreplm uo ureql rol 6ui1bq sr r5nirp'aqt
'Aennpeor
eql ,to aprs pueq-+a;arjr uo su61saiBcoi or'si sthr lemue'oa{i
praqm
-JaAaMoq'scllcetd
u! paule$eaq sAennle
louuecuorllsod+o uollpztplepuels
: uollP:)ol lo uotlsz!plepuels
'a6paeql uro.l+
,su6rg
ulc gZ'! s!loproqslqel!nsV .rnoloCIIIHM u! eq plno^A
]g
uorteuuolul ro, seareqrnabpaeql splsu!;snf lo fe pua0e1agl se rnogog g3g
--aLll+oroproqe a^pql1eqssu61s
pue oulurenn'suojdabxe nne+qrinn
A.rou1n6a.r
: ueprogu6rg
The existanceof any one or more of the conditionslistedabovedoesnot
signshave
automaticallyjustify the use of overheadsigns. Rather,.overhead
study
applicationin lieu of or as an adjunctto groundsignswhen engineering
indicatesthat they are needed. Someof the elementslisted"abovecan be made
lesscriticalby closemordinationbetweendesignand operation.
X
Height:
The heightof a signwill be the distancemeasuredfrom bottom of the sign
to the nearedgeof the pavement.
Signserectedat the side of the road in rural districtsshall be mountd at
a heightof at least1.5 meters.
In built up areas,where parkingand/or pedestrianmovementis likely to
to the'bttom
occur or wherethere are other obstructionsto view,the clearance
of the sign shall be at least2.0 meters. The heightto the bottom of a secondary
sign mounted below another sign may.be 0.3 meterslessthan the appropriate
height specifiedabove. The table below indicatesthe various recommended
hqighgs.qf
!ig!sbqth in rural and urbanareas:
SIGN HEIGHT
Sl. No.
Heightof sign
Typeof location
Minimum
1.
U r b a n:
( a ) Residential
Streets
(b) CollectorStreets
(c) Arterial Roads
2.
Rural:
(a) SemndaryHighways
( b ) PrimaryHighways
2.00m
2.00m
2.00m
1.50m
1 . 5 0m
Maximuni
3.00m
3.00m
5.00m
4.00m
4.00m
Overheadsignsshall provide a vertical clearanogof not lessthan 5 meters
over the entire width of the pavementand shoulde'rCxceptwh6rea leser vertical
clearanceis usedfor the designof other structures. In specialcaes, it may be
necessary
still further because
to reducethe clearance
of sub-standard
dimensions
in tunnelsand other majorstructuressuchasdoubledeckbridges.
LateralClearance:
Signsshouldhavethe maximum practicallateralclearancefrom the edgeof
the travelledway for the safety of motoristswho.may leive the roadwayand
strike the sign supports. Advantage
shouldbe takenof existingguardrail,overheadstructuresand o-therconditionsto minimizethe exposureof signsupportsto
taffic.
37
Normally,signsshouldnot be closerthan 2.0 metersfrom the edgeof the
shoulder,or if none,3.5 metersfrom the edgeof the travlledway. In urb'an
areasa lesserclearancemay be usedwherenecessary.
As a specialcasea clearance
of 0.3 meterfrom the kerb faceis permissible
where footpath width is limited or where existingpolesare closeto the kerb.
Table below givesthe lateralclearance
for variouslocationsboth for Rural
and UrbanAreas:
S l .N o .
_'i:":1:':1T:
Typeof Location
Minimum
1.
2.
Urban
R u r a l:
Maximum
( a ) Residential
Streets
0.5 m
{bl CollectorStreets
1 . 0q
2.00m
3.50m
(c) ArterialRoads'
1 . 0m
4.50 m
( a ) SecondaryHighways
1 . 5m
4.5Om
( b ) PrimaryHighways
1 . 5m
4.50 m
Positionof Signs:
A warningsignis placedin advanceof the conditionto which it callsattention. A regulatorysign normally is placedwhere its mandateor prohibition
appliesor begins. lnformationsignsare placed,whereneeded,to keepdrivers
well informedasto the routeto their destination
Erection:
' I
Normally,signsshould be mounted approxiryiately
at fight anglesto the
directionof and facing,:1hs
traffic that they are intendedto serve.
Wheremirror reflectionfrom the sign face is encounteredin suchdegreeas
to reducelegibility,the sign shouldbe turnedslightlyawayfrom the road. At'
curvedalignments,
the angleof placementshouldbe determinedby the course
of approachingtraffic rather than by the roadwayedgeat the point wtrerethe
signis located. Signfacesnormallyarevertical,but on gradesit may be desirable
to tilt a sign forwardor back from the verticalto improvethe viewingangle.
Postsand Mountings:
Sign Bostsand their foundationsand sign rnountingsshallbe so constructed
as to hold signsin a properand permanentposition.to r-esist
swayingin the wind
or displacement
by vandalism.
In some cases,especiallyin urban areassignscan be correctly placed
on . existingsupportsusedfor other purposes,
suchas traffic signals,streetlights,
and publicutility poleswherepermitted,therebysavingexpense
and minimizing
footpath obstructions.
6t
'u6rsep
ernsuao1 su61saql luled ol pesnsq
loqurAspue s?6eur!]o Aeuslsrsuoo
'raded uto.r;
plnoqsselelduralaseql 'lerJaleualqellnsJoqlo Aue Jo leels'c1lse1d
'su61s
preda.rd
pue 6uruJe^
eq plnot{ssele;durat'sourvrerp
asaql6u!sn
A.rolegnbe.r
pJepuels
.ro1Alrelncruedparedardaq plnoqsalecslln+ u! 'u61sqcee;o sourrvretp
'paleelc aq plnoLlssotlrllcP+oultuled pue uollec1lqelu61sAresacau q4rvrdoqs
u61s;1eus'asodrndslql JoJ 'ace;dleJlueceuo ulor+subgs
aseql acnpold plnoqs
uollezluebro
a6re1qcea'u61sep
Ar;uuo1lun
urnurlxeur
ol raplo ul
olnsue
4o
: uolleolrqeJu6;g
su.rspaieurlunplro+
srusurara
bu;rq6;1
+olu€uiaoelde.i
1or,;?:t'*i'rt'Ht3l$tnou'
'seer1
'u6rsAue ace+aql erncsqo
lou op slelJalguluollcnJlsuocpup fuaqqnrqs
Jo
lspaq legl aeqol uq>lelog, plro{-s. l|glpe_4lEEagU Bue uol}q€}.}eplqads
'Arlunrroddo
lsJ!l aql le su61sparncsqo
ro pabeurepAue lroder ol pabernocuaoq plnoL{ssAennqblq
aLl} uo laner} Aaq}
pue
leqto
ecr;od'luaurpedap
leqt a.r;nbalsallnp esoq/v\saeAoldura
lelueuuJenob
'paqsrlqera
Aernq6rqaql ]o seaAo;dur3
eq plnoqssu61s1o luauracelderpue
'uorlcadsur
6upuealc
ro+alnpaqcs
alqellnse'acueuoluleur
etenbapealnsuaoI
'Ae1ep
pebeueO'saull
anpunlnoqllm paceldaleq plnoqssu6gs
'uogllsod
plnoqs
ledo.rdul ldol aq
su6rscglel1 ;1y
lle le alqlgelpue uealc
: oouPuelu|ew
'sabpllqeql uo subrseurosaceldol elqlsee+
eq Aetu11
'eldurexaro1 'pecedsA;aso;cere s6ursso.tc
p'eaqrano
eJeqnAerrnqbrq
ueqJnue uO
'aplspeoJaLll 6uolsuoddns u61spue suorl?puno,eql Jo+poauaql aleulurle
llur^
Durmaln
apnbepp ap;nord;;;na
uoddns u6rse seeJnlcnrlse +o esn qcns 'ecuelslp
',saluslsulnsJlc
euos Japun pue 'su6s
ler-ll uollnlos leclpeld Aluo eql eq Aetr.r
peaqrelo ]o uoddns aLll Jo+ aruas saurlletxos ll!/rl aJnlcnJls peoqJanouV
: suoddngu6;gro; saEptrg
C H A P T E RI I I .
,/
\r
W A R N I N GS I G N S
Applicationof WarningSigns:
.
to warn traffic of existWarningsignsare usedwhen.it is deemednecessary
ing or potentiallyhazardouscondition'son or adjacentto a highwayor street.
Warningsignsrequirecautionon the part of the driversand maycall for reduction
of speedor a ,iranoeuvrein' the interestof his own safetyand that of other road
to the vehicleoperatorsandare
users.Adequatewarningsare of greatassistance
valuablein safeguarding
and expeditingtraffic. The useof warningsignsshould
be kept to a minimum. Such signsshall be usedto give warningof possible
with due careto percieve
road hazardswhich are difficult for a driverproceeding
which areapparent,
warn
of
mnditions
them
to
The
use
of
un-neces$ary
in time.
tendsto breeddisrespectfor all signs.
Evenon the most modernhighwaystheremay be someconditionsto which
the drivercanbe alteredby the useof warningsignsare :
- Changetin hoii zontaI a1i9h
m-n-.
- lntersections.
- Advancewarningsof control devices.
- Converging
traffic lanes.
- Narrowroadways.
in highwaydesign.
Changes
'
o
- Steepgradients.
- Roadwaysurface'conditions.
- Raih:oad
crossings.
- Entrances
and crossing.
- Miscellaneous.
i
Warningsignsspecifiedin this Manualcovermost conditionsthat are likely
to be met. lf sther warningsare neededthe signsshallbe of standardshapeand
mlour for warningsings,and the legendsshall be brief and easilyunderstood.
The determinationof the signor signsto be erectedshallbe on the basisof an
asguidelines.
studyusingthe followingsections
engineering
Designof WarningSigns:
triangleshavingone side
All warningsignsshall be shapedin equilateral
oppositevertexaboveit. The legendshallbe black with red borhorizontalanld
der on a white background.
and locationof the signcan
Certainexceptionsare permittedif the message
justify the variance. This provisionshall not be construedas permittingeither
a general use of rectangularwarning signs or deviationsfrom the standard
wherestandardmessages
messages
areapplicable.
41
duringthe hoursof darkness
shallhave
All warningsignshavingsignificance
a fully reflectorized
background
or be illuminated
hereinis shownwith the
The standardsizefor eachwarningsignprescribed
illustrationaccompanying
the specification.Whereconditionsof speed,volume.
or specialhazardrequiredgreatervisibility or emphasis,largersignsshouldbe
used,w.ith symbol or legendenlargedapproximatelyin proportionto outside
dimensions
The size of the normal sign shall be 90 cm, that of a small sign 60 cm.
To carry proper emphasisamong large signs for other purposes,all warning
signson important roadsshouldbe not lessthan 75 cm . equilateraltriangle.
To perniit the useof standarddies and templatesthe outsidedimensionsof
warningsignsshouldordinarilybe in multiplesof 15 cm. Letterheightsshould
be roundedto the nearestintegralcm. that will best fit the plate usedfor legibility andappearance.
Placement
of WarningSigns:
Warningsignsshall be erectedin accordance
with the generalrequirements
for signposition.
Sincewarning signsare primariiyfor the protectionof the driver who is
unacquaintedwith the road, it is very important that care be given to their
locations. Thesesignsshall be placedat suchdistancesfrom the dangerpoint as
will make them most effectiveboth by day and by night, havingregardto road
and traffic conditions,includingthe normalspeedof vehiclesand the distance
at whichthe signis visible.
+,
ln rural areas,warningsignsshouldnormallybe placedabout250 metersin
advanceof the hazardousccnditions. On high-speedroads,advancewarning
distancesmay have to be as great as 450 metersor more. Wherespeedsare
relativelylow in urban areas,the advancedistanceShouldbe only about 75
meter. The positionof the warningsignshavebeen indicatedin tablebelow-for'
vari0uslocations:
:'_T:_-_
_ :_ ______a15_l9l]ia9'_lil}lL"
Positionof Signs
S l .N o .
Typeof Location
Minimum
Maximum
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
30m
60m
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
60m
1 2 0m
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
75m
1 5 0m
4.
Highways
RuralSecondary
250 m
275 m
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
450 m
550 m
?
..l
I
I
The actualadvancewarningdistancewill be determinedby tryo factors.i.e.
on the time
the prevailingspeedand the trafiic condition. Thesebearrespectively
and
the time
message
the
react
to
and
comprehend
ihe
driver
to
to
avaiiable
manoeuvre.
neededby him to performany nec€ssilry
The effectivenes of the placementof any warning sign should be tested
periodicallyunderboth day and night conditons.
sectionof
The distancebetweenthe signand the beginningof a dangerous
This
inforthe
sign.
panel
mounted
below
in
additiohal
road may be shown an
of
the
beoinning
and
the-sign
between
distance
given
the
when
must
be
mation
the dangeioussedtionof road cannot be judged by driversand is not what they
mightnormallyexpect.
Dangerwarningsigns
- may be repeated,pafticularly.onmotorwaysand roads
treated ai moton*ays. Wherethey are repeated,the distancebetweenthe sigl
sectionof road shallbe shownby an additional
and th€ beginningof dangerous
panelmountedbelowthe signs.
The detailsof the varioussignsaregivenin following pages'
43
7-
(
t,
CURVESIGNS
The CURVE SIGNS(W-l and W-2) are intendedfor usewhereengineering
investigationsof roadway, geometric,and operatinq conOitions-ino*" ih;;;:
ommended speed,onthe curveto be lessthan the speedlimit establisteO
6V fi*
or b.y.regulation-for that section of h.ighway. RdAitional protection malvUe
providedby useof appropriatespeedlimifsign.'
The CurveSignsshallbe asshown in the figures, Theseare :
(al cURVdTOWAffDS
RtGHT,S|GN
:
(b ) C U R V E
T OWA R DS
LEFTSIGN:
w-1
w-2
. .. Th. sign shall havestandardsize of g0 cm. No sign of lessthan 60 cm
sttall be used.anywhere. The sizesrecommendedfor uaii6'rslocationsare oiuin
in the table below. The position of border size and herght;i-rngse ;id,.,;;;;
givenunderrespectiveheadings:
TASLE: C1JRVE
SI-GNS
SIZES
Sl. No.
Type of Location
SignSize
1.
UrbanResidentialStreets
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArteriatRoad
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways.
105 cm
6-:
Motorway.s
120 cm
The dimensionsof the legendfor varioussizesof trresig-ns
are-given-;lig;-W;
andW-2.
44
I
l'
RIGHTREVERSECURVE SIGN
{
C
b
TO
LEGE ND
SI
PARTS
G
60cm
75cm
r
2.3
2.9
d
0.7
0.8
[?
5.4
{
DIMENSION
SI
N
90cm
1n
2.5
3.0
z
(cml
E
l05cm
1 2 0c m
4.1
u.7
1.2
aa
l.-)
/.o
8.7
ll .0
d
22 .0
27 .5
33.0
<X
e
u{
1 1. 7
14.0
16.3
18.7
f
5.3
o?
10.7
I
lt
h
ta
qn
).o
'lA
1.1
/.
2 -9
I
'F 1
.l
6.7
?q
?n
rt.)
49
\
4l{.0
8.2
tl
2.3
2.7
q.1
\.7
o.u
S T E E PG R A D I E N TS I G N S
The STEEPGRADIENTSIGNS (W-5 and W-6) are intendedfor use in
advanceof a steepgradewherethe length,percentof grade,horizontalcurvature
or combinationrequiresspecialprecautions
on the part of drivers. The steep
GradientSignmay be usedfor :
( a ) U PG R A D ES I G N
w-5
( b } D O W NG R A D ES I G N
w-6
The standardsizeof thesesignsis 90 cm equilateraltriangle. Other recomnrendedsizesaregivenin table below.
T A B L E - S T E EGPR A D I E N TS I G NS I Z E S
SL. NO.
Type of Location
SignSize
1.
UrbanResidentialStreets
60 cm.
2,
UrbanGollectorStreets
75 cm.
3.
UrbanArterial Roads
90 cm.
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
90 cm;
5.
RuralPr,imaryl{ighways
105 cm.
6.
Motorways
120 cm.
The dimensionsof the legendfor varioussign sizesare given in figures
W-5andW-6.
50
CURVETOWARDS
RIGHTSIGN
(w-t)
LEGEND
SI
PARTS
60cm
G
75cm
r
h
S I
N
90cm
?q
lr
..
qI
o.)
lrA
d
f.o
e
I
C
E
| 05cm
l20cm
4.1
hq
1?
D'l
ao
I
A7
I.O
13-lr
/.
1q
't
1
?
?
lta
CR
7.0
o.z
o?
!n
(n
6.0
7.0
8.0
?a
4.1
lt
1O.IJ
14.6
h
R?
"i
z
1n
NQ
r-
DIMENSION (cm)
45
n
ro. /
TOWARDS
LEFT SIGN.
CURVE
( w -21
.r
LEGEND
st
PARTS
60cm
G
7Scm
DIMENSION (cml
S I
N
gOcm
z
E
| 05cm
l20cm
r
2.3
2.9
3.5
lt.1
4.7
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.3
b
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
8.7
c
2.7
3.3
l{.0
q.7
5.3
d
7.6
9.6
11.5
13.4
r5.3
e
5.7
7.1
8.5
9.9
11.3
f
4.7
5-8
7.0
8.2
9.3
I
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
h
2.3
2.9
3.5
q.l
\.7
tl
8.3
r o.4
12.5
ll{.6
46
16.7
D
C U R V ES I G N S
REVERSE
The REVERSECURVESIGNS(W-3and W-4)areintendedforuseto mark
by atangentof lessthan200
two curvesin oppositedirectionsthat areseparated
Meters. For additionalprotectionthe appropriatespeedlimit signmay be used.
Thesesignsareof the two types l
(a) LEFT.REVERS
CEU R V E
w-3
( b } R I G H TR E V ER S EC UR V E
w-4
The standardsizeof this sign*rall be 90 Cm equilateraltriangle. No sign
of less than 75 Cm size frall be usedanywhere. The sizesrecommendedfor
variouslocationsaregivenin the tablebelow.
T A B L E- R E V E R S EC U R V ES I G NS I Z E
Sl. No.
-u;b*
i.
Type of Location
SignSize.
nr-r,0"^ri.isrr.*
75 Cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
7tr Crn
3.
UrbanArterial Roads
90 Cm
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
90 Cm
5.
RuralMainHighways
105 Cm
6.
Motorways
120 Cm
The dimensionsof the legendfor varioussizesare givenin figuresW-3 and
w4.
47
7
LEFTREVERSECURVE SIGN
(w-3)
]
PARTS
LECE ND
OIMENSION
st6
s tz
N
90cm
(cml
E
l05cm
l20cm
60cm
?Scm
r
2.3
2.9
3.5
4.1
t{.7
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1:3
b
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
8.7
c
2.O
2.5
3.0
3.5
q.0
d
22 .0
27 .5
33.0
16. 5
114.0
11.7
1l{.0
16.3
r ' 8 .?
e
9.3.
g
5.3
6.7
8.0
9.3
10.7
I
4.7
5.8
7.0
8.2
9.3
h
1.3
1.7
2.0
2.3
2.7
I
2.3
2.9
3.5
l{.1
q.7
'l
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.2
6.0
48
w
UP-GRADESIGN
(w-s. I
LEGEND
SI
G
sazE
N
PARTS
60cm
75cm
OIMENSION (cml
90cm
| 05cm
l20cm
n
2.3
2.9
3.5
4.1
4.7
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.3
b
4.3
5.3
6.5
7.6
8.7
c
2.3
2-9
3.5
Il .1
I r. 7
d
15.7
r9.6
23.5
27.4
31.3
e
7.7
9 -6
11.5
13.4
15.3
f
22.O
27 .5
33.0
38.5
44.0
- r
DOWNGRADESIGN
(w
6)
+
LEGE N O
sl
PARTS
60cm
o
75 cm
DIMENSION (cml
sazE
N
90cm
| 05 cm
t20cm
r
2.3
2.9
3.5
4.1
4.7
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
r.3
b
4.3
5-3
6.5
7.6
8.7
c
2.3
2.9
3.5
lt.1
4.7
d
15.7
1 9- 6
23.5
27 .4
31.3
e
7.7
9 -6
11.5
13.4
1(
r
22 .0
27 -5
33.0
38.5
44.0
52
?
?
tPAVEMENTNARROWSSIGNS
The PAVEMENTNARROWSSIcNS (W-7are W-8)and intendedto warn
the driversthat road aheadis narrowerthan the one beingtraversedby them.
The RoadNarrowsSignsareof two type :
( a ) L A N EE N D SS l c N
w-7
( b } R O A D W A YN A R R O W S I G N
w-8
LaneEnd Sign:
This Signis neededif advancenotice is to be givento warnof the reduction
in the numberof lanesof pavementas from three lanesto two lanes,or from
four lanesto two lanes, etc. on one-wayroadways wherethe width of the
med-ianlslandwill permit,two such signsshould be placedfacingapproaching
traffic, one on the right sideand the other on the medianisland.The inOication
of lane givenon sign as endingshouldconfirm to astualconditionI.e. whether
left or right laneends.
RoadwayNarrowsSign:
ls intendedfor use in advanceof transitionon two-laneroadswherethe
pavementwidth is reducedabruptly to a width suchthat two carscannot pass
safelywithout reducingspeed.
The standardsize of the signsshall be 90 cm equilateraltrianqle. The
varioussizesrecommended
accordingto different locationsare givenin the table
below:
T A B L E_ P A V E M E N T
N A R R O WS
SI G NS I Z E S
S1N
. o.
t
Type of Location
SignSize
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm
2.
UrbanGollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
9O cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm
6.
Motorways
120 cm
---ih.
d;;;;';1h'
W-7andW-8.
Gill;;;;'b,'
53
;;;;;;;;6;
LANE ENDS SIGN
(w-7)
c
t
o
LEGE ND
SI
G
PARTS
60cm
r
75cm
S
N
90cm
20
d
n'7
AQ
b
[?
qJt
c
2.0
2q
?n
d
Q?
11 -7
14.0
o-u
72
Jt
Q
f
7q
alr
o
b
2?
20
h
,t
a-L
1.0
z
E
1 0 5c m
1 2 0c r n
Jr
l!7
r
1?
1-
9,
I.O
11
a
'7
rt.0
1q
to.J
9.6
Qll
?
1?
?q
)t
qn
qR
'l
2
I
lta
a.l
ROADWAYNARROWSSIGN
tw
e
8)
d
c
bT-
{r+
\-_
r
ft+/
LEGEND
G
SI
SI
N
PARTS
60cm
e
\
i
75cm
DIMENSION (cm)
90cm
z
E
| 05cm
l20cm
I
2,3
2.9
3.5
4"1
4"7
d
0.7
0.8
1"0
r.2
1"3
b
4.3
s"4
6.5
7 "6
8.7
2.3
2"9
3.5
4 "L
4-7
d
6.7
8.3
10" 0
L\ "7
13.3
e
9.3
t7 .7
14 " 0
16 .3
18"7
f
17
2,r
2.5
)a
3.3
g
3"3
4"2
5"0
5"8
6.7
I
t-
)
55
D R A WB R I D G ES I G N
The DRAW BRIDGESIGN (W-9)is intendedto be placedat approaches
to
a Draw Bridgeto warn the driversto watch out for bridgesbeingliftedor swung
to allow passage
of boatsand shipsthrough the wateruvay.The sign shall be
placedat least300 metersbeforethe bridge.
The sizesfor varioustypesof roadsshallbe asunder:
T A B L E_ D R A WB R I D G ES I G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
Typeof Location
SignSize.
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 c m
3.
UrbanAnerialRoads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
rl'
1 0 5 cm
dimensionsof the legendfor varioussignsizesare givenin figureW-g.
56
DRAWBRIDGESIGN
(w-s)
I
\_1
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
SIG
SIZE
N
PARTS
60cm
75cm
?q
r
2?
a
i7
^Q
b
!?
hu
C
1'7
t
d
e
f
1.0
0?
-'l
4.1
t
-L
2q
2Q
70
8.2
27 .0
n
'11
l05cm
i.o
n'l
1Q
90cm
'l
31.5
16.3
t20cm
R I V E BB A N KS I G N
The RIVER BANK SIGN (W-10)is intendedto warn the approaching
traffic of the bank of the river or quay. The signshallbe placedat least300
metersbeforethe riverbankor quay.
Thesizesof the signfor variousroadsshallbe asunder:
TABEL_RIVER
B A N KS I G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
Typeof Location
SignSize.
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighwayi
1 0 5c m
The dimensions
of the legendfor varioussignsizesaregivenin FigureW-l0.
58
RIVER BANK SIGN
(w
t0 )
r+
D
LEG
G
SI
SI
N
z
E
PARTS
60cm
0.7
^Q
b
ll?
qT
c
3.0
12 -7
e
f
I
O
h
4.7
1.0
n
)-o
16.0
20.0
ti
lt.l
?
6.0
7q
12
r.o
q2
/lq
1q
I 05cm
4.1
2a
r
U
90cm
75cm
10
{^J
7.0
22 .2
8.2
28.0
26"0
30"3
on
10.5
l20cm
BUMPY ROAD SIGN
A B U M p y R O A D S | G N ( W - 1 1 ) i s i n t e n d e df o r u s e t o q i v e w a r n i n oo f a
sharp rise and fall in the profile of the road that is sufficientlyabrupt to-create
a hazardouscondition and to causeconsiderablediscomfort to passengers,
to
causea shiftingof the cargoor to deflect a vehiclefrom its courseat the normal
driving speedfor that road. A Bumpy RoadSignrequiresspeed
reductionon the
part of drivers. lt may be desirableat some locationsto supplementthe Bumpy
Road Signwith an appropriatespeedsign.
The standardsizeof this signshallbe 90 cm equilateraltriangle. The various
sizesrecommendedare given in table below:
T A B L E- B U M P YR O A DS I G NS I Z E S
Sl.No.
Type of Location
SignSize.
1.
Urban Residential
Streets
60 cm
2.
Urban Collector Streets
75 cm
3.
UrbanAnerial Roads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
90 cm
5.
Rural PrimaryHighways
105 cm
6.
Motorways
120 cm
The dimensions
of the legendfor varioussignsizesaregivenin Figurew-11.
}'
60
BUMPY ROAD SIGN
(w-ll)
r
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGEN
SIG
PARTS
SIZE
N
g0cm
60cm
75 cm
r
2.3
2"9
3"5
4"I
A'l
a
0.7
0"8
1.0
1.2
11
b
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
8.7
c
5"0
3 -7
4.5
5.2
o.u
d
3.5
4.J.
5.0
5.8
6.7
e
4.7
5.8
7.Q
c2
9"5
f
8.0
10"0
12. [')
r4.0
16"0
g
6.7
8.3
10.0
rt "7 ,
15.3
| 05 cm
t20cm
H U M PS I G N
A HUMPSIGN (Wi12)is intendedfor useto givewarningof a sharprisein
condition,
the profileof the roadthat is sufficientlvabruptto createa hazardous
to causea shiftingof the cargo,
discomfortto passengers,
to causeconsiderable
or to deflect a vehiclefrom its true courseat the normaldrivingspeedsfor the
'road.
for the purpose
a HumpSignmayalsobe providedinternationally
Sometimes
where traffic
areas,
and
school
reiidential/commercial
in
reduction
of speed
tendencyis to movefast. ln suchlocationsthe HUMPSIGN may be positioned
at least4.5 metersfrom the hump. lt may be desirableat some locationsto
supplement
the HUMPSignwith a SLOWSign.
The standardsize of this sign shall be 90 cm equilateraltriangle. The
sizesaregivenin tablebelow:
other recommended
T A B L E_ H U M PS I G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
Sign Size.
Type of Location
1.
Urban ResidentialStreets
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm
6.
Motoruvays
120 cm
The dimensionsof the legendfor varioussignsizesmay be seenin Figure
w-12.
62
HUMP SIGN
(w-12l
T
e
T;
f"
LEGEND
SIG
N
PARTS
a
DIMENSION (cm)
SIZE
60cm
75cm
r
2,3
2;9
3.5
4"7
A'f
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
I,2
1.3
b
4,3
5"4
6.5
7.6
8 "7
)7
5.5
4.0
4.7
5.3
d
4.7
5.8
7.0
8.2
9.3
e
2t .3
26.7
32 .0
37 .3
42.7
90cm
63
| 05cm
t20cm
DIP SIGN
in the
A DIPSIGN(W-13)is intendedfor useto givewarningof a depression
condition,
profile of the road that is sufficientlyabrupt to createa hazardous
to causea shiftingof the cargo,or
discomfortto passengers,
to causeconsiderable
to deflect a vehiclefrom its true oourseat the normal driving speedsfor the
road. lt may be desirableat somelocationsto supplementthe DIP SIGN with
a SLOW Sign.
The standardsizesof this sign shall be 90 cm equilateraltriangle. The
for differentlocationsshallbe as givenin the
variousother sizesrecommended
tablebelor,v:
T A B L E_ D I P S I G N S I Z E S
S l .N o .
SignSize
Type of Location
1.
Streets
UrbanResidential
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm
6.
Motonruays
120 cm
The dimensionsof legendfor varioussign sizesare given in FigureW-13.
64
DIP SI GN
(w-13)
e
LEGE ND
SIG
PARTS
a
DTMENSION
(cml
SIZE
N
90cm
l05cm
l20cm
2.9
3.5
4"7
4.7
0.7
0.8
1.0
1)
1.3
b
4 "3
5.4
6.5
7.6
8.7
c
4.0
5"0
6.0
7.0
8.0
d
3"3
4.2
5"0
5.8
6 "7
e
4.7
5.8
7.0
a')
9.3
60cm
?5cm
r
2.3
a
f
t7 .3
)'t
'7
26"0
65
30.3
S L I P P E R YR O A D S I G N
T h e S L I P P E R YR O A D W H E Nw E T s t G N ( w - 1 4 )i s i n t e n d e df o r u s et o
warn the driversof a conditionwherethe highwaysurfacebecomes
extraordinary
slipperywhen wet. lt shouldbe locatedat least300 metersbeforethe beoinnino
of slipperysectionand at appropriateinterualson long sectionsof sucd pavel
ments.
The standardsizesof this sjOnshall be -9Ocm equilateral
triangle. The
variousother sizesrecommended
for differentlocationsareqivenin tablebelow:
T A B L E_ S L I P P E R Y
R O A DW H E NW E TS I G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
Typeof Location
SignSize.
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm
6.
Motonrvay
120 cm
---;---The dimensionsof the legendfor varioussign sizesare given in FigureW-14.
66
SLIPPERYROAD SIGN
(w
t4 )
DIMENSION
LECE ND
e'
60cm
rr
,
2.3
2-9
a
0.7
0.8
b
4.3
5.4
3 ..0
3.8
d
zt.l
e
16.7
90cm
75cm
an
Ll
-
l05cm
)r
1
(cm)
1 2 0c m
Ln
1.2
t-u
'tA
A'7
AA
4.5
43.3
1
|
)q
20 .8
67
o
lv
. t
L O O S EG R A V E LS I G N
T h e L o o s E G R A V E Ls l G N ( w - 1 5 )i s i n t e n d e dt o w a r n t h e a p p r o a c h i n g
traffic that on the road sectionaheadthey might.be encounterinq
t.iosefiau"f
which is likelyto be throwl up in the air by vehiclegoingat a speed.ftreiaieti
wouldrequireextraprecaution
and reductionin speed.
of actualhazardous
.
.Th"signshouldbe placedat least300 metersin advance
location.
The Standard
sizeof the signshallbe g0 cm equilateral
triangle.
Theothersizesof the sigrtfor variousroadsareasunder:
T A B L E_ L O O S EG R A V E LS I G NS I Z E S
Sl.No.
Type of Location
SignSize.
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm
6.
Motorways
12O cm
---r-h-edi;ilil;li'-r'-g.JA;;;,'.;,,s;;;;-si;i"-rig,,,-w-is.
68
LOOSE G RAVEL S IGN
(w-tsI
a
LEGE ND
SIG
PARTS
60cm
C
r
d
a't
DIMENSION
stzE
N
90cm
75cm
2-9
?q
0.8
1n
2-5
)6
d
1?
O
to -l
e
<t|
{
3 7- 9
l05cm
q-
|
1 2 0c m
lt ..1
1.3
8.7
5.4
h
(cm)
4.0
?n
1q
q
26.0
60.7
FALLINGROCKSSIGN
The FALLING ROCKSSIGN (W-16)is intendedto warnthe approaching
traffic that the road aheadis subjectto rocksfallingfrom the uphill sideof the
slopes.
The signshallbe placedat least150 Metersaheadof the actuallocationof
the hazard.
The sizesof the signsfor variousroadsshallbe asunder:
T A B L E_ F A L L I N GR O C K SS I G NS I Z E S
Sl.No.
SignSize
Type of Location
1.
Streets
UrbanResidential
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterial Roads
90 cm
4.
Hiohways
RuralSeconadary
.90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm
6.
Motorways
120 cm
The dimensions
of the legendfor varioussignsizesaregivenin FigureW-l6.
70
IL
0'9r
0'hr.
O'ZL
0'0 r
n'o
L' 09
:
0'Bt
L- L€.
a
JL
6'z
ac
h'E
Ln
q
e
" L'n
[n
rh
p
\a
L'B
9'L
['t
z'I
0't
B'0
L'0
L'h
t'h
JC
6'z
L(
t
f
urlozl
urlsol
3
(ur3)
rrJl06
Z tS
NO|SN3NIO
urrs4
N
I
u,log
ts
SIUVd
0N 3931
+"
Lq
e'
(9r-/nt
N9tS )t30u
gNtllvJ
P E D E S TIRA N C R O S S I NS
GI G N
S I G N ( W - 1 7 )i s i n t e n d e dt o w a r n t h e a p CROSSING
The PEDESTRIAN
proachingtraffic of the existingof a pedestrian
crossingon the roadahead.The
actuallocationof the crossingshouldbe indicatedeither by road markinoor by
an appropriate
sign.
The signshallbe placedat least150 metersbeforethe actuallocationof the
crossing.Thesizesfor variousroadsareasunder:
T A B L E_ P E D E S T R I ACNR O S S I NSGI G NS I Z E S
S i .N o .
Typeof Location
SignSize.
1.
Urban ResidentialStreets
60 cm
2.
U rban Collector Streets
75 cm
3.
Urban Arterial Roads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
90 cm
6
Flr rral Pri rnarrr llinhrnrarrc
1OF nrn
The demensionsof the legendfor varioussignsizesare givenin FigureW-l7.
72
PEDESTRIANC R O S S I N GS I G N
(w
- t7 )
e
L---a-J
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
5IG
SIZE
N
PARTS
60cm
J
7 5cm
90cm
ll .1
2 -9
r
1.0
0.8
n7
qu
h
17
aQ
e
15.3
a
1)
/.o
?1
d
| 05cm
2.,
2,9
35.s
,r3.0
50.2
1 9- z
23.O
26,8
73
t20cm
CHILDREN
CROSSING
SIGN
T h eC H I L D R E NC R O S S I N S
GI G N( W - 1 8i)s i n t e n d e tdo w a r nt h ea p p r o a c h ing traffic of the existence
of a roadcrossingmostfrequentlyusedby the children,
suchasthe entrance/exit
from a schoolor playground
The signshallbe placed150 metersin advanceof the actuallocationof the
crosing.
T A B L E_ C H I L D R E N
C R O S S I NSGI G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
Typeof Location
SignSize
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets.
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 crn
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm
The dimensions
of the legendfor varioussignsizesaregivenin FigureW-18.
B I C Y C L EC R O S S I N S
GI G N
The BICYCLECROSSING
SIGN (W-19)is intendedfor usein advance
of
a point wherean officiallydesignated
bicycletrackcrosses
a roadway.
The standardsize of this sign shall be 75 cm. equilateraltriangle. The
varioussizesrecommended
aregivenin tablebelow:
T A B L E_ B I C Y C L E
C R O S S I NSGI G NS I Z E S
S1..No.
Typeof Location.
SignSize
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 c m
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm
The sizesof the legendfor varioussignsizesaregivenin FigureW-19.
74
C H I L D R E N C R O S S I N GS I G N
(w-lB)
j;
LEGE ND
5rG
OIMENSION
(cm)
SlZE
N
PARTS
60cm
r
75cm
?q
L t. 1
'l
1)
n7
nQ
b
T?
ql.l
?n
?R
e
l05cm
2a
a
d
90cm
.0
/.o
,r
G
q
10
n
23.B
)A
,L,
tl
5 r-J
7-t -J
trq
TJ.
O
9
1 2 0c m
B I C Y C L EC R O S S I N GS I G N
( w - l9 )
--T
I
II
i
-+I
I
c
I
b
o
-Tl
J
T
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGENO
SI
PARTS
60cm
75cm
G
SIZE
N
g0cm
r
a
i'7
b
a.J
o,B
,' .
<
tt
| 05cm
?q
4.',1
1.0
t.l
5.4
3.8
O
l.o
4.5
q
d
29.6
?q
e
3\ .2
ll 1.0
76
Ir
l
u7B
lt
t20cm
D
GI G N S
A N I M A LC R O S S I N S
for those
T h e A N I M A LC R O S S I N S
GI G N S ( W - 2 0a n d W - 2 1 )a r er e q u i r e d
to warn
roadswhich are subjectto crosing by animals. lt is thereforenecessary
danger.
trafficto the impeding
the approaching
Signmaybeof the followingforms:
TheAnimalCrossing
( a ) C A T T L EC R O S S I NSGI G N
w-20
( b ) W I L DA N I M A LC R O S S I NSGI G N
W_21
Signis,intendedto warn the approaching
traffic of a designCattleCrossing
duly atuthorizedby the competent'authoritv.
atedcattlecrossing
Wild Animal Crossing
Signis intendedto warn the motoristswherethereis
dangerof wild animalcrosingthe road.
a particular
to
of the animalintended
The symbolusedin the signshallbe the silhouette
of the sectionof the
be protected.The signshallbe placed300 metersin advance
road usedby the animalsfor crossingthe road. The standardsizeof thesesigns
for differshallbe 90 cm equilateraltriangle. Variousother sizesrecommended
ent locations
aregivenin tablebelow.
T A B L E_ A N I M A LC R O S S I NSGI G N SS I Z E S
Sl.No.
SignSize
Type of Location
1.
Streets
UrbanResidential
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm
The dimensionsof the legendfor varioussign sizesare given in Figures
W-20andW-21.
77
CATTLECROSSINGSIGN
(w-20 1
+
J
+i
rf
l.-9
f 'l
rl*
LEGE ND
DIMENSION
SIZE
N
5IG
PARTS
60cm
90cm
75cm
l05cm
.l tr -
r
0.7
^Q
b
I.t.3
qu
C
1?
1.7
d
1tt.7
13.3
c
1?
1 tr
f
11 .7
?
(cm)
r
|
i.0
(.o
,n
ll
1R
q
14.6
17
q
78
2q
7
an
lr
1 2 0c m
D
WILD ANIMAL CROSSING
SIGN
( w - 2l )
+
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
PARTS
l05cm
{
r
b
2.9
o.T
0.8
L.0
Ll .-1
5.4
o.)
{.o
1.7
2.O
??
c
A
4.r
2.3
,> (:,
-l
e
rr.1
1'
o?
),n
n
-1
(-1.1
ry.o
11
\6 .7
7
r l,
79
n
It).
),
f
l20cm
R O A D W O R K SS I G N
The ROAD WORKS SIGN (W-22) is intended to be used to warn the
approachingtraffic that the road reprair/maintenancework is in progressahead.
The sign $ould be placed at least 300 meters aheadof the actual location of the
siteof road work.
Varioussizesof the sign$all be as under :
TABLE_ROAD
W O R K SS I G NS I Z E S
Sl.No.
Type of Location
SignSize
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75
3.
UrbanAnerial Roads
90
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105
6.
Motorways
120
The dimensionsof the .legendfor varioussignare given in FigureW-22.
S I G N A LA H E A DS I G N
The SIGNAL AHEAD SIGN (W-23)is intendedfor usein advance
of any
signalizedlocation where physicalconditionsprevent drivers from havinga
continuousview of at leasttwo signalindicationsfor distances
specifiedbelow:
T A B L E_ M I N I M U MV I S I B I L I T YD I S T A N C E
85 percentilespeed
Distance
30 Km perhour
40 Km perhour
50 Km perhour
60 Km perhour
70 Km perhour
80 Km perhour
90 Km perhour
100 Km perhour
30 meters
50 meters
75 meters
100 meters
150 meters
170 meters
190 meters
215 meters
The standardsizesfor the signshallbe 90 cm equilateral
triangle. Theother
sizesaregivenin the table.
80
ROAD WORKSSIGN
(w - 22 1
rr
*a
+
LEGE ND
SI
PARTS
60cm
r
G
75cm
o7
0.8
T?
5.4
5.0
e
90cm
2.9
b
A
S
N
)a
')
L L .
)
?n
n
a1
cl.1
1.0
AN
z
E
1 0 5c m
4.i
4.7
t.l
1?
I.O
8.7
7n
8.0
n
3 7. 5
1 2 0c m
4ri.7
4s.o
q2q
60.0
SIGNAL AHEAD SIGN
(w -'231
I
a.
_- LEGE ND
5IG
PARTS
60cm
DIMENSION
N
(cm)
SITE
75cm
90cm
l05cm
l20cm
T
2"3
2"9
3.5
4"r
4 "7
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
r"2
t.3
b
4.3
5"4
6"5
7 "6
8.7
r "7
2"1
2.5
)a
3"3
4.3
5..1
6.5
7.6
8.7
1'I
82
l'
T A B L E_ S I G N A LA H E A DS I G NS I Z E S
SignSize
Typeof Location
S l .N o .
Streets
1. . UrbanResidential
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
Highways
RuralSecondary
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm
6.
Motorways
12O cm
of the legendfor varioussignsizesaregivenin FigureW-23.
The dimensions
L O WF L Y I N GA I R C R A F TS ! G N
The LOWFLYINGARCRAFTSIGN W-24) is intendedto be usedto
traffic that the road sectionaheadis likely to be subjected
warn the approaching
rn
lnrnr flvinn
aireraftc
tekinn
:-'_"'J
nff
or landino
on an adiacent
--r------
airfield
---
The sion
shouldbe placedat least300 metersaheadof the actuallocationof the danger.
The sizesof the signusedfor variousroadsshallbe asfollows:
T A B L E_ L O WF L Y I N GA I R C R A F TS I G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
SignSize
Type of Location
1.
Streets
UrbanResidential
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 c m
4"
Highways
RuralSecondary
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 c m
6.
Motorways
120 cm
The sizesof the legendfor varioussignsizesaregivenin FigureW-24.
83
LOW FLYING AIRCRAFT SIGN
(w-241-
O"
TL
#.
LEGEND
SI
PARTS
60cm
r
G
75cm
N
gOcm
DIMENSION (cm)
S I
z
E
| 05cm
l20cm
2.9
3.5
4.1
In
0.7
u-o
1.0
1-2
1.3
b
r{.3
5.4
o.)
c
1.7
z.
2q
a
?
I
d
1A
e
10.7
13.3
r
'7n,
A't
22
0
Qa
)o
JZ.
I
16.0
1q
'l
1n
12-.2
84
JO.
2.t.5
i4.0
I
C R O S SW I N D S I G N
The CROSSWIND SIGN (W-25) is intendedto givewarningto approaching
traffic that the road section ahead,at times, is subjectedto strong crosswind.
The symbol may be reversed. The sign shor.ildbe placed at least 300 meters
aheadof actuallocationof the danger.
The sizesfor variousroadsshallbe as under :
T A B L E_ C R O S W
S I N DS I G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
O
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
Highways
RuralSecondary
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm
A
l\/lnf
n nrrarrc
,rrv!vrrrqtJ
120 cm
The dimensions
of the legendfor varioussignsizesaregivenin FigureW-25.
I
I
T W OW A Y T R A F F I CS I G N
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
SignSize
Type of Location
A TWOWAY TRAFFICSIGN (W-26)is intendedfor useto givewarningof
from a separated
one way roada change,whethertemporarilyor permanently,
way to a roadwaycarryingtwo way traffic. This signmay be usedas required
at intervalsto periodicallyremind driversthat they are on a two way roadway
zones.
exceptin no-passing
The standardsize is to be a 90 cm equilateraltriangle. The varioussizes
recommended
to differentlocationsaregivenin tablebelow:
according
T A B L E_ T W OW A Y T R A F FI CS I G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
SignSize
Type of Location
1.
Streets
UrbanResidential
60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
1 0 5c m
6.
Motorways
120 cm.
The dimensions
of the legendfor varioussignsizesaregivenin FigureW-26.
85
CROSSWIND SIGN
(w - zsl
O
ffi
LEGEND
SI
PARTS
60cm
G
75cm
r
b
90cm
SI
z
E
| 05cm
?q
u1
l20cm
0.8
1.0
1.2
ll?
tr
6.5
r.o
p.
4.0
\.7
q?
tr
??
2)
7
28.3
l
5.1
o'7
C
d
N
DIMENSION (cm)
34.0
39 .6
!q
"/
?
e
6.0
?q
9.0
10.5
12-0
r
4.0
qn
6.0
7.0
8.0
l).o
19.0
22 -2
1)
'/
86
2q
?
TRAFFICSIGN
TWO-WAYS
(w - 26 )
O
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
SIG
I
SIZ
E
P ARTS
I
I 05cm
90cm
60cm
75cm
I
2.3
2 "9
a
0.7
0.8
1n
b
4.3
5"4
r-
2.7
3"3
d
6.0
7.5
(l
r2 "7
15.8
II
I
N
4.r
2 _3
A7
t.2
7.6
p.'7
AA
4.7
5.3
ao
10.5
19.0
22 .2
q.
t)
R
6.7
A)
f
l20cm
?q
2"9
87
4.1
M I N O R R O A D C R O S SR O A D S I G N S
, - 2 8 a n d W 2 9 ) a r e i n t e n d e df o r u s e o n
T h e C R O S SR O A D S I G N S( W - 2 7 W
a through highway to indicate the presenceof a minor crossroad intersection.
The relativeimportanceof the intersectingroadsmay be show,rby different
widths of line in the diagramsand tl-rejunction presentation
on the signshould be
geometricallyture i.e.the diagramfor a crossraod intersectionwith a sligfrtoffset
should indicatethat the side roadsare not oppositeeachother. lf the crossroad
occurs in the vicinity of a curve the symbol may be modified appropriately.
Other diagramsmay be developedaccordingto the prevailingconditionson the
road side,but with the samelegendand colour schemeas specifiedherein.
The variouscrossroad signsare shown below :
'
( a ) M I N O R R O A DC R O S S I N G
A T R I G H TA N G L E
w-27
( b ) M I N O RR O A DC R O S S I N G
WITH AN OFFSET
W-28
( c ) M I N O R R O A D O N O N E S I D EO N L Y
w-29
The standardsize of these signsshall be 90 cm equilateraltrianqle. The
sizesrecommendedfor variouslocationsare givenin the table below :
T A BL E _ C R O S S
R O A DS I G NS I Z E S
Sl.No.
Type of Location
S i g nS i z e
1.
Urban Residential
Streets
60 cm.
2.
Urban CollectorStreets
75 cm.
3.
Urban Arterial Roads
90 cm.
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
90 cm.
5.
Rural PrimaryHighways
6.
Motorways
105 cm.
12O cm.
. f!t^ legenddimensionsfor varioussiqn sizesare givenin FiguresW-27,W-28
and W-29.
88
AT RIGHTANGLE
MINORROAD CROSSING
(w-27)
LEGEND
SIG
DIMENSION (cm)
SIZE
N
PARTS
60cm
7 5 cm
90cm
| 05 cm
l20cm
r
2.3
2"9
3.5
4"r
4 -7
a
A1
0-8
1.0
r.2
7"3
b
4 "3
5"4
6.5
7.6
L
2.7
3.3
4.0
4.7
-l
Lt
10,0
12.5
15.0
17.5
20.0
4"0
5-0
(r.0
7 "0
8.0
cl?
11.O
12"8
1 4. 7
11.2
15.5
15 "7
18.0
7"r
8.5
9.9
e
g
9.0
h
a1
89
IT.J
MINOR ROAD CROSSINGWITH AN OFFSET
(w
28 )
t
e
e
e
ffi
DtMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
SI
G
SIZE
N
PARTS
75cm
90cm
l05cm
l20cm
r
2?
2Q
?q
4l
)JI
a
i'7
u-o
1.0
1)
1?
b
q<
2q
20
??
8.0
O?
]n?
'7q
AQ
10.0
1nq
12.O
C
17
6.5
a,
L-
|
q?
o-/
e
qn
o-J
f
b.u
d
9.0
90
I
MINORROADON ONE SIDE ONLY
(w - 29)
Ic
b
-rF-o
I
DtMENStON (cm)
LEGEND
PARTS
60cm
e
7 5 cm
2A
?q
0.7
0.8
1.0
!?
5.4
6.5
9.0
?n
'1 1
1q
r0.0
q.R
o
lta
a.
h
o?
]
7.0
qq
l20cm
u7
t<
l2
'74
9.
'7
?q
lr
n
1tr
?
4.6
e
I 05 cm
4.1
2?
2.O
f
90cm
A
18.0
6.4
20.0
n
o?
7.0
8.2
11.7
1 l . t. 0
16.3
1R
B.B
ro.5
tz.5
1q.0
I
'/
J U N C T I O NS I G N S
T h e J U N C T T O NS I G N S ( W - 3 0 A N D W - 3 1 ) a r e u s e d t o w a r n t h e d r i v e r s
that there is an intersectionaheadwhere the other road is of pqual importance
to the one being travelledby them and the Right-of-Wayat the interseciionis
g o v e r n e db y P R I o R I T Y R U L E i . e . t r a f f i c a p p r o a c h i n gf r o m t h e r i q h t h a s t h e
right of way. The sign should not ordinarily be usedat intersectionthat is chan
nelizedby traff ic islandsor a T-intersection.
The shapeof the sign should depict the actual configurationof the intersection. The width of the lines indicatingthe variousapproachesto the inters e c t i o ni s k e p i e q u a l .
The standardsize of this sign shall be 90 im equilateraltriangle. The size
recommendedfor variouslocationsare qivenin the table below :
T A BL E _ J U N C T I O N
S I G N SS I Z E S
S l .N o
Type of Location
SignSize
i.-
u'br;R;rid""-ri.tir*r[---
60;-
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm.
3.
Urban Arterial Roads
90 cm.
4.
Rural SecondaryF.lighways
90 crrr.
5.
R u r a lP r i m a r yH i g h w a y s
105 cm
6
Motorways
120 crn.
T h e d i m e n s i o n so f t h e l e g e n df o r v a r i o u s ' s i g n
s i z e s m a y b e s e e ni n F i g u r e
W 3 0 a n dW 3 1 .
92
JUNCTION SIGN
(w-30)
a
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
SI
PARTS
G
SIZE
N
60cm
7 5 cm
gOcrn
2.3
2"9
3.5
A1
a-r
A1
0.8
1"0
1,2
1"3
4.3
5"4
6.5
7 "6
8.7
11.0
t5 .7
16.5
19 .2
22"5
d
8"7
10. 8
13.0
rs .2
17-3
e
A'7
5.8
7.0
8.2
9"3
I
b
93
I 05 cm
t20cm
n6
a
t"6
cd
UL
8"S
L'V
L' LT
Z'SI
0'tI
I'0r
/"8
L' ZZ
8"6I
0"/I
z "v r
'"II
s't
0't
5C
vc
L" I
9'L
s'9
t"s
t'v
q
t'I
Z'I
0'I
8"0
L'0
e
T'V
s't
6"2
>L
J
LV
urlozl
3
(ur3)
tx3sl
url06
urlsol
t
L
s
NO|SN3NIO
I
N
J
p
trJlog
IS
SIUVd
oN 3931
f'l
e
-L
( rE- /nl
N9IS
NOl13Nnr
SIGNS
L E V E LC R O S S I N G
S I G N S( W 3 2 a n d W 3 3 ) a r ei n t e n d e tdo b e u s e do n
T h e L E V E LC R O S S I N G
o f r a i l a n d r o a d e x i s t s . T h e r a i l r o a d c r o s s i n sgh a l l
l o c a t i o n sw h e r e l e v e lc r o s s i n g
l r eo f t w o t y p e s :
(a) LEVELCROSSING
W I T H O U TG A T E
(b) LEVELCROSSING
WITHGATE
W-32
,W-33
T h e s i g n ss h a l lb e a s i l l u s t r a t e di n t h e f i g u r e ,a n d s h a l lb e u s e da t e v e r yr a i l r o a dc r o s s i n a
g l o n eo r i n c o m b i n a t i o no f o t h e r p r o t e c t i v es i g n s .
T h e s es i g n ss h o u l db e a t l e a s t3 0 m e t e r si n a d v a n c eo f t h e c r o s s i n gl t. t r e s i d e n
t i a l o r b u s i n e s sd i s t r i c t s ,i f t h e r e i s a s t r e e t i n t e r s e c t i o nw i t h i n 3 0 m e t e r s ,a n
a c l d i t i o n asl i g n m a y b y p l a c e dt o w a r n t r a f f i c a p p r o a c h i ntgh e c r o s s i n fgr o m e a c h
intersectd streets.
l f t h e r e a r e t w o m o r e t r a c k s i n c l u d i n gs i d i n g s t, h e n u m b e ro f t r a c k ss h a l l
b e i n d i c a t e do n a p l a t eo f 3 0 c m X 7 0 c m s i z em o u n t e dh o r i z o n t a l l yb e l o w t h e
s i g n w i t h t h e b l a c k l e g e n di n d i c a t i n gn u m b e r o f t r a c k s o n w h i t e b a c k g r o u n d .
r a n e l h a v i n gi t s l o n g e r s i d e ,
T o p r o v i d e a d d i t i o n a l p r o t e c t i o n ,a r e c t a n g u l a p
verticaland bearingthree oblique red bars on a white backgroundmay be placed
below the level crossingsign providedthat additional panelsof the shapeand
bearingone and two oblique red bars respectivelyare set up at about one third
and two-thirds of the distancebetweenthe warningsign and the levelcrossing.
T h e d i m e n s i o nos f t h e p a n e l sm a y b e s e e ni n F i g u r e s .
s i g n ss h a l lb e o f s t a n d a r da n d m i n i m u m s i z e9 0 c m e q u i l Both the crossing
ateral triangle. Various sizes recommendedaccordingto different locations
a r eg i v e ni n t a b l eb e l o w :
T A B L E _ L E V E L C R O S S I N G( S I G N SS I Z E S
S l .N o .
Type of Location
S i g nS i z e
1.
U r b a n R e s i d e n t i aSlt r e e t s
60 cm.
2.
Urban CollectorStreets
75 cm.
U r b a nA r t e r i a lR o a d s
90 cm.
4.
R u r a lS e c o n d a r yH i g h w a y s
90 cm.
6
R u r a lP r i m a r yH i g h w a y s
105 cm.
T h e d i m e n s i o n so f t h e l e g e n df o r v a r i o u ss i g ns i z e sm a y b e s e e ni n F i g u r e
W - 3 2a n d W - 3 3 .
GATES
LEVEL CROSSINGWITHOUT
( w - 32 )
.l
:+
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGE
SIG
PARTS
60cm
75cm
SIZE
N
90cm
l05cm
r
z.J
?o
3.5
4"I
a
0.7
0.8
1"0
t.2
b
.+.J
5.4
6.5
7.6
r "7
2.r
a-
2.9
d
?1
0
e
29 "0
26-z
31 .5
36.7
36 .2
43.5
50.7
96
t20cm
l
WITH GATES
LEVEL CROSSING
(w -33 )
+{
I rf,/,t*
LEG END
SI
G
DIMENStON (cm)
SIZE
N
PARTS
60cm
75cm
90cm
| 05cm
r
2,3
2"9
3.5
4.r
(t
0.7
0.8
1.0
1)
b
4.3
5.4
(r.5
7.6
1.0
1.3
1.S
1.8
'1
7
2.7
2.5
?a
e
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
f
.5.0
6.3
7.5
8.8
c
()
2.3
2"9
h
1"3
7 "7
t
2"7
d
4.1
g7
an
2.3
4.0
4.7
l20cm
U . T U R NS I G N
The U-TURN SIGN (W-34) is intendedfor use at or bettveenintersections
where u-TURNS are permitted. on a divided highway,the sign may be erected
on the left sideof the median. lf erectedin the median,the minimum heightof
this sign may be kept as 1.5 meters.
The standardsize of this sign shall be g0 cm equilateraltriangle. Various
other sizesfor different locationsare givenin table below :
T A B L E_ U - T U R NS I G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
1.
Type of Location
SignSize
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm.
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm.
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
90 cm.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105cm.
6.
Motorways
120 cm.
The dimensions of the legend for various sign sizesmay be seen in Figure
w-34.
NARROWBRIDGE SIGN
A N A R R O W B R I D G E S I G N ( W - 3 5 ) i s i n t e n d e df o r u s e i n a d v a n c eo f a
bridgehavinga clear two-way-roadwaywidth of lessthan7 metersorany bridge
having a road-way clearanceless than the width of the approach pavement.
Additional protection may be providedby the useof reflector markers.
l f t h e b r i d g ei s o f o n e l a n eo n l y , a O N E L A N E B R I D G E l e g e n dm a y b e u s e d
in addition to this sign on a rectangularplate below the sign on both sidesof
roadway. This legendmay be usedin advanceof the bridges:
(i)
Havinga clearroadwaywidth of lessthan5 meters.
(ii) When the alignment is poor on the approachto a structurehavinga
clearroadwaywidth of 5.5 metersor less.
The standardsize of the sign shall be 90 cm. equilateraltriangle. The
various sizes recommendedaccording to different locations are given in the
table below :
SIGN
U-TURN
(w - 34 )
+
E
lb
LA
T-I
I
II
I
II
DIMENSION
(cm)
!
5l
PARTS
r
b
G
st7
N
tr
90cm
1 0 5c m
1 2 0c m
2.9
3.5
4"1
4 "7
0.7
0.8
1.0
I-Z
1.J
4 "3
5"4
6.5
7.6
8.7
4.6
qq
6.4
7 "3
60cm
75cm
2.3
d
4.7
5.8
/.u
8.2
9 "3
e
3,3
4.2
5.0
5"8
6.7
t
t.7
2.1
?q
26. 8
. 1U - /
7.5
8.8
10.0
12.0
14"0
16.0
o
15.3
r9 .2
23 .0
h
5.0
6.5
i
8.0
10."0
99
NARROWBRIDGESIGN
(w - 3s)
e
d
d
c
b
dfg
LEGE ND
SIG
PARTS
60cm
DIMENSION
SIZE
N
75cm
90cm
l05cm
r
2,3
2.9
3.5
4.1
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
r "2
b
4 "3
J-.+
6"5
7.6
c
4.0
5.0
6.0
7 "0
d
7.2
2.7
2 "5
)C)
e
10"0
+
2 "7
g
2"0
r2 . s
(cm)
15.0
17.5
4.0
4.7
3,0
3.5
5.3
100
t 2 0c m
?
I
B R I D G ES I G NS I Z E S
T A B L E_ N A R R O W
Sl.No.
SignSize
Type of Location
1.
Streets
UrbanResidential
60 cm.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm.
3.
UrbanAnerialRoads
90 cm.
4.
Highways
RuralSecondary
90 cm.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm.
The dimensionsfor the legendfor varioussign stzesare given in Figure
w-35.
ROUND-ABOUTSIGN
The ROUND-ABOUTSIGN tW-36)is intendedto indicatean intersection
of approaching
of roads where right-of-wayis to a vehicle on the right-side
vehicle.
distanceon eachroadleadThe signstrouldbe ercctedat a suitablyadvance
ing towards the round-about. The standardsizeof this signsshall be 90 cm
aquilateral
triangle.Variousother sizesaregivenin tablebelow:
T A B L E_ R O U N DA B O U TS I G NS I Z E S
Sl.No.
SignSize
Type of Location
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm.
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm.
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm.
6.
Motorways
120 cm.
for varioussignsizesaregivenin FigureW-36.
Thelegenddimensions
101
ROUNO ABOUT SI GN
(w-36)
LEGEND
SI
G
N
PARTS
60cm
75cm
90cm
r
2?
)o
?q
a
0.7
^Q
1.0
b
!?
trtl
c
2 -O
)q
3.0
d
6.0
AE
9.0
"1
"Z
8.0
10.7
1n
n
DIMENSION
S I
z
(cm)
E
I 05cm
l20cm
u1
u7
l
-a
'74
8.7
?q
4.0
1n
tr
12.0
12-O
1 ,r
n
16.0
16.0
iq
'l
21 .3
192
MERGESIGN
T h e M E R G E S I G N ( W - 3 7 ) i s i n t e n d e df o r u s e t o w a r n t h e a p p r o a c h i n g
traffic that mergingmovementsmay be encounteredwhere two roadwaysconvergeand no turning conflict occurs.
The Sign should be erectedon the side of the major roadway on which
mergingtraffic will be encounteredand in such a position as not to obstructthe
driver'sview of vehicleson the roadway. Ordinarily the driverson the minor or
ramp roadwayare awarethat they may haveto mergewith other traffic, but an
additionalsign may be placedon the enteringroadwayas a reminder. Wheretwo
r o a d w a y so f a p p r o x i m a t e l ye q u a l i m p o r t a n c ec o n v e r g e as i g n ' s h o u l db e p l a c e d
on eachroadway.
The symbol usedfor the side road should be on the side on which the side
road actuallymergesi.e. merqeonthe left or mergeon the right.
The Merge Sign should not be used in place of a"PavementNarrowsSign"
where linesof traffic movingon a singleroadway must mergedue to a reduction
in the actualor usablepavementwidth.
The standaredsize of this sign shall be 90 cm. equilateraltriangle. The
otlrersizesare as indicatedin the table below:
T A B L E _ M E R G ES I G N S I Z E S
S l .N o .
S i g nS i z e .
Type of Location
1.
Urban ResidentialStreets
60 cm.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm.
3.
UrbanArterial Roads
90 cm.
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
90 cm.
tr
Rural PrimaryHighways
105cm.
6.
Motorways
120cm.
The dimensionsof the legendfor various s i g nsizesare givenin Figure.
w 37.
r03
MERGE SIGN
(w-37)
-l;
j
c
b
"T
l'=DtMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
SI
PARTS
50 c m
r
a
75cm
stz
N
9 0c m
AA
n'7
v . l
ir
c
22
))
-
c
,l
20
n
2't
q
f
A
h
t
u7
1.0
12
,1
6.5
7.6
R7
?q
4.1
r).7
n
7.0
o?
1n
11
n
7
ta-)
l20cm
q.1
??
e
E
l05cm
2A
b
d
G
?R
q
6.t
?
r 14 . 0
a?
'7
1ll .0
r6.3
1Q
1C
17"5
20"0
n
lrn
3.0
)A
4.6
liq
104
6.4
74.
M A J O R R O A D A H E A DS I G N S
The MAJORROADAHEAD SIGNS (W-38and W-39)are intendedfor use
with a majorroad. The signshould
an intersection
to warn-trafficapproaching
generallybe usedon an apbroachwheretraffic is requiredto stop beforeentering
the intersection.
roadsmaybe shownby different
The relativeimportanceof the intersecting
,represent
the,
widthsof line in the diagram. The signshoulddiagramatically
staggered
T-intersection,
i.e.
intersection
true geometricconfigurationof the
junctionetc.
The standardsize of this sign shall be 90 cm equilateraltriangle. The
varioussizes recommendedaccordingto different locationsare given in the
tablebelow:
T A B L E_ M A ^ ' O RR O A DA H E A DS I G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
Typeof Location
SignSize
1.
UrbanReCideniialStreets
6O em=
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm.
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm.
4.
Highways
RuralSecondary
90 cm.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cm.
6.
Motorways
120 cm.
The dimensions
of the legendfor varioussizesmay be seenin FiguresW-38
andW-39.
MAJORROADAHEADSIGN
(w-38)
c
b
TO
h'd
LEGE ND
G
SI
DIMENSION
5
N
PARTS
60cm
75cm
90cm
r
2?
)a
?q
a
o.7
0-B
1.0
0
!?
5.ll
6q
2.0
2q
3.0
1n
C
R'7
e
U7
qR
7.0
I
6.V
R?
10.0
17
21
??
4-a
lr
tr
1 0 5c m
t.a
1.3
'74
8.7
?q
l . t. 0
1 7. 3
8.2
11
20
a
5.0
106
1 2 0c m
u'7
u1
13.0
o
h
z
(cm)
'l
o?
13.3
??
6.7
LOJ
oc
9'Z
'B'ZL
0't
,'o
B'E
0'E
LO
c6
0'L
r.hl
l 'i2
r'8t
0'h
Y
L
ll
t'7
J.l
(o
.L
7'h
Lt
o
0't
\C
r.B
aL
9'9
Il
f'l
7'I
0't
ow
t'h
YC
oc
l'lr
ct
d
J
LN
a
C'nl
n
Y
i'7
Lrf
LC
r.lr3S0t
u r ?0 zI
q
q
J
SIUVd
D
q
l
(6r - /n)
NgIS CV3HV OVQUUOTVhI
l
T U N N E LS I G N
T h e T U N N E L S I G N ( W - 4 0 ) i s i n t e n d e dt o i n f o r m t h e d r i v e r so f a t u n n e l
aheadwhich would requireextra care,reductionin speedbesideimposingrestrict i o n s o n c h a n g i n gl a n e sw i t h i n t h e t u n n e l . T h e s i g n s h o u l d b e p l a c e da t l e a s t
300 metersaheadof the tunnel.
The standared
s i z ef o r t h e s i g ns h a l lb e 9 0 c m e q u i l a t e r at rl i a n g l ew i t h s y r n b o l o f t h e t u n n e l p o r t a la s l e g e n d . T h e s i z e sf o r v a r i o u sr o a d sa r e g i v e nb e l o w :
T A B L E _ T U N N E L S I G NS I Z E S
SlNo.
Type of Location
S i g nS i z e
1.
U r b a n R e s i d e n t i aSlt r e e t s
60 cm.
2.
Urban CollectorStreets
75 cm.
3.
U r b a nA r t e r i a lR o a d s
90 cm.
4
R u r a lS e c o n d a r H
y ighways
90 cm.
5.
R u r a lP r i m a r yH i g h w a y s
105 cm.
6.
Motorways
120 cm.
T h e d i m e n s i o n os f t h e l e g e n df o r v a r i o u ss i g ns i z e s a r e g i v einn F i g u r e W4 0 .
r08
TUNNEL SIGN
(w - 40 )
LEGE ND
SIG
PARTS
1-
60cm
75cm
2,s
2"9
DIMENSION
(cm)
SIZE
N
90cm
l05cm
1 2 0c m
A1
A1
+"L
0"8
1"0
r.2
1.3
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
8.7
1"7
2.r
2.5
?q
3.3
d
11.3
t4 .2
t7 .0
19.8
22 .7
e
6.0
7.5
9-0
10"5
t2 "o
1.3
T,7
2.0
2.5
)7
_f
(t
2.7
3"3
4.0
4.7
s.5
a
b
O T H E RW A R N I N GS I G N S
T h e O T H E R D A N G E RW A R N I N GS I G N S( W 4 1 a n d W - 4 2 )a r eu s e dw h e r e
it is deemednecessary
to warn traffic of existingor potentiallyhazardouscondit i o n s o n o r a d j a c e n t o a h i g h w a yo r s t r e e t . T h e s es i g n sr e q u i r ec a u t i o no n t h e
p a r t o f t h e m o t o r i s t a n d m a y c a l l f o r r e d u c t i o no f s p e e do r a m a n o e u v r ien t h e
interestof his own safetvand that of other road users.
T h e O t h e rW a r n i n gS i g n sm a y b e o f t h e f o l l o w i n gt w o t y p e s :
( a ) O T H E RD A N G E RS I G N
w- 41
( b ) A D V A N C ED A N G E RS I G N
w -42
Other DangerSign:-May be usedto warn the motorists of the dangerother
than those already specifiedas warning signs. The nature of the danger may
be indicatedon a plate of appropriatesize mounted below the sign. lf for a
location, a proper warning sign exists that should be used insteadof "Other
DangerSign". The use of "Other DangerSign" should be kept to a minimum.
Advance Danger Sign:- May be used in advanceof the locationswith potentially hazardousconditions. In urbanareasthisshouldbe usedat least150 meters
in advanceof the hazardouslocations.
The standardsize of these signsshall be 90 cm. equilateraltriangle. The
various other sizesrecommendedfor different locationsare given in the table
below :
T A B L E _ O T H E RW A R N I N GS I G N S
S l .N o .
Type of Location
Sign Size
1.
Urban ResidentialStreets
60 cm.
2,
Urban CollectorStreets
75 cm.
3.
Urban Arterial Roads
90 cm.
4.
Rural SecondaryHighways
90 cm.
5.
R u r a lP r i m a r yH i g h w a y s
105 cm.
6.
Motorways
12O cm.
T h e d i m e n s i o n so f t h e l e q e n df o r v a r i o u ss i g n s i z e sa r e g i v e n i n F i g u r e s
W 4 1 a n dW - 4 2 .
tll
i'o
U>
vf
e' 6e
U
o'e
l'T
n'T
T.T
€'e
0'a
/'T
LL
/'rr
0'07
C
s o' o
ca
6'e
JC
I'Z
l.T
J
L8
a'i
q'q
h'(
t'h
q
6L
0'T
B'0
e
J'
o6
J
C
c
LL
aL
q'T
)'n
T
j
?
().n7
w9
o
>(-
urlsI
url06
z
I
s
NOISN 3l^,1
l0
q
ri
J
o
p
'j-r
ullg0l
D
2'h
e'l
N9
ilrr09
IS
0N 3931
I
I
P
a
6
q
NCIS
( t?- /Y\I
U3HIO
CNINUV/v\USONVO
STUVd
ADVANCEDANGER SIGN
(w - t,zl
LEGE ND
SIG
PARTS
60cm
75cm
r
2?
2-9
a
o.7
0.8
DIMENSION
(cm)
SIZE
N
90cm
l05cm
)r I
a- |
1.0
1a
t -a
1 2 0c m
ltn
elt
'punolb)ceq
a]!qMuo al6ue!l]lelale
-l!nbepauo^urue uo aplsu!puerl e
ueJbetp)celq pue lopJoq pal qllM .lelncltc,
lo
aq lleqs'u6rs dols aq1 'peor ror.{}oDulsso.rc.ro
6ugla}ueoJolaq do1s ol palrnbal
sr cr+JerlaroqM s^eMpeoruo asn roJ papualu! s! (t-u) Ngls doJ_s aqr
: ubrg dolg
S N 9 I S A U O I V I N 9 ] U A I I U O IU d
'peor
lo uo!lcesre;ncryede 6ursnro] lUlnl
lsnur Aaql uorlrpuoc raqlo Aue Jo osn ]snr! Jo uec Aaq] Allllce+ peor aq]
'paacold
o] papluuod ro pebrlqo are sJasn peor aql qcrqm ur uorlcalp
aql olecrpur su6tsasaql -: (Og-U o] yg-g1 su61gArcte1n6agAtolepueyl
:Aldrlroclsnur Aeql qclqmq]rm suotltqrqordro
suotloplsal 'suorle6rlqoletcadsJo srasn,peolaq] [!ro]ur o] papua]ura;e subtg
A.roleln6agA.rotrqrqo.r6
oql -:(tt-U ol t-U) sudig fuote1n6agAtoyqtqou
'peor ol.ll uollcos e 6uo1e
+o
ro suorlcssralu!le Alq.ror.rd
Jo salnr ;ercadsaql Jo sresn peor aql 6ururJo+ul
.ro1Alueur.rd pasn are su6rsaq1 -:(t-U of 1-g1 su615tuolelnbaA lytoyt4
: sdnorb6urnnol;o1
aql ur par+lsselc
are subrgA.rolelnbeg
: su66 Arop;nbag lo uorleclllsselC
'subrs;odnorb .roubrslelncruede 6ur
-Janocsprepuelsor.l]ur papedxe ssalun'lqbtu pue Aep Aq Apoq rnoloc pue adeqs
aues atl] Moqs ol poleururnllrro pazrrolcalloraq l1eqssu6rgArorelnbeg11y
'aaarlrnrl
gJvull
lu
.nraaAc
lElveur
'punorblceq
ra
tv
Irranrrr
,\l+tvw
ara
erE
Iarrr
t\eY+
rnn
+r rY
cr.lnrK
eucYr
trr^r4rrth
+uersjJr
l/
D
e
rn
tv
arn
erE
crrArc
JuurJ
eql +o auos
IIIHM e uo puaba'1)CVl€ aql 6utpuno;rnsUIC
-UOg
p
u
e
a
d
e
q
su ! U V I n C U I C a r e s u 6 t g A l o l e l n b a g+ o ] s o 6
a
^
e
q
OjU
: subrgA.ro1e;nDag
;o ubtsa6
\
'pouracuoc
]suolot! aql ol alqrbagpue alqel^Altseaaq lleqspup uotlelnbalaLlrAq
'A;dde suotl
pasodr.ul
slueuaJrnbareql alecrpurA;rea;c;1eqsabessauu6ts eq1
-e;nOeraraqMsuorlecolasoql le pa]oaJaaq lleqs A1;eurlousuOtsAlolelnbag
'dnol6 Alolelnbalaql ut popnlcutale auoz palclllsal pua aql 6utleut
lo
lo lo acrlou acueApe6urnrbsubrs'a;duexaroJ 'suotltqtqold.to suollebtlqoAue
asodrurlou op lnq slorluoc leuorleradool palelor are su6tsArole;nbalauJoS
'paproneeq plnoqsselepueurAressacau-un
'lualed
lnq
ltllnl ol popaaura^ajaqMpalcalaoq lleqssu6tsasaql
-de aq estMlaqlo]ou plnoM leq] sluaurartnbarlebe11o Altltqectlddeaql alectput
pue suorlelnbarro smel cr++el]]o slasn Aennqbtqtulolu! subtg Aroleln0eg
'asodlnd slql
: subtgA.ro1e;nbag
lo uotpctlddV
S N D I SA U O I V ' I N C 3 U
n I uttdvHc
STOP SIGN
( R- I )
#-l
LEGEND
5t
G
PARTS
60cm
75cm
a
i7
nQ
b
4.J
>.4
c
1n'7
d
e
1
2.3
20.0
DIMENSION
SI
N
gOcm
1n
z
(cm)
E
| 05cm
l20cm
r.2
1.3
r.o
u.l
-/
2r .3
l+.6
6.)1
1.3
2.9
4,t
\.r
3 5 .o
l+O.O
1L.t)
z\.'l
r6.o
?q
t).q
o
?n
n
rQ
E
114
rQ
The standard-size
sign shall be of 90 cm, diameter. Wheregreateremphasis
on visibility is requireda largesize is recommended.On low volumelocal streets
and secondaryroadswith low approachstreets,and on other roadway locations
the sizesshown in the table below may be used :
T A B L E _ S T O PS I G N S I Z E S
SignSize
Type of Location
S l .N o .
1.
Urban residentialStreets
60 cm.dia.
2.
Urban CollectorStreets
7 5 c m .d i a .
3.
Urban Arterial Roads
9 0 c m .d i a .
4.
Rural SecondaryHighwaYs
90 cm. dia,
5.
R u r a lP r i m a r yH i g h w a y s
1 0 5 c m .d i a .
6.
MotorwaYs
1 2 0 c m .d i a .
T h e d i m e n s i o nos f t h e l e g e n da r eg i v e ni n F i g u r eR - 1 .
for Stop Sign:- A STOP SIGN should be used only where warLAlarrants
ranted. A stop sign may be warrantedat an intersectionwhere one or more of
t h e f o l l o w i n gc o n d i t i o n se x i s t :
Intersectionof a lessimportant road with a main road where application of the normal right-of-wayrule is unduly hazardous.
Streetenteringa through highwayor street.
area.
intersectionin a signalized
Unsignalized
where a combinationof high speed,restrictedview
Other intersections
record indicatesa need for control by the STOP
accident
and serious
SIGN" Stop Signsshouldneverbe used.
On the through roadways
wheretraffic control signalsareoperating.
at intersections
For speedcontrol.
Location of Stop Sign.- The sign should normally be posted on the minor
street to stop the lesserflow of traffic. Traffic engineeringstudies,however,
may justify a decisionto installa STOPSIGN or Signson the majorstreet,where
may justify, stoppingthe greaterflow of traff ic.
safetyconsiderations
A Stop Sign shouldbe erectedat the point where the vehicleis to stop or
as near thereto as possible,and may be supplementedwith a stop line and/or
the stop signpaintedon the pavementasshown in FiguresM-15 and M-24. Where
only one sign STOP is used it shall be on the left hand-sideof the traffic laneto
of the
which it applies.At an intersectionwhere a vide throat exists,observance
the
right
the
on
side-of
sign
ercction
of
an
additional
signmay be improvedby the
---- --fapploilcn
.-^^-r
ludu,
-.^r
illlu
L.,
uy
tL^
,,^^ ^l
^
Urtr uJtr \Jr o
*^^
JruP
li^^
rilrs,
lArh^'^
+."n
lanao aI
vvrrErE Lvvv rorrLJ v,
+L rraq{r(,i rav
ua ,r vo
subjectto the'STOP SIGN, a secondsign should be placedwhere it is visibleto
the additionalsign
traffic in the inner lane. At certainchannelizedintersections,
p
l
a
c
e
d
a
i
s
l
a
n
d
.
o
n
c
h
a
n
n
e
l
i
z
i
n
g
maybe effectively
115
I n n o i n s t a n c es h a l lo n e S T O Ps i g n b e m o u n t e da b o v ea n o t h e ro n t h e s a m e
post. Where two roads intersectedat an acute anglethe STOP Signsshould be
positionedat an angleor shieldedso that the message
is out of view of traffic
t o w h i c h i t d o e sn o t a p p l y .
In the event, visibility of a STOPSIGN at any locationis restriced,the sign
shall be locatedas specified,and a SLOW SIGN shall be erectedin advanceof the
S T O PS I G N .
Give-waySiqn :
I
I
,
I
.The Give-waySign shall be a dow.nwardpointing equilateraltrianglehaving
a red border and a white interior and with no word inrlo"-trt" border.
The various
-izesrecommeded-arcordingtrdifferemlocEtion-sa;-giv;iotun-]et"il"-"u
r A E L C _ G I V E - W A YS I G NS I Z E S
-_._____
Sl. No.
Type of Location
1.--u;;Ril;",rrr
sisnsize
sr;;
60-.*-
2.
Urban CollectorStreets
75 cm.
3.
Urban Anerial Roads
90 cm.
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
90 cm.
5.
Rural Primary Highways
105 cm.
warrantsfor Give-waysign:- The Give-waysign may be warranted:
On a minor roadat the entranceto an intersection
whereit is necessary
to assign.rightof-way
to the major road,but where, itop is not neces_
saryat all times,and wherethe safeapproachspeedon the mino, ioau
e x c e e d1s5 K P H .
within an intersection
with a dividedhighway,wherea stop sign is
presentat the entranceto the first roadway'ind further-conir;i
;;
necessary
at the entranceto the secondroadway,andwhere
'
the median
width betweenthe two roadwaysexceeds
1O#ier.s.
-
where there is a separate
or channerizing
right-turnrane,without an
adequate
acceleration
lane.
-
At any intersectionwhere.a speciarprobremexistsand wherean
engineering-study_indicatesthe froblem to be susC"ptioLto correction
by useof the Give-way
sign.
116
GIVEWAY S IGN
(R-2)
-L
:r
o
b
\-_,
LEGEND
DIMENS|ON (cm)
PARTS
l05cm
r
L)
117
l20cm
Thesizeof the signfor variousroadsis asfollows:
T A B L E_ P R I O R I T YR O A DS I G N
S l .N o .
SignSize
Typeof Location
1.
U r b a nR e s i d e n t i aSlt r e e t s
60 c m .
2.
r treets
U r b a nC o l l e c t o S
75 cm.
3.
U r b a nA r t e r i a lR o a d s
YU
4.
R u r a lS e c o n d a r yH i g h w a Y s
90 cm.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighwaYs
105 cm.
cm"
D i m e n s i o n so f t h e l e g e n df o r v a r i o u ss i g n s i z e sa r e g i v e n i n F i g u r e R - 3 .
P R O H I B I T O R YR E G U L A T O R YS I G N
,l,}
c t ^ . . , cg :r ^v -t r .
oruvv
.
T h e S L O W S I G N ( R - 4 ) s h o u l db e u s e di n U r b a n / R u r aal r e a st o i n f o r m t h e
motoristsreducedspeedzone when an advancenotice is neededto comply with
the speed limit posted ahead. The sign is not ordinarily neededin urban areas
wherespeedsare relativelylow.
This signshallalwaysbe followedby a speedlimit signerectedat the beginnnot have
ing of the ione where the altered speedlimit applies. This sign_shall
diameter
60
cm
not
less
than
and
less
than 90 cm;diameterfor ruralareas
a iize
filr urban areas. lt shall,however,be of the samesizeas the Speedlimit Signat
the beginningof the speedzone shall be erectedin the samemanner,and shall
displaythe legendin Urban and Englishag given in the figure. The variousother
for different locationsare givenin table below :
sizesrecommended
T A B L E _ S L O WS I G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
S i g nS i z e
Type of Location
1.
Streets
Urban Residential
6 0 c m .d i a .
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
7 5 c m .d i a .
3.
Urban Arterial Roads
9 0 c m .d i a .
4.
RuralSecondarYHighwaYs
9 0 c m ,d i a .
5.
R u r a lP r i m a r yH i g h w a Y s
1 0 5 c m .d i a .
The dimensionsof the legendfor varioussign sizesare given in FigureR-4.
120
,'€t{
S LOW S IGN
(R-4)
LEG E N D
SI
PARTS
G
DIMENSION (cm)
stz
N
E
60cm
75cm
90cm
l05cm
a
0"7
0.8
1.0
1.2
b
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
2.7
3"3
4.0
4.7
14.5
16.9
d
9 .7
e
1.3
L.7
2.O
2.3
f
16.0
2q.f
2\ .5
28.6
I
r8.0
22.5
27.6
3L.5
t2.r
l20cm
Road ClosedSign :
T h e R O A D C L O S E DS I G N ( R - 5 ) s h o u l db e u s e dt o m a r k r o a d s t h a ht a v e
of construcbeen closedto all traffic (exceptauthorizedvehicles)either because
tion or maintenanceoperationsor becauseof a temporary emergency.lt should
not be used where traffic is maintainedor where a route is detoured several
or blockade.
k i l o m e t e r si n a d v a n c eo f t h e a c t u a lc o n s t r u c t i o n
The Road Closed Sign shall have a standardsize of 90 cm diameterwith
red border and two diagonal.linescrossingeach other at right angle. The size
should not be lessthan 90 cm for rural areasand not lessthan 60 cm within
urban areas. The variousother sizesrecommendedfor different locationsare
o i v e ni n t h e t a b l eb e l o w :
S I G NS I Z E
T A B L E- R O A DC L O S E D
S i g nS i z e
Type of Location
S l .N o .
60 cm.dia.
1.
Urban ResidentialStreets
a
Z.
I l.k^^
vt uot
3.
Urban Arterial Roads
9 0 c m .d i a ,
4.
Rural SecondaryHighways
90 cm.dia.
5.
R u r a lP r i m a r yH i g h w a y s
/-^ll^a+^.
I vurtcvLUt
-l
Q+.^^-^
9tt EEtJ
tr,
nm
rlia
1 0 5 c m .d i a .
The dimensionsof the legendfor varioussizesare givenin FigureR-5.
Entry ProhibitionSigns:
T h e E N T R Y P R O H I B I T I O NS I G N S ( R - 6 t o R - 1 4 ) a r e i n t e n d e dt o p r o from any road sectionnot
hibit the entry of all or any one classof road-users
considered fit for their use in view of hazard created by such entry for the
road usersthus prohibitedfor other road rusers.
The laws permit the local authorities having jurisdiction to exclude any
class of road usersfrom any road where signs have been placed giving this
notice. Sign legendsshould be developedto meet requirementsestablishedby
statuteor ordinance. To be effective,suchsignsmust clearlyindicatethe type of
traffic that is admittedor the type that is excluded.
Typical Entry ProhibitionSignsinclude:
(a) No Entry
R-6
( b ) No Cars
R-7
( c ) No Bicycles
R.B
( d ) No Motor-Cycles
R-9
122
ROAD CLOSEDSIGN
(R-sl
LEGEND
SI
PARTS
60cm
75cm
G
DIMENSION (cm)
SIZE
N
90cm
| 05cm
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
t.2
b
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
c
3.7
4.6
5.5
6.4
123
t20cm
(e) NoTrucks
R-10
(f) No Pedestrians
R-11
(g) No Tongas
R-12
(h) No Handcarts
R-13
(i) No Tractors
R-14
lf prohibitionof any classof vehiclesis to be governedby vehicleweight,
a WeightLimit Sign(R-18or R-l9) ratherthanan EntryProhibitionSignshould
be used.
The signshouldbe placedon the left-handsideof the roadwarT
approximately7.5 meter from the intersectionso as to be clearlyvisibleto all deivers
and other turning into the roadway. A slpplementarysignmay be necessary
on
the right-handsideof the restrictd roadway.
Because
for thesesigns,it is not practiof the varietyof possiblemessages
e
ignirecommended
in most of the cases.ln all cases,
the letteringor figuresshouldbe
placedat
largeenoughto giveadequatelegibility. They shouldbe conspicously
all entrances
to the restrictedroadway.
The standardsi2eof the signsslrallbe a 90 cm diameterwith a Reddiagonal
crossingthe Black upward arrow symbol of the road usersin black intended
to be excluded. larger sizesare prescribed
for useon majorstreetswith oneway
roadwaydirections. The sizesrecommended
for variouslocationsare
' given
in tablebelow:
T A BL E _ E N T R YP R O H I B I T I OSNI G NS I Z E S
Sl.No.
Typeof Location
SignSize
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
6 0 c m .d i a .
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
7 5 c m .d i a .
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
9 0 c m .d i a .
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
9 0 c m .d i a .
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
1 0 5 c m .d i a .
Dimensions
of the legendfor varioussign sizesmay be seenin Figures
R - 6t o R - 1 4 .
124
NO ENTRY SIGN
(R-6 )
I
F
FqFS+
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
SI
G
S I
N
z
E
PARTS
60cm
t
a
v.
b
4.5
I
75cm
0.8
90cm
| 05cm
r.2
1n
>,4
{.o
c
I +. 6
o.4
^
o.
f
e
An
(.)
f
zu. 5
25.tl
o
t,
-7
h
rr.1
i
3.0
Q.n
9.3
9.0
?n
q
"q
q
6,
8.2
cR
19.5
1n
D?
J.l
12F
q
zl.+
l20cm
NO CARS
(R-7)
LEGEND
SIG
stzE
N
PARTS
60cin
75cm
DIMENSION (cm)
gOcm
| 05cm
I
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
b
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
3.7
4.6
5.5
6.4
d
29 .7
37 .1
44. 5
51 .9
e
20 "7
2s"8
31.0
36 .2
126
t20cm
LZI
u r 30 z l
9'Et
q'0t
n ta
v c(
9" 61
t'gt
n'cl
a
t'or
0'hL,
L
LO
p
h'9
Y!
9'h
9'L
s'9
h'E
Z'L
0' r.
B'0
r.lrtsol
url06
3 Zt
(ur3)
s
r'
urssl
N
NOfSN3f,llO
LL
I
ts
oN 3931
I
-t
llll
"l
:L
{
(8-u )
s313A3tg ON
J
c
Ll
q
e
urlog
SIUVd
NO MOTOR CYCLES
(R-9 )
DIMENSION (cM)
LECEND
SIG
PARTS
60cm
75cm
SIZE
N
90cm
1.0
| 05cm
a
U.l
0-8
b
4.3
5.4
c
3.7
q.6
5.5
6.ll
d
11.J
1\ .2
17.0
19.8
e
16.3
20.4
2U
q
28 .6
f
20 .7
25.8
31.0
36.2
t.1
I.O
t28
l20cm
NO TRUCKS
I R - l0 )
LEGEND
SIG
N
DIMENSION (crn)
SIZE
PARTS
60cm
75cm
90cm
lO5crn
a
o"7
0"8
1.0
7.2
b
4.3
5"4
6"5
7.6
J./
4.6
5.5
6.4
d
20. 0
25 "O
30.0
35"0
e
11"0
t3 "7
16.5
19"2
l20cm
NO PEOESTRIANS
(R-lt
I
Tb
f
PARTS
60cm
LEGE ND
DIMENSION
sr6
SIZE
75cm
90cm
'I
a
n'l
0.8
b
u?
qll
c
4.6
o
12- 1
e
10.0
f
20.0
I
1a
?
N
.0
t05cm
1.2
7.6
qq
1lt
6.li
q
16.9
15.0
1.7
25 -0
?n
n
35.0
2\ -2
2a
n
??
r30
tr
R
(cm)
1 2 0c m
NO TONGAS
(R-12)
OIMENS|ON (cm)
LEGEND
SIZE
N
SIG
PARTS
60cm
a
b
!?
75cm
90cm
0.8
t -u
1.2
qlr
o.)
f.o
All
4.6
c
I 05cm
d
?2
?
27
0
e
21
?
26 .7
I
1n
?
12
?)
A
r3l
?o
1
1Q
1
n
l20cm
NO HAN O CARTS
( R -13l
LEGE NO
DIMENSION
PARTS
1 0 5c m
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
4.:
5.4
o.)
7.6
?7
4.6
qq
6.1{
18.3
2)
o
27 .5
32. 1
19.3
2\ .2
29 .0
JJ.O
I t.I
t.{-o
'1.7
132
tr
20.4
1 2 0c m
NO TRACTORS
(R -14 I
T
T
'nf
PARTS
60cm
+g,l
LEGE ND
OIMENSION
,srG
stz
75cm
N
90cm
E
1 0 5c m
a
a7
0.8
1.0
b
4.3
5.4
o.)
7.6
4-6
qq
6.4
A
ro. /
e
18.3
22
I
21
7
al.1
s
10
?
4q
0
- 1.
(cm)
20.0
.27.5
32.1
32.5
37.9
29.O
5J.6
1 2 0c m
VehicleSizeLimit Signs:
T h e V E H I C L ES I Z E L I M I T S I G N S( R - 1 5t o R - 1 7 )a r ei n t e n d etdo p r o h i b i t
the entry of certainvehicleexceeding
the allowablelimits of dimensions
from a
givensectionof road,due to prevailingconditions. Typicalexamples
of dimension limitingsignsare :
( a ) W I D T H L I M I TS I G N
R - 15
( b ) H EI G H T L I M I T S I G N
R-16
( c ) L E N G T HL I M I T S I G N
R - 17
Width limit sigrr:- The Sign is intended to prohibitthe entryof any motor
vehicle on a section of road or road structure havinqwidth exceeding
the safe
a l l o w a b l el i m i t f i x e d f o r t h a t s e c t i o n .
Height Limit Sign:- The Sign is intendedfor useto prohibit motoristsfrom
usinga sectionof the roadwith verticalclearances
lessthan the maximumvehicle
height permitted plus 30 cm. lt may be erectedon or in advanceof the structure.
lf the sign is placedon the structure,it may be of rectangularshapewith appropriatelegend.
Length Limit Sign:- The Sign prohibit entry of any vehicleor combination
of vehicleshaving combined length exceedingthe safe allowablelimit fixed for
the sectionof the road.
The actual clearanceis normally shown on the sign to the nearestdecimal
point of a meter not exceedingthe actual clearance.Where the clearanceis less
than the legal limit, a sign to that effect should be placedat the nearestintersecting road or wide point in the road at which a vehicle can detour or turn
around.
ln the caseof an arch or other structurewhich the clearancevariesgreatly,
two or more signsshould be used as necessaryon the structure itself, to give
informationas to the clearance
over the entire roadway.
Clearanceshould be checkedperiodically,particularlyin areaswhere resurfacingoperationshavetaken place.
All thesesignsshallhavelegnedindicatingthe classof vehicleto be excluded
and shall be locatedimmediatelyin advanceof thb sectionof highwayor structure to which applies. The standardsizeof thesesignsshall be 90 cm. diamter.
The varioussizesas recommendedaccordingto the different locationsare given
in table below :
TABLE_ DIMENSIONS
L I M I T I N GS I G N S I Z E S
sr.
Type of Location
SignSize
1.
2.
3.
Urban Residential
Streets
60 cm.dia
Urban Collector Streets
7 5 c m .d i a .
UrbanArterial Roads
9 0 c m .d i a .
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
90 cm.dia.
5.
R u r a lP r i m a r yH i g h w a y s
1 0 5 c m ;d i a .
b.
Motorways
1 2 0 c m .d i a .
T h e d i m e n s i o n os f l e g e n df o r v a r i o u ss i g ns i z e sa r e g i v e ni n F i g u r e sR - 1 5t o
R - 17 .
134
o-
WIDTH LIMIT SI GN
( R - t5 )
I
T"
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
S1
PARTS
50cm
75cm
4
0.7
0.8
b
4,s
c
G
stz
N
g0cm
E
| 05cm
l20cm
1.0
7"2
1.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
8.7
8.7
10.8
13.0
r5 .2
77.3
d
t0 "7
13.3
16.0
18.7
2t .3
e
22.3
27"9
JJ.
5
39.1
44.7
f
5"0
6 "2
7 "5
8"7
10.0
z\ .3
? o _L
an
- l
135
)r)
6
l+8.?
HIGHT LIMIT SIGN
( R - 16 )
T;
L
*lo
LEGE ND
G
SI
PARTS
60cm
75cm
i7
nO
\.3
5. h
DIMENSION
S
N
90cm
z
E
t05cm
1.0
r.2
o.)
f.o
11.0
.LJ.
t6.s
-lo
I
d.
1L In.
lL,
I
z6.o
30.3
ao.
{
20, o
e
J
136
1 2 0c m
At
c
2
(cml
,
22.O
3\.7
z6.I
LENGTH LIMIT S IGN
( R - t7 )
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
SI
G
SIZE
N
PARTS
a
60cm
75cm
o.T
o.B
90cm
'ln
| 05cm
L.2
2r.o
ro. T
c
1t..0
l+0.0
30.0
IO.U
22.5
1.3
8.7
,.4
20.0
l20cm
27
137
10.
n
{
)q
r
:5.0
V e h i c l eW e i g h tL i m i t S i g n s;
Due to seasonalweakeningof the road surface,obsolescence
of bridgesor
pavementsor other impairmentof roadway,it is often necessary
to limit the load
p e r m i t t e do n a r o a d w a y . T h e V E H I C L EW E I G H TL I M I T S I G N S( R - 1 8A N D )
R - 1 9 )a r e i n t e n d e dt o p r o h i b i tt h e e n t r y o f c e r t a i nv e h i c l e se x c e e d i n g
the allowa b l e l i m i t o f a x l eo r g r o s sw e i g h t . T h e s es i g n sa r eo f t w o k i n d s :
( a ) G R O SW
S E I c H TL I M I TS l c N
( b ) A X L EW E I G H TL I M I TS I G N
R-18
R-19
Grossweight limit sign:- The GrossWeight Limit Sign (R-18) carryingthe
appropriatelegnedas shown in the Figure may be usedto indicaterestrictions
pertainingto total vehicleweight includingload beingcarried.
Axle weight limit sign:- Where the restriction appliesto axle weight rather
t h a n g r o s sl o a dt h e s i g n( R - 1 9 )m a y b e u s e d ,
The areaswhere multiple regulationsof the type describedabove are applicable,the required sign combining the necessarymessages
on a single post
may be used.
A Weight Limit Sign shall be loeatedimmectia'tely
in advanceof the section
of highwayor the structureto which it applies. The varioussizesrecommended
a c c o r d i n gt o d i f f e r e n tl o c a t i o n a
s r e g i v e ni n t h e t a b l eb e l o w . :
T A B L E - _W E I G H T L I M I T S I G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
Type of Location
S i g nS i z e
1.
Urban Residential
Streets
60 cm.dia.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
7 5 c m .d i a .
3.
UrbanArterial Roads
90 cm.dia.
4.
RuralSecondaryHighways
9 0 c m .d i a .
5.
Rural PrimaryHighways
1 0 5 c m .d i a .
6.
Motorways
1 2 0 c m .d i a .
The dimensionsof the legend for varioussign sizesmay be seenin Figure
R - 1 8a n d F i g u r eR - 1 9 .
o-
138
GROSSWEIGHTLIMIT SIGN
(a-ret
{
LEGEND
SIG
N
DIM ENSION (cm)
SIZE
PARTS
60cm
75cm
a
0.7
o.B
b
+.-1
Lr
c
d
cA
'l
r.0
)'
)+O.B
C
90cm
I 05cm
12
l.o
49.0
,7 .2
\o.o
I+6.1
139
l20cm
o. {
o).
_1
AXLEWEIGHTLIMIT SIGN
(n-rg)
O.
PARTS
60cm
LEGE ND
DIMENSION
5IG
SIZ
g0cm
75cm
i'7
0.8
.+.J
5.l+
l . ^
N
1.0
E
t05cm
23.3
z B .o
32.7
LY.1
2?
25. B
26.7
32, O
t40
t 2 0c m
o.
L,2
1 . .o
n
(cm)
At
?n
7
+:,
(
T u r n P r o h i b i t i o nS i g n s:
T U R N P R O H I B I T I O NS I G N S ( R - 2 0 , R - 2 1 a n d R - 2 2 1a r e i n t e n d e dt o b e
usedto indicatetheturns thatare prohibitedor restrictedat a particularintersection'
Thesesignsare of the following three kinds :
( a ) N O R I G H TT U R N S I G N
R-20
( , b ) N O L E F TT U R N S I G N
R-21
( c ) N O U - T U R NS I G N
R-22
No right turn siqn is piaced at the location where it is intende,jto pi'ohibit
right turns of approchingvehicles.
No left turn sign is placed at an intersectionwhere it is intended to prohibit left turns of approachingvehicles.
No lJ-turn sign is intended to prohibit turning around of vehiclesat or
betweenthe intersectionespeciallyon high speeddual carriageways at any median
opening.
The minimum sizeof the siqn shall be of 60 cm diameter' Other sizeswith
respectto variousroadway locationsare given in the table below:
P R O H I B I T I OSNI G NS I Z E S
TABLE_TURN
Type of location
Sign Size
1.
Streets
UrbanResidential
60 cm dia.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cmdia.
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm dia.
4.
HighwaYs
RuralSecondary
90 cm dia.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105cm.dia.
6.
Motorways
1 2 0c m d i a .
Sl.No,
The dimensionsof the legendfor varioussignsizes may be seenin Figures
R-20to R-22.
Turn prohibitionsignsshould be placedwhere they will be most easilyseen
by driversintendingto lurn. The NO LEFT TURN Sign shall be placedat the
n6ar left hand corner of the intersection.Where no Right-TurnSign is required,
two shall be used,one at the near left-handcorner and one at the far right'hand
corner,facingtraffic approachingthe intersection.Wherethere is a traffic signal
on the far left corner,the sign on the left-handside should be placednear that
signal. When erpctingsigns,care should be taken that no alley or public drivewiy exists betwben them and the intersectionwhere the turning movement is
orohibited.
141
NO RIGHT TURN SIGN
( R - 201
lo
rL
I
G
LEGEND
5l
PARTS
G
OIMENSION (cm)
stz
N
E
60cm
75cm
90cm
| 05cm
l20cm
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
t.2
1.3
b
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
9'l
c
3"7
4.6
5.5
6.4
7.3
d
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
e
6.7
8.3
10.0
11.6
1 , 3. 3
16.7
20.8
2 s. 0
29.2
33.3
t
3.3
4.2
s.0
5.8
6.7
h
20.0
2s.0
30.0
3s. 0
40.0
f
142
o.
NO LEFT TURN SIGN
( R - 2t )
LEGEND
SIG
DIMENSION (cm)
SIZE
N
PARTS
60cm
7 5 cm
90cm
| 05 cm
l20cm
a
0.7
0.8
1"0
1.2
1.3
b
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
8.7
c
3.7
4.6
5.5
6.4
7.3
d
4.0
5"0
6.0
7 "O
8"0
8.3
10. 0
11"6
13.3
20"8
25 .0
?a )
5J.J
5.0
5.8
30.0
35.0
f
1A
1
s
3"3
h
20.a
Aj
,{o
40" 0
NO U - TURN SIGN
(R-22 1
oi
LEGE ND
5l
PARTS
6
(cm)
DIMENSION
5tz
N
E
60cm
75cm
a
o.T
0.8
1.0
L.2
b
)r?
c).
o. )
t.o
o.l
c
?7
)+.6
qq
6.1
72
d
\<
o.l
B .o
o?
e
O.U
9.O
10.5
f
1 0 5c m
1 2 0c m
1n
G
7
L2.O
18.7
23.3
2B.o
32 .7
7.O
8.7
10.5
LZ.Z
r l,
n
23.5
zl.1
l'1
?
h
1
90crn
1Y.t)
3.0
1a
).
t-
4.>
t
1M
c2
o.
Lr
, h e t h e rs i g n a l i z eodr n o t O N E A t a n i n t e r s e c t i o nw i t h a o n e w a y s t r e e t w
W A Y S I G N ( R 3 6 ) s h a l lb e u s e d ,a n d m a y b e s u p p l e m e n t e bd y t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
T u r n P r o h i b i t i o nS i g n . A t u r n p r o h i b i t i o ns i g n i s n o t n e e d e da t a r a m p e n t r a n c e
to a high-waywhere the designis such as to indicateclearly the one-waytraffic
m o v e m e n to n t h e r a m p . T h e D O N O T E N T E R S I G N ( R - 6 ) w i l l s e r v ei n l i e u
en e w a y t r a f f i c
o f t h e T u r n P r o h i b i t i o nS i g n ,w h e r e i t i s n e c e s s a rtyo e m p h a s i z o
m o v e m e n ot n t h e r a m P .
When the movement restrictionappliesduring certain periodsonly the use
Turn
Prohibition Signscall for specialtreatment. The following alternatives
of
are listedin order of preference.
Variable message
signsor internally illuminated signsthat are lighted
hoursare particularlydesir.
and made legibleonly during the regti-icted
ableat signalizedintersections.
Permanently mounted signs incorporating a supplementarylegend
s h o w i n gt h e h o u r sd u r i n gw h i c h t h e p r o h i b i t i o ni s a p p l i c a b l e .
Portablesignsplacedat each corner of the intersectionwhen required
o n l y w h e n a p p l i c a b l ea n d
a n d p u t i n p l a c eu n d e r p o l i c es u p e r v i s i o n
removedat other hours.
OvertakingProhibitionSigns:
O V E R T A K I N G P R O H I B I T I O NS I G N S ( R - 2 3 a n d R - 2 4 )a r e i n t e n d e dt o
be usedon locationswhere due to traffic congestion,width of pavementor alignment of roadway, overtakingis restricted. This sign shall normally be erected
a t t h o s el o c a t i o n sw h e r eo v e r t a k i n gp r o h i b i t i o n sa p p l y . T h e s i g n m a y b e o f t w o
forms.
( a ) ' A L L O V E R T A K I N GP R O H I B I T I O N
S I G N: R 2 3
( b ) H E A V Y V E H I C L EO V E R T A K I N GP R O H I B I T I O NS I G N : R - 2 4
T h e A l l O v e r t a k i n gP r o h i b i t i o nS i g ns h a l la p p l y t o a l l k i n d o f m o t o r v e h i c l e s
w h i l e t h e h e v e yv e h i c l eo v e r t a k i n gp r o h i b i t i o ns i g na p p l i e st o o n l y t h o s ev e h i c l e s
classedas heavyvehicle. For other situations,appropriatelegendmay be selected.
The signs should be erectedon left-handside of the roadway facing the
a p p r o a c h i n gt r a f f i c s u c h t h a t t h e r e s t r i c t i o ni m p o s e d i s c l e a r l vv i s i b l et o t h e
d r i v e r s . T h e s es i g n s m a y b e s u p p l e m e n t e db y r o a d - m a r k i n gis. e . c o n t r i n u o u s
w h i t e l i n e so r a c o m b i n a t i o no f w h i t e s o l i d l i n e a n d d o t t e d l i n ea c c o r d i n gt o t h e
r u l e ss p e c i f i e di n s e c t i o nr o a d m a r k i n g s .
The size of these signsrecommendedaccordingto different locationsare
o i v e ni n t a b l eb e l o w :
145
ALL OVERTAKINGPROHIBITION
SIGN
(R -23 1
LEGE ND
SIG
PARTS
DIMENSION
(cm)
SIZE
N
60cm
75cm
90cm
l05cm
1 2 0c m
a
u. /
0.8
1.0
t.2
1.3
b
4.3
5.4
6.5
7.6
97
3 "7
4.6
6.4
7.3
d
8.0
10. 0
14.0
16.0
e
2.Q
?q
<n
5.5
4.0
r
r9.7
24 .6
29.5
34.4
39.3
1)
146
n
o.
SIGN
PROHIBITION
HEAVYVEHICLEOVERTAKING
(R -ztrl
tEGE ND
G
SI
PARTS
DIMENSION
S
N
I
z
(cm)
E
60cm
75cm
90cm
1 0 5c m
1 2 0c m
a
o,7
0.8
1.0
T.2
1.3
b
l'.3
S. l +
6.,
7.6
8.?
3.7
4.6
,.5
6.l+
7.3
L\ ,2
1?.0
r9.8
22.7
3.3
\-2
5.0
i.8
6.7
17.3
2L.7
26.0
30.3
3l+.?
2.'
2.9
3.3
30.o
35.0
l + 0 .O
d.
f
c
h
L2.7
1,
I.
I
20. o
2.L
25 .0
147
T A B L E_ O V E R T A K I N G
P R O H I B I T I OSNI G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
T y p eo f L o c a t i o n
SignSize
1.
Urban ResidentialStreets
60 cm dia.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm dia.
3.
Urban Arterial Roads
90 cm dia.
4.
R u r a lS e c o n d a r yH i q h w a y s
90 cm dia.
5.
R u r a iP r i m a r yH i o h w a y s
105 cm dia.
6.
Motorways
1 2 0c m d i a .
Dimensionsof the legendfor variouss r g nsizesmay be seenin Figure R-23
and R-24.
SpeedLimit Sign :
T h e S P E E D L I M I T S I G N ( R - 2 5 ) i s i n t e n d e dt o u s e w h e r e e n g i n e e r i n g
investigationof roadway,qeometricor operatingconditionsshow the ieeessity
of advisingdriversof the maximum allowablespeedon a road.
The speed limit sign shall displaythe limit establishedby raw, or by regulation after an engineeringand traffic investigations
has been madein accorda-nce
with established
practices.
traffic engineering
In order to determinethe proper numericalvalue for a speedzone,on the
basisof an engineeringand traffic investigation,
the following factorssl'rouldbe
considered:
Road surfacecharacteristics,
shouldercondition, gradealignmentand
sightdistance.
The 85- Percentilespeedand pacespeed.
Roadsidedevelopmentand culture,and roadsidefriction.
Safespeedfor curvesfor hazardouslocationswithin the zone.
Parkingpracticesand pedestrianactivity.
Reportedaccidentexperiencefor a recent12-monthsperiod.
Except in emergencies,
or at constructionor maintenancesites,where the
situationcallingfor a reduction in speedis temporary,speedlimit sign shall not
be erecteduntil the recommendedspeedhas beendeterminedby acceptedtraffic
engineeringprocedures. Becausechangesin surfacecharacteristics,
sight distanct
etc. may alter the recommendedspeed,each location should be periodically
checkedand the speedsign correctedif necessary.
The speedshown shall be a multiple of 5 Kms per hours. The sign may be
used in conjunctionwith any standardwarning sign to indicate the maximum
recommendedspeedaround a curve or through a hazardouslocation. lt shall
not be usedin conjunctionwith any signother than a warningsign.
148
L'94
t'Ez
o'oz
L.9T
t>l
l'0 c
g'92
0'Ez
z'67
E.ET
0't
:L
0'E
E'z,
o'z
L6
q'J
ilg
f'h
LV
LL
url0zl
(urr)
z'r
0'r
B'0
urlgol
url06
urtsl.
NOfSN3hft0
oN 3931
l9z - u )
N9fS lthilt o33ds
r.rrl0g
n
Y
a
€
Two types of speedlimit signsmay be used:one to designatepassenger
car
speedsincludingany night-timeinformation or maximum speedlimit that might
apply, and/or to show any specialspeed limit for busesand trucks. Where a
specialspeed limit appliesto trucks or other vehicles,then appropriatemessage
shall be shown on the standardmessageplate mounted below the speed limit
sign.
The sizesof this signrecommendedaccordingto different locationsare given
i n t a b l eb e l o w :
_11M _'ji:'__'y'I_'l9isrzEs
Sl. fio,
^.-O:-,-
Type of Location
^:--
blr Dtgn Dtze
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cmdia.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75cmdia.
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cmdia.
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cmdia.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
1 0 5c m d i a .
6.
Motorwavs
1 2 0c m c l i a
Dimensionsof the legendfor varioussign sizesmay be seenin FigureR-25.
Location of Speed Limit Sign:- Speed Limit Signsindicating speed limits
for which posting is required by law, shall be locatedat the points of change
from one speedlimit to another. Thesesignsshallnot be erecteduntil the speed
limits are approvedand officially authorized.
At the end of the sectionto which a speedlimit applies,aspeedlimit sign
showingthe next speedlimit shall be erected. Additional signsshallbe installed
beyond major intersectionsand at other locationswhere it is necessaryto remind
motoristsof the limit that is applicable.
The SLOW sign may be used to give advancenotice of a speed zone with
a lower limit. Specialover sizesign is often desirableat theselocations.
Night SpeedSign:- Where different speed limits are'prescribedfor day and
night, both the limits shall be posted. This may be done in either of two ways,
A panel of suitable size containing the numericalsindicating the night
time speed limit may be erectedbelow the speed limit sign for the day time.
In this casethe numeralsin the Night SpeedSign be reflectorized. The niqht
speedsignshouldhaveits legendin white upon a black background.
OR
message
sign may be usedso that only the appropriateregula.
l changeable
tion isvisibleat a giventime. The sign may haveinterchangeable
panels,or reflectorization of the night time speed super imposedover the un-reflectorized
numeralsof the day time speed,to permit only the night-timespeedto become
legiblein the beamof motor vehiclehead-lamps
at night.
15d
Horn ProhibitionSign:
H O R NP R O H I B I T I O S
N I G N( R - 2 6 )i s i n t e n d e d
t o u s em a i n l yi h m u n i c i p a l
areas,aroundhospitals/schools
or at placeswherehorn noiseis undesirable.
The
sign prohibit use of audiblewarningdeviceexceptto avoid an accident. This
signshouldbe erectedat the startof the restrictedarea.
The minimumsizeof this signshallbe 60 cm diameter.A,largesizeof 75
cm or 90 cm diametermay be usedat somelocations.The thicknessof the red
diagonalline should not be lessthan HALF the thicknessof red borderline.
Tablebelowgivessizesof this signfor variouslocations:
T A B L E_ H O R NP R O H I B I T ] OSNI G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
Type of Location
SignSize
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm dia.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75cmdia.
3.
UrbanArterial Roads
90 cm dia.
4"
Rrlral Seenndarv
o
n ^u t-t t ru :t g^.
vv
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
'6.
. - Y .
t
Hinhrnrarrc
. ' ! J ! ' r ' s t v
1 0 5c m d i a .
Motoruvays
1 2 0 c m .d i a .
Dinensionsof the legendfor varioussignsizesmay be seenat Figure-R-26.
CheckPostSigns:
The CHECKPosr slcNs (R-27and R-28) may be neededat municipal
d.istrict,provincial,internationalboundariesor at any other locations. Thbse
signsmay be of two types :
(a) PoliceCheckPostSign : R -27
(b) CustomCheckPostSign: R - 28
The signsare intendedto notify of the proximity of Checkpostat which
stop is -compulsory.
and passing
the point without stoppingis prohibited. The
reasonfor which the driversare requiredto stop should be indicatedin black
usingappropriateword message.:
Thesesignsshall have standardsize of 90 cm diameter. lts legendand
coloursshall be as shown. The dimensions
of the legendof other sizesare
shownin FiguresR-27and R-28.
r5l
HORN PROHIBITIONSIGN
(R-26)
LEGE ND
SIG
DIMENSION
SIZE
N
PARTS
50cm
75cm
(cm)
90cm
l05cm
l20cm
a
0"7
0"8
1.0
r.2
:l"3
b
4"3
5.4
6.5
7 "6
8.7
d
e
f
o
6"4
4.6
c
2r .0
26 .2
31. 5
s6 "7
42.0
'7
28.3
34. 0
39 .7
45 .3
72 .0
15.0
18.0
2r .0
24 "A
a?
11.0
i2.8
14.7
'))
152
o.
POLICECHECKPOST SIGN
tR-27 1
rh Fn{
-.
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
SI
G
stz
N
E
PARTS
60cm
a
a
75cm
g0cm
l05cm
0.8
1.0
1.2
h
q<
q!
6 _5
l.o
c
5.0
n<
?q
B.B
d
2.O
e
o,I
f
h
8.7
10.0
l 1. o
3.0
8.3
l20cm
10.0
11-7
13.3
q
32.1
36 .7
?
22 .9
27
19.3
?u.2
29 -O
33. B
?R
1
28.0
32 .7
27
?
1R
iQ
'?
153
CHECKPOSTSIGN
CUSTOM
(R -28 )
:T
CUSTOM
e!
\1.-/
I
I
LEGE ND
SI
PARTS
60cm
G
75cm
90cm
I
z
E
n'l
0.8
b
ll?
5.4
6.5
r.o
q?
6.7
8.0
a?
d
??
4.0
u7
e
a2
11.0
7
1 2 0c m
l05cm
a
2n
(cm)
DIMENSION
5
N
o-
1.0
1-
1r
1?
B_ 7
1o.T
q?
q
1\.7
a
31.0
36 .2
41.3
I
3 t t- 2
41.0
47.8
cI
h
1r3.3
')2 . o
AA
b.2
7r\
f
1
qn
)q
154
'7
o. /
7
69 .3
10.0
G
Sign:
ParkingProhibition
S I G N ( R - 2 9 )s h a l lb e u s e dt o p r o h i b i t h e
T h e P A R K I N GP R O H I B I T I O N
par.kingof vehiclealong a givensectionof the road. A panelshallbe mounted
below thB signshowingan arrow and pointingtowardsthe directionsto which
the signapplies. A singleheadedarrow pointingin the direction,the regulationis
arrow pointing
in effect if the sign is at the end of a zoneor a double-headed
both ways,if the signis at an intermediatepoint in a zone. As an alternateto
to the
the arrow if the signsare postedfacingtraffic at an angleof 90 degrees
curb line there may be includedon the sign,or on a separateplate belowthe
s i g n ,s u c hl e g e n da s P A R K I N GH O U R S ,P A R K I N GT I M E ,P A R K I N GD A Y S
O R E M E R G E N CPYA R K I N GO N L YE t C .
Where parkingis prohibitedduring certain hours and permittedunder a
time limit at other periodof the day,two parkingsignsshouldordinarilybe used.
Placementof ParkingSrgns.'-Parkingsignswith arrowsare usedto indicate
the extent of the'restrictedzones. The signsshouldbe at an angleof not less
with the line of traffic flow to be visible
than 30o and not morethan 45 degress
to approaching
traffic.
that no personshall stop,
Appropriatepanelsmay be usedto emphasize
park or leavestandingany vehicleon the pavedor travelledpartof the roadway.
The standardsize for parkingprohibitionsignsshall be 90 cm dia. The
accordingto variouslocationsare givenin the table below:
sizesrecommended
T A B L E_ P A R K I N GP R O H I B I T I OSNI G NS I Z E S
S l .N o .
SignSize
Typeof Location
1.
Streets
UrbanResidential
60 cmdia.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cmdia.
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cmdia.
4.
Highways
RuralSecondary
90 cm dia.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
1 0 5 c md i a .
6.
Motorways
120 cmdia.
Dimensions
of the legendfor varioussignsizesmay be seenin FigureR-29.
155
PARKINGPROHIBITION
SIGN
tR-29 )
!
T
tt
LEGE ND
5l
PARTS
G
DIMENSION
S I
N
z
(cml
E
1 0 5c m
1 2 0c m
1"0
t.2
1.3
5.4
6"5
7.6
8.7
3.7
4.6
5.5
6.4
7 "3
d
5.3
6.7
8.0
9"3
to.7
e
10.6
13.3
16.0
18 7
2t.s
f
18.0
22 .5
270
31.5
36.0
b
60cm
75cm
o"7
0.8
4 "3
90cm
156
G
Endof RestrictionSigns:
G N S( R - 3 0t o R - 3 3 )a r ei n t e n d e tdo g i v en o t i c e
E N D - O F - R E S T R I C T ISOIN
of end of a restrictionare relatedto operationalcontrol but do not imposeany
on the partof the roadusers.
obligations
Signsare different in colour and legendschemes.ln
Endof-Restriction
thesesignsblack colour is usedfor legend,border and diagonallineson white
background.
signsmaybe of the followingfour types:
The endof.restriction
(a) Endof SpeedRestriction
R-30
(b) End of OvertakingRestriction
R-31
(c) End of Priority Road
R - 32
(d) Endof all restrictions
R-33
y
A l l t h c s e ss r iuo. n' s s sv ' h a l l
v
by a distancein such a way that theselinesform borderof suitable
separated
thickness. The diagonallinesshall also be distributedappropriatelyas shown.
All thesesignsshallhavethe standardsizeof 90 cm diameter.Variousother
sizesaregivenin tablebelowfor differentlocations.
S ING NS I Z E S
T A B L E_ E N DO F R E S T R I C T . I O
S l .N o .
SignSize
Typeof Location
1.
Streets
UrbanResidential
60 cm dia.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cmdia.
3.
UrbanAnerialRoads
90 cm dia.
4.
Highways
RuralSecondary
9 0 c md i a .
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
1 0 5c m d i a .
6.
Motorways
1 2 0c m d i a .
of the legendfor varioussignssizesare givenin Figure R-30
Dimensions
R-33.
to
157
SIGN
END OF SPEED RESTRICTION
(R-30)
DtMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
SIG
N
SIZ
E
PARTS
60cm
b
75cm
g0cm
l05cm
0.8
1"0
1a
t.c
1-4
1.7
? -o
l2Ocrn
)?
c
11
'f
1q.0
r6.3
1P.
't
A
15-0
18.0
21.0
-),t
n
(l
25 .8
31.0
36.2
1 11 . 3
t58
RESTRICTIONSIGN
END OF OVERTAKING
( R - 3l )
Jh
LEGE ND
SlG
DIMENSION
S.I
N
Z
(cm)
E
PARTS
60cm
75cm
90cm
l05cm
1 2 0c m
r.J
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
b
11
1.4
1 .7
a.v
6.7
8.3
10.0
r l.l
d
ro. /
20 .8
25 .0
zy.Z
e
14.0
17 .5
21 .O
z U. 5
28.0
END OF PRIORTTYROAD " SIGN
(R-32)
DIMENS|ON (cm)
LEGEND
SI
G
SIZE
N
PARTS
60cm
?5cm
90cm
I 05cm
0.8
1n
1.4
17
2 -O
11-7
14.6
rf.)
20.t4
d
4.0
qn
e
to. r
20. B
a
u.{
11
t-
|
o.u
)q
r60
n
'7n.
l20cm
QN
??
?
END OF A LL'RESTRICTIONS
SIGN
( R -33 l
V
LEGEND
SIG
DIMENSION
StzE
N
PARTS
60cm
i"f
t
b
?5cm
(c m)
90cm
l05cm
0.8
1n
1)
1.4
l.l
2.O
161
1 2 0c m
2?
CompulsoryDirectionSigns:
T h e c o M P U L S O R YD t R E c l o N s t G N S( R - 3 4 t o R - 4 3 )a r ei n t e n d e tdo
.
bq ugedin which the vehiclesare obligedtg pi'oceedor t|.,e-onivJirccti;; i;
*!L.l !lg,Yglglqlmit-ted
to pro.ceed.
Trresignscanitso oduseoih *"l"lii,iidh'
with traffic lightsignalsor on bollardson traffic
islands.
Someof the signsarelistedbelow :
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Ifl
(i)
(i)
R-34
R-35
R-36
R-37
R-38
R-39
R40
R-41
R42
R-43
Keep Riqht
Proieed'clockwise
i:":t8i"ff
n?'?f
'18"'31'ffJ";
'nu'"Jlu'no!ff
lway. The sign R-34 to
R-43 represent
typicalsituations.AppropriatearroWsmaybeusedfdrothersituaiions.
. Th" .signsshall havea standardsizeof g0 cm dia. On maior hiqhwavsthe
signshouldbe at least90 cm dia. A smallersizeof 60 cm is admissi-ble
ioi use
on narrow medidnsand at medianopenings
'The to servecrosstraffiCt;d to reininJ
of the regulation.
iarious recommenoeo-sizei
ir,i-givdi
I!r^!u-gl-lt_.lfjg
In the tablebelowi
_Jjl_Llggyl1L_sg_qr REcrIoNsIc NsIzES
S l .N o .
Type of Location
SignSize
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm.dia.
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm.dia.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
1 0 5c m .d i a .
6.
Motoruvays
1 2 0c m d i a .
60 cm.dia.
75 cm.dia.
The dimensionsof the legendfor varioussignsizesmay be seenin Figures
R-34to FigureR-43.
162
PROCEED
TOTHE RIGHT ONLY SIGN
(R-3/, 1
'1t^.
L
U
-F
T
-ll-
LEGE ND
SIG
(cm)
DIMENSION
SIZE
N
PARTS
l20cm
l05cm
75cm
0,7
0.8
1.0
r.2
1.3
2"7
3.5
4.0
4.7
5.3
5.3
6.7
8.0
9.3
ro.7
d
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
12.0
e
2r.3
)(,
7
32.0
37 .3
A''
f
15.:
19"2
23"o
25.9
3 0.7
o
3.0
3.7
4"5
5-2
5.0
d
'e
90cm
60cm
b
163
1
PROCEED
TOTHELEFT ONLY SIGN
( R - 3s I
(r
_Eb
-]E
.s{Fq
Ft.l
l*.
LEGE ND
SIG
PARTS
+
(cmi
DIMENSION
SIZE
N
60cm
75cm
d
0.7
0.8
1.0
L.2
1.3
b
2.7
J.J
4.0
4.7
).J
5.3
6.7
8.0
9.3
r0.7
d
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
12.0
e
2r .3
)(^
32.0
37.3
42.7
(:
rs_3
19.2
23"C
25.8
30.7
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.2
6.0
o
tr
90cm
7
r64
1 0 5c m
1 2 0c m
?
PROCEEDSTRAIGHTAHEAO ONLYSIGN
(R-36
)
TI
lf
-o
,i,Ft,+o{
DIMENSION
LEGE ND
PARTS
1 0 5c m
(cm)
l20cm
a
0 "7
0.8
1.0
1"2
1.5
b
2.7
3.3
4.0
A'7
5.3
5.3
6..7
8"0
oi
10 .7
6.0
7,s
9.0
10.5
12"0
26.7
32.0
37 .3
42.7
?
19 t2
23"O
z 6" B
.tu. t
3"0
3.7
4" 5
5"2
d
zl.J
lq.
165
6.0
TURNTOTHERIGHTONI-V SIGN
(R-37 t
lry
LECEND
SI
PARTS
G
N
DIM ENSION (cm)
S I
z
E
60cm
75cm
90cm
l05cm
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
7.2
L "3
b
2.7
3.3
4.0
4.7
5.5
.-
6.7
8.3
10"0
1 , 7" 7
13 .3
d
5"3
6.7
8.0
9.3
10.7
4 ..0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
L5.7
19.6
23 .5
3.0
3.7
4.5
h
r9 "7
24 "6
29"5
34 "4
t_
3.3
1,.
qn
cA
5.3
'/
tr,
5.3
o,
f
I
6
r
z/-4
q?
l20cm
31"3
6.0
39.3
6.7
9,o
r0.5
i2,0
B.o
9.3
10.7
166
G
TURN TOTHE LEFT ONLY
( R-38 )
-o
E
{
A
t
t
LEGEND
SI
G
DIMENSION (cm)
sl
N
z
E
PARTS
60cm
75cm
90cm
| 05cm
l20cm
d
0 "7
0.8
1.0
L.2
r.3
b
2"7
3.3
4.0
c
o. t
8.5
10-0
rt.7
13.3
5.3
6.7
8.0
9.3
t0 .7
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
L5 .7
19-6
23 .5
27 .4
31.3
(r
3.0
3.7
4.5
h
79.7
24 .6
;o
5.3
6.0
34 "4
39.3
t_
3.3
\.2
5.o
,.8
6.1
j
6.3
T.5
9.0
LO. '
lz.o
r
5.3
o.l
g,o
o?
10.7
167
PROCEEDSTRAIGHT
OR RIGHTONLYSIGN
(R-39 1
LEGE ND
SIG
PARTS
60cm
75cm
OIMENSTON
(cml
SIZE
N
90cm
l05cm
1 2 0c m
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
I.2
1.3
b
a1
5.3
4.0
4.7
5.5
c
3.3
4.2
5.0
5.8
6.7
d
5.3
6.7
8.0
9.5
10. 7
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
t2 .0
2 2. 7
28.3
34.0
59.7
45.3
o
7"0
8.7
10.5
L .2.,:2
14.0
h
15.7
19.6
23.5
2 7. 4
31.3
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.2
6.0
6.7
8.0
9-3
ro-7
i
I
r
tr
PROCEEDSTRAIGHT
ORLEFT ONLY
( R -40 )
-o
LEGENID
5l
G
S I
N
PARTS
60cm
0.7
h
75cm
0.8
2.7
n
l.n
+.1
d
o.
f
6.0
f
oD'7
o
7A
b
h
rq
l-
2A
r
q?
7
DIMENSION (cm)
z
E
g0cm
| 05cm
l20cm
1.0
L.2
1.3
l+.0
Lz
q?
qn
qR
o. f
8.0
r0.T
9.0
1n
q
L2. A
28.3
3 l + .0
?o
i
Ll.:
A7
10.5
12.2
lir.C
-1
31.3
L9.6
o. r
l,
t+. )
q2
Aa
8.0
o?
i0.'tr
r69
KEEP LEFT SIGN
( R -41 I
J
PARTS
(cm)
DIMENSION
LEGE ND
90cm
1 0 5c m
1 2 0c m
60cm
?5cm
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
t.2
1.3
b
2-7
5.3
4.0
4.7
5.3
c
5.5
6.7
8.0
9.3
10.7
d
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
t2 .0
2r.3
26.7
32.0
37.3
A1
e
1 5. 3
19;2
23"0
26. B
30.7
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.2
6.0
g
170
'l
O{
KEEP RIGHT SIGN
(R-t2l
LEGE ND
5rG
(cm)
DIMENSION
SIZE
N
PARTS
90cm
l20cm
l05cm
60cm
?5cm
a
0.7
0.8
1.0
1?
1.5
b
2"7
3.3
4.0
4,7
5.3
5.3
6.7
8.0
9.3
10 .7
d
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
12.0
e
2L.3
26.7
32.0
.)/..)
A1
f
IJ.J
)
o
3.0
1'!
J.L
n
ntr
3.7
T-J
171
\a
5.2
1
q
(r.0
PROCEEDCLOCKWISE
( R- 43 )
L
lo
lh
t"
TI
o.
-{Fe
DIMENSION (cm)
LEGEND
SI
G
PARTS
60cm
75cm
a
0"7
0"8
b
)7
c
N
gOcm
z
E
l20cm
1.0
7.2
1.5
3.3
4.0
4.7
s.3
4.7
5.8
7.0
.8 .2
9.3
d
4.0
5.0
6.0
7,0
8.0
e
1.3
7.7
2.0
2.3
2.7
q
21.0
24 .5
28.0
14"0
17
o
4"3
5.4
6.5
7.6
8"7
r
15.3
L9 .2
23,0
26 .8
3 C . .7
1't2
i
I
| 05cm
I
I
s
tr
Lane Control Signs:
T h e L A N E C O N T R O LS I G N S( R - 4 4a n d R - 4 5 )s h a l lb e u s e da t i n t e r s e c t i o n s
wherevei n- is EeiiieO to require vehiclesin certain lanesto proceedo.nly in the
Oii"ciion indicatedon the sign. The sign R-44and R-45 illustrateonly two exand designof arrows should be used to cover
i1npies. Appropriate arrange-ment
other situations.
Lane controls permitting left (or right) turns from two (or more) lanesare
norm-tty-*arranted'wheneveithe turning volume exceedsthe capacityof one
irining'iane, anO when all movementsca'nbe accommodatedin the lanesavailableto them.
frlhen multiple-laneriqht tui'.nsare tc be.permitted at.signalizedintersections,
speciaisignal pfrasingshoulO be used-to allow the turning movementswithout
interferencefrom op@sing or crosstrattlc.
On multi lane hiqhwaysoverheadlane Control Signsare preferredbecause
theV can be placed orier the lanes to which they. apply. . This fypq .of control,
inO'piiticula'rly the multiple-laneturn, occurs where volumes are high and an
overtieadinstallationcan be justified.
used,.onesign should.beplaced
When post-mountedlane Control Signs^are
at the iniers'eiiion. A second Lane Controt Sign should be placedat a distanceof
select the ap3b0 meters in advanceof the intersectionso that motorists can 'vehicles.
Appropriate iane before reachingthe encisof the iines of waiting
post-mounted
signs.
to
supplement
pavement
used
be
may
markinq
brobriate
The sizesof the signfor variousroadsshallbe as follows :
L I G NS I Z E S
T A B L E_ L A N EC O N T R O S
S l .N o .
Typeof Location
SignSizes
1.
Streets
UfbanResidential
60 cm dia.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm dia.
3.
UrbanArterial Roads
90 cm dia.
4.
Highways
RuralSecondary'
90 cm dia.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways.
1 0 5c m d i a .
6.
Motorways
120 cm dia.
The dimensionsof the legendfor varioussignsizesmay be seenin Figures
R-44and R45.
LANE CONTROL
SIGN
(R - I.lrl
LEGEND
SIG
DIMENSION (cm)
SIZE
N
PARTS
| 05cm
60cm
75cm
90cm
a
0.7
o.8
1.0
1a
L.L
b
2.7
3.3
h.o
Ln
6.o
7C
l.)
9.0
d
h.o
qn
6.o
E
3.3
+.1
f
20.o
2r.o
30.0
?q
n
ho.o
o
o
r0.3
L2.9
rj .,
rA
l
20 .7
h
9.7
12.L
rL.5
L6.9
]-
1.0
J-.2
J
t+.f
).o
1,
rl+.o
'rn
r.3
5.3
q
12.0
?.0
8.0
qn
L.'
7n
2L. O
174
l20cm
6.7
r'f
I.
I
2.O
o?
6..
o)'
L9.3
q
28. 0
LANE CONTROLS I GN
( R -4s )
:i?
LEGE ND
StzE
N
SIG
(cm)
DTMENSION
PARTS
60cm
ro
h
..
c
6.o
d.
lrA
e
90cm
0.8
1.0
r.2
l+.0
+. f
9.O
10.5
5.o
f.u
I
qn
,.o
4.4
f
20.o
)q
g
10.3
L2.9
h
o.7
T2.a
I
1.0
r.2
1q
j
4.7
cA
'tn
1,
14.0
l05cm
75cm
17
n
q
21. 0
r75
q?
12. 0
Qn
6,2
l+0. 0
30.0
th.5
l20cm
1B.].
)0
a6.9
'lo
L.7
7
?
2.O
8.2
24.'
oQ
^
DividedHighwaySigns:
D l v l D E D H I G H W A Ys I G N S( R 4 6 a n d R - 4 7 )a r e i n t e n d e d
f o r u s eo n t h e
approaches
to or at the end of a section9f highway(not an intersection
or junction) where.the opposingflows of traffic are separated
by a physicalbarrier,
or by a median.
The DividedHighwaySignsareof the followingtwo kinds :
(a) DividedHighwayBeginsSign
R-46
(b) DlvidedHighwayEndsSign
R-47
. Dividd Highway Begins sign : This sign indicates start of' doubleca_rriageway,
whereflow of traffic on eachcarriageway
is intendedfor oNE-WAy
ONLY.
Divided Highwayends sign:- This sign is intendedfor useat the end of a
sectionof ph-ysicaltv
.9iui{gq highway (not an intersectionor junction). Th;
Two-waytraffic-siqn(W-26) can be usedto giveadditionalwarnirrgand'notice
just in advance
of the transitionto the two-waysection.
The standardsizeof this siqnshallbe 90 cm diameter.The varioussizesrecommended
for differentlocationsaregivenin tablebelow:
T A B L E_ D I V l D E DH I G H W A Y
S I G N SS I Z E S
Sl.No.
Type of Location
SignSize
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm dia.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75 cm dia.
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm dia.
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm dia.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
105 cmdia.
6.
Motoruvays
120 cmdia.
--1;-*.;;;;;-th"Gil;;*ri"*-rrg"-ri."r-r"7urr*";;G;;
R46 and R-47.
176
HIGHWAYBEGINSSIGN
DIVTDED
( R - /.6 )
t
LEGE ND
DIMENSION
PARTS
1 0 5c m
1 2 0c m
4
0.7
0.8
1.0
b
2"7
J.5
4.0
c
9.5
IT.7
14. 0
16.3
18.7
d
20.7
25 .8
31.0
35.2
41.3
e
5.3
6.7
8.0
9.3
r0.7
f
4.7
s.B
7.O
8.2
9.3
o
o
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
h
8.r
10.8
1 3. O
15.2
t7 .3
]-
1.0
L.2
I.7
2.0
j
3.3
\,2
s.8
6.7
5.o
1.2
1.3
5.4
DIVIDEDHIGHWAYENDS SIGN
(R-!,7 1
rll -{,
LEGE ND
G
SI
DIMENSION
S
N
7
(cm)
E
PARTS
60cm
75cm
90cm
l05cm
1 2 0c m
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.3
D
2.7
3.3
4.0
4.7
).+
c
9.3
T L. 7
14.0
t6 .3
18 .7
d
20 .7
2s.8
31" C
36 .2
47.3
e
5.3
6.7
8.0
I0 "7
f
A1
s.8
7.0
9.3
4.0
5"0
o"u
7.0
8.0
l.tl
8.7
ro- B
13.0
l5 "2
1-l,3
I
1"0
L.Z
1.5
1.7
l,^
Ll .a
i.a
s.B
l
la
178
'rn
6.7
CompulsoryTrackSigns:
( R - 4 9t o R - b 0 )a r e u s e dw h e r ea p a r t i c u l a r
C O M P U L S O RTYR A C KS T G N S
classof road usersare_required
to useonly that part of the roadways
specifically
providedfor them.
the signshalldepict the appropriaiesymbol
.The leg-end--of
for the classof road user,if different from those shown in n-+g to R-bbanJ
thesesignsshould be providedat the start and intervalsalongthe track. st;;
typicalexamples
of thesesignsareasfollows:
(a) Compulsory
CycleTrackSign
: R-48
(b) Compulsory
Foot PathSign
: R -49
(c) Compulsory
Truck LaneSign
:R-50
--.The.signmay be erectedon the left handsideof the motorwaysfacingthe
traffic. The track shouldbe separated
and distinguished
from the main .rf -uv
'
t h e h e l p o fr o a d m a r k i n g s ( c o n t i n u o u s w h i t eilfi nneo)t s e p a r a t e l y p r o v i d e J . - The sizesof the signsfor variousroadsareasfollows :
>o
T A BL E : C O M P U
L S O R YT R A C KS I G N SS I Z E S
Sl.No.
Type of Loeation
ql^^
srvtt
(.:-^
otzg
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm dia.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
75cm dia.
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm dia.
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm dia.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
1 0 5c m d i a .
_-_il;;-r"rril;r*'a;r*;il-r,s.ri."r-.-r-y-6-.-rr*l;G;;
R-48to firuresR-50.
179
.a
COMPULSORY
CYCLETRACK SIGN
( R - 48 )
(}
LEGEND
60cm
o.7
2.7
9.3
75cm
90cm
l05cm
l2Ocrn
0.8
t-u
1.2
1.3
3.3
r {. 0
4.6
5.3
r4.0
r6.3
18.?
11
7
13.0
16.3
19 .5
22 .8
26-O
2 0. 3
25.4
30.5
35.6
4Q.,7
180
-t
DtMErqstolt (cm)
3
FOOTPATH SIGN
COMPULSORY
( R - 49 '
'rP+o;l
LEGE ND
SIG
S IZ
N
E
PARTS
60cm
{t
a
0.7
k
27
c
7 5c m
0.8
tz.
(cm)
OIMENSICN
90cm
1 0 5c m
1 2 0c m
1?
1.0
t -z
4.0
4.7
5.3
I
1q.5
1 6. 9
r9.3
d
10.0
12.5
15.0
1 7. 5
20.o
e
20 .0
25 .0
30.0
35. o
40.0
f
10
2u .2
29 .0
33.8
38.?
?
18,l
TRUCKLANE SIGN
COMPULSORY
( R-s0 )
*+
-Tl
r+jr
LEGE ND
SIG
OIMENSION
(cml
SIZE
N
PARTS
60cm
75cm
90cm
l05cm
l20cm
a
0"7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1"3
b
2.7
3.3
4.0
4.7
5.4
c
t3"3
r6.7
20 .0
23 "3
26.7
d
to .7
13.3
16.0
L8 .7
ZL.J
182
tJr
C H A P T E R_ V
INFORMATION
SIGNS
l nformation Signsare intendedto guidethe road usersto their destination
andto providethemwith otherinformationwhich may be useful. -4
Colourof InformationSigns:
For most informationsignsthe legendis so variablethat there can be no
rigidly standardized
size. The signsizemustbe fixed primarilyin termsof length
the
massage
the sizeof the letteringand spacingnecessary
and
for proper
9f
legibility. However,for slgnswith standardized
designs,!t is practicable
to fix
standardsizes.
particularlyfor overheadsigns,the available
Under some circumstances,
spacemay limit signwidth. A sign mountedover a particularroadwaylaneto
which it appliesmay haveto be limitedin width to the width of the lane. Where
verticalclearances
are limited,andstandardsigndesigncannotbe used,a reduced
letter height,interlineand edgespacingmay be used. when a reduciionin the
standardsize is necessary,
the designusedshould be as nearlymmparableto
standards
as posible.
O:-^
^3
ol'.,tt trl
I-l^--^a:^-
l!ll(rlllldtlUll
|
^a^--:..-
LUrleflllg
,
:
For informationsignswith varyinglegend,signlegibilityis a directfunstion
of lettersize. The legibilitydistancemust givethe driversufficienttime to read
the sign before he has passedit. Althoughunderthe bestconditionsan information-signmessage
can be readand understoodin a brief glance,a reasonable
safetyfactor mustbe allowedfor inattention,blockingof viewby 6thervehicles,
unfavourableweather,inferior eyesight,or other causesfor d'elayedor slow
reading. On the other hand,the usualrepetitionof informationon successive
signswhere conditionspermit, often givesa driver rnorethan one opportunity
to obtainthe informationhe needs.
Thoughthe readingtime for any givensignvariesgreatlywith the approach
'ciass
of
|Pe.ed,standardletteringsize should be consistenton any particular
highways.The sameconditionsthat inducelower speed,heavytraffic, frequent
intersections
or inter-changes,
unfavourable
alignment,or extraneous
diitractions,
usuallycreatea needfor greaterlegibility. Hencethe sizestandardsset fortti
are relatedto the type of highwayrather than to variablespeedson any qlass
of highways.
In rural districtson majorroutesthe principallegendon informationsigns
shallbe in lettersat least15.0cm in height.On lessimportantruralroadsand-on
urban streetsthe principal legendshall be in lettersat least 10.0 cm hiqh.
Sign panelsshall be largeenoughto accommodate
the requiredlegendwitho-ut
crowding.
b8L
'lenuelAslq] ul u/ otls seAllelluassa
oq plnoLls
'6urubrs;o
adAl slql ol elqect;ddeoq ]ou Aeut suotlectldde
su6rsoploqtuAsJaqlo
a1qt0a1-acuel6
e ueduil ol.
pue s6ulsapMorle pJepuelsaql 'aJolalaql 'ebessauu
'l!;o yed
aq] lo'sculeuuoabAennpeo.t
realce u!
Alessacau
Jouueula;qepuels.t'apun
uorlcasralur oq] aleultxoldde plnoLls smolle 6utsn butubts ctleuuuelbelO
'lq6raq ra]]al oql seut]
]noqe
'ubts aqlt/t-uo[ slallol
su6rspeeqronouo smorJe6urlurod pJemuMop]roqs lo+ pue
aq] +o lq6raq aq] o] lenbelseel le aq Molle aLll ]o ieq aq] ssorceqlplm oql
1sa6.re1
alenbapeloJ 'u6ts aql +o acuecl+lubts
sr 1r A1t;tqtDal
]eq] papuaururocoJ
1euot1
-caJrpaql eztseqduaol d;aq Aeruubtsaql lo aptsJeJoLl]}e n olle ue']!xa ue lV
'puebal u6ts leqlo aq] Molaq peceld aq Aetu smollv
'l!
+o apts auo o1 .to
'u61saq1uo un oqs uo!]e
-urlsapaql qceoJo] pesnaQ uec ]eq] ouel qcea o1 polutod aq uec MolJe ue ssalun
pasn aq ]ou llpqs smore burlurod p.lemumo6 'smolle aseqr Aq pelsJlpu! alnoJ
Jo/pup uolleu!]sop oql lo+ punoq clllell ol seuel c4tceds lo osn aql l,clllseJ
qclqm subtsaprn6peaqlanouo Aluo pasnoq lleqs smolle OutlutodpJemurno6
'smorJebunutod ptemuMopAq patltluepl aq
lll^ sauel
'Aennpeol
AernpeorqOno.rqlaql pa.rlnba.r
]lxa aq] ,to lueuubtle aql +o anlle
1;
-luasserdar
a;6ueuele prenndn
]ulod lleqssMoJleeq]'saue1qbnorql aq] 6utnea;st
Aenrrpeor
e a;aqM 'auel leql +o alluac aq] pJemo] pleMuMqp lutod ;1eqsMoJJe
'pamollol aq o] auel e alectputot palrsaps! aJaqn subtspeaqlanouO
aq]
l!
'utn] aql
;o ssaudleqsoLllol polelal a16ueue 1e
pue'uogFasralureql +o ubrsepoqlaqtJcsoplsaqlllM se plervrdnpalulod eq plnoqs
Morle aql 'urn] e JoJ 'prervrdnlulod p;noqs ]ueuanou qbno.rqll!61el1s B 161
'suotl.cas
MorJeleuorlcaJrpe'ubtsaptsppoJe uO 'plepoldde st MoJJeleluozlJoqe
'ua)e]
-re1ura16ue-rq6;r
bq ol uolrcaltp'aql+o uolsueqelduooleelc e Aenum
ry
'suot}eu!}saplo sa}nol pe}eublsep
o1 a16ueparsap Aue le palutod aie s{v\oJJV
premo]suorlcarlpaq] alectputol su6!suo!]euJo+utAueu uo posnoJesMolJV
':
sloquAg pue s^ ol.lv
's]!rx!l alqeuoseoJ
ulqll/'J^
pua6al+o saurl.raqlodn aleur Aeu suollcaJtpAlerut.td'uotleutJo;u1'uollce'sloq
-tuAg 'saueu laaJls pue auleu'ace1dAluo sepn;cu!oJaq,,pueba1;ed1cu1.t6,,
'puaDal;o
pue ocnpol raqunl ol apeutaq plnoqs]lolita ellxe'Aledstp
lunoure aqr Agggdrurs
'puabal
peoqJanoauresaq] ut papnlcut ele su61saJoul lo on ] aJoqg
;edlcut.td1o
'peor
aq] uol; saAeslq uJnl
sourlaarq] o] pa]rut!laq plnoLlssubts'uotleulolu;
uec Jonupe ]eq] sluetuoutn el aq] 6utlnp ecue;6e le alqtbalaq ol ulnululu e o]
rde1 aci ]snuuubts uolleullolut ue uo puebe;aql'az1s Jauol +o sselp.rebag
: pueOe'1
lo lunotuv
of InformationSigns
Categories
:
signscanbedividedinto the followingcategories
The information
AdvanceDirectionSigns
DirectionSigns
Signs
Placeldentification
ConfirmatorySigns
Signs,
OtherInformation
SIGNS
A D V A N C ED IR E C T I O N
The AdvanceDirection Signs (l-1 to l-3) are intendedto give advance
informationto the road usersof the direction.to be followed or route to be
inforadoptedto reachtheir destinationor giveany other usefuland necessary
mation.Theyareprimarilyof the followingtwo kinds:
r ( a )D E S T I N A T I OSNI G N : | - 1
( b ) ,A D V A N CE R O A DC L O S E D
SIGNI - 2
A brief descriptionof theseSignsis asfollows :
Sign(l - 1) :
Destination
the Destination
Sign
signingis prescribed,
Exceptwherespecialinterchange
or otherobshallbe horizontalrectanglecarryingthe nameof a city,town,village
jective,and/ora directionalarrow. Thedistanceto the placemayalsobe shown.
are to be placedon a singlepanelwith an arrow (andthe
lf severaldestinations
distance,if desired)for eachname. lf morethan one destinationliesin the same
but in any
direction,a singlearrow may be usedfor sucha groupof destinations,
caseadequateseparationshould be made betweenany destinationor group
in one directionand thosein other directions,by suitabledesign
of destinations
of the arrows,spacingof linesof legend,heavy linesentirelyacrossthe panel,
panels.
or separate
An arrow pointingto the right shall be at the extremeright of the sign,
and an arrow pointingleft shallbe at the extremeleft. The signsshallnormally
be mountedon the left sideof the roadway. The distancefigures,if used,shall
follow after the destinationname. As a generalrule, the directionalarrows
a slopingarrow
shouldbe horizontalor vertical,but at an irregularintersection
conveya clearerindicationof the directionto be followed.
will sometimes
Warrants for DestinationSlgns;-These destination signs are generally
warranted:
185
DESTINATION
(r
SIGN
|)
#t
I
-;
l--
ld
__t_
lnl
F---
LEGEND
SI
PARTS
(cm)
DIMENSION
S
GN
I
Z
E
120* 120
1 8 0x 1 8 0
Zl'Q,2t0
300 x 300
a
3.0
4.S
6.0
7 ,S
b
t,2
1.8
2.4
5.0
c
8.0
t2,0
16 .0
20.0
d
1S.0
22.5
30 .0
37.s
186
-'E!
ln advanceof an intersectionfrom which roads emanatefor
variousi mportantdestinations.
At pointswherethey serveto directtraffic to variousdestinations.
Not more than three namesshouldbe usedon the sign. The top narne
shouldbe that of the next placeon the routehavinga postoffice,railroadstation,
identity. The
highway,or other significantgeogrdphical
nameof an intersected
or"Control
maior
destination
City".
of
the
lower most name should-bet.hat
'indicatecornare shown,.the middfe line shouldbe usedto
lf threedestinations
munitiesof generalinterestalongthe route,or importantroute junctions. fht
mileagesigns
choiceof namesfor this middle line can be variedon successive
served
by the
communities
concerning
informations
maximum
to give motorists
route.
The "Control City" shouldramainthe sameon succesivesignsthroughout
the lengthof the routeuntil that destinationis reached.Therearecircumstances,
underwhich more than one distantpoint may properly.bedesignated,
howeve-r,
as for ei<ample,where the route dividesat some distanceaheadto servetwo
of iimilar importance
destinations
As alreadyexplainedthe sizesfor the informationsignscannotbe standardized due to varietyof mesageand legends.However,the sizeof the signshould
not be les than 60 cm x 90 cm for singledestination.Other suitablesizesmay
for multidestinationsignswhere'necessary.
bedeveloped
Locationof DestinationSigns:- In rural districls. DestinationSignsshould
be locatednot les than 60 meters in advanceof the intersection. In urban
districts,shorterdistancesmay be justified. The destinationsign is of lesser
importahcethan the Junction. Turn or DirectionalSigns,therefore,when sign
spacing
is critical,cahbe eliminated.
:
AdvanceRoadClosedSign :
The AdvanceRoadClosedSign,(l-2) shouldbe usedto informthetraffig
that the through traffic must detour'to avoid a road close for. constructionor
maintenancewbrk or for a temporary emergencysome distancebeyond, but
where the highway is open for traffic upto the point of closure. WhereSign
facesthrough-traffic,it shall be precededby a RoadClosedWarningSign. Th,:
sign may be usedat an inteniectionfrom where through traffic may adopt alternateroute.
Appropriate legend may be developedaccordingto the prwailing conaregiven
ditions. All thesesignsshallbe square.The varioussizesrecommended
in the tablebelow:
187
ADVANCEROAD CLOSEDSIGN
lt-2)
Ll--n
*p
fD
OOJ
F!-'l
LEGEND
PARTS
DIMENSION
S I
SIGN
(cm )
Z E
60*60
90 x90
120x 120
a
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2-4
3.0
c
9.S
14.3
19.0
23.8
d
6.S
9.8
li.0
r6,3
e
40.0
60.0
80.0
100.0
f
18.0
27.O
36.0
45.0
r88
150x150
*
I
I
S I G NS I Z E S
T A B L E_ A D V A N C ER O A DC L O S E D
Sl.No.
SignSize
Type of Location
1.
Streets
UrbanResidential
60 cm Sq.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
60 cm Sq.
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm Sq.
4.
HighwaYs
RuralSecondary
90 cm Sq.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighwaYs
90 cm Sq.
| -2.
The dimensionsof the symbol for varioussignsizesmay be seenin figure
DirectionSigns:
The DirectionSigns(l-3 and l-4) areintendedto informthe roadusersofthe
loiation of turn which they haveto take to reachtheir destination. The apsi1e,hikingarea,
propriatesTmboldepictingthd facility suchas airfield,ca.mping
on
the sign.
may
indicated
be
distance
its
approx.
and
etc.'atthe destination
The signsare horizontalrectangularwith one end pointing towards the
directionof the facilitybeingindicated.
SIGNS
P L A C EI D E N T F
I ICATION
andend
beginning
TheseSigns(l-5 to l-8) are primarilyusedto indicatethe
placed
reverse
on
the
be
may
The
motorway
etc.
signs
of a built up areaor a
sideof eachother for the traffic proceedingin oppositedirection. Most typical
of thesesignsare :
(a) Beginning
of MunicipalLimit
l-5
(b) Endof MunicipalLimit
l-6
(c) Beginning
of Motorway
l-7
(d) Endof Motorway
l-8
or extremitiesof the area
Thesesignsdrould be placedon the boundaries
beingindicated.
C O N F I R M A T O RSYI G N S
The Confirmatorysignsare intendedto inform motoristsof variousroad
userservices
alongthe highways.Thesesignsshallhaveblacklegendof the service
on
available whiie background.At the bottom of the legenda white arrow of
service.lf
,appropriatesizemay be usedto indicatethe directionof the available
more than one facilitiesare availableat a locationindividualsymbol-typesigns
of the
may be used. Thesesignsareto be erectedat a suitabled istancein advance
highways.
turnoff point or intersecting
189
DIRECTION SIGN
(r-3 !
LEGEND
S IG
PARTS
N
D IM ENSION
(cm)
S I Z E
l 5 0 x6 0
2 2 5x 9 0
3 0 0x 1 2 0
3 7 5x 1 5 0
120.0
180.0
240,A
300.0
45.0
60.0
15.0
1.8
2.4
1.0
t0.0
1.?_
r90
DIRECTION5.IEN
( r-4)
Vqriqble
.
I
thqn
{,
L EGE ND
SIG
PARTS
l50x60
120.0
N
DIMEN'SION
SI
( c m)
Z E
2 2 5x 9 0
3 0 0x 1 2 0
3 7 5x 1 5 0
l80.o
?40-c
500.0
30.0
45.0
60.0
15.0
1.2
1.8
2.4
3'O
,,
191
BEGINNINGOF MUNICIPAL LIMIT
il- s)
t+
Vqriqble
LEGEND
PARTS
'.'
DIMENSION
( c m)
SI6NSIZE
150x90
225x135
300x180
375x225
a
3.0
4.5
6.0
1.5
b
1.2
i.B
2.4
J.0
'.
l92
END OF MUNICIPALLIMIT
(r-6)
thqn
Vqriqble
t
DIMENSION
LEGEND
SI
PARTS
re
f 5 0 x9 0
I
GN
225x 135
SIZ
(cm)
E
300xl8 0
375x225
t.0
4.5
6.C
1.5
t,?
1.8
2.4
3.0
20,3
21.0
l3.B
13.5
r93
BEGINNING
OF MOTORWAY
(r-7)
f
.+T u-+dl c--iF
|
:l_
bl
b+
LEGEND
PARTS
s
60xgg
I
G N
90 x 135
DIMENSION
S '
(cm I
Z E
I20 x 180
150x 225
a
5.0
4,S
6.0
7.5
b
t.2
1.9
2.4
5.0
c
2.5
6.5
6.0
. 3.8
g,o
5.O
d
12. $
15.0
e
7.0
10.5
f
9.0
l5.s
18.0
c
22.s
3.8
40 .0
$.7
60 .0
7.6
h
9.s
80.0
s.0
7.5
10.0
100.0
t2-s
rs.0
20. 0
25.0
i
j
10.0
194
ll4.O
17.5
END OF MOTOR
WAY
(
r-8)
fiSE
F-q
E
c+'f s*
b
b
ffi
\
PARTS
vt
I
DIMENSION
LEGEND
90 x 135
ZE
1 2 0x 1 8 0
S
SIGN
60x90
lcml
l 5 0 x2 2 5
I
3.0
4.S
6.0
7.5
b
L.2
1.8
2.4
3.0
c
2.5
s.8
5.0
6.3
d
6.0
12,0
15.0
e
7.O
9.0
10.s
14,0
17 .5
f
9.0
15.5
18.0
22. S
g
3.8
5./
7.6
9.5
h
4C.00
50.0
80.0
100.0
i
5.0
l.>
10.0
12.5
j
10.0
15.0
20.0
2 5. 0
k
77 .5
11.3
! . 5. 0
18.8
195
The usualservicesignsrnay be of the following kinds :
(a)
1-9
F irst A id Station
( b ) A u t o R e p a iS
r hop
1- 1 0
( c ) P h o n eS e r v i c e
l-1 1
( d)
P e t r o lP u m p
l-12
( e)
Hotel/Motel
t-1 3
(f)
Restauranr
l-14
(S) Cafeteria
t-15
( h)
P i c i n cS i t e
t-16
(i)
H i k i n gt r a i l
l-17
(j)
C a r v a ns i t e
l-18
(k) Campingsite
t--19
(l)
t-20
Youth Hostel
The signs shall have a variablesize. However.a size of 45 cm x 75 cm
m a y b e u s e d a t r o a d _ s _ h a v idnogw a s r e c o m m e n d e sd p e e d . , A t m a i n h i g h w a y s ,
a b i g g e rs i z e6 0 c m x 9 0 c m i s r e c o m m e n d e d .
T h e O t h 0 r I n f o r m a t i o nS i g n s( l - 2 1 t o l - 2 7 1 p r o v i d eo t h e r u s e f u li n f o r m ation not coveredunderother categories
of informationsigns.The are :
't96
J
FIRST AID STATION
(r-s)
T
L
LEGEND
PARTS
SI
60x90
GN
9 0x 1 3 5
DIMENSION
lcm I
s I z E
120x 180
150x 225
a
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.5
b
t.2
1.ll
2,4
3.0
c
10.0
15.0
20.0
25.0
d
40.0
60 .0
I0.0
100.0
o
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
f
13.0
7.0
rv. )
26. 0
14.0
32.5
17.5
g
()
10.5
II
I
197
l'--.
FIRST AID STATION
(r-9)
LEGEND
PARTS
SI
60x90
GN
9 0 x1 3 5
D IMENSION
lcm I
s I z E
1 2 0x 1 8 0
150x 225
a
3.0
4,5
6.0
7.5
b
t.2
1 .ll
2,4
3.0
c
10,0
rs.0
20.0
2 5. 0
d
40.0
60.0
80.0
100.0
6
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
f
13.0
lv.5
26. 0
14. 0
1 7. 5
o
L1
7
(-l
10.5
Al
.B
t.-
LEGEND
PARTS
s
I
G N
DIM E NSION
s
I
z
tcml
E
5Or9O
9 0 . x1 3 5
120r 180
150x225
a
3.O
4,5 t
6.O
7.5
b
1.2
l
8
2.4
3.0
c
10.0
15.0
20.o
25.A
d
rl0.0
60.0
I0.0
1 0 0. 0
e
l5,o
22.5
30.0
57.5
f
7.S
tl.5
I S.0
18.8
g
1 7. 5
26.3
5 5 .o
45.8
h
2.5
3.8
s.0
i
s.s
8.5
11.0
13.8
j
3.5
5.3
7.0
8.8
k
1
22.4
i5.0
33.0
1 , 9 .5
44. O
26.0
n
7.0
10.5
14.0
5 S- 0
37.5
ri .5
r98
6.t
PHONE SERVICE
(I -ll l
d
{,
l.c {
"c
bJ.
bF
PARTS
LEGEND
DIMENSION
SION
SIZE
60x90
90 x 135
120x 180
(cmI
l50x225
a
5.0
4.5
6.0
'7.5
b
t.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
c
10.0
15 .0
20.o
25.0
d
40.0
60.0
80.0
100. 0
e
13.0
19. 5
I
10.s
26,0
r4.0
32.5
1n
199
17.s
PETROL PUMP
(r-12)
d
Lct
+c,l
r
*r
LEGEND
s lz
SIGN
PARTS
DIMENSION
120x 180
( cml
E
150x 225
00x90
90 x 135
a
5.0
4.5
6.O
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2.4
5.O
c
10.0
ls.o
20.o
25.O
d
40.0
60.0
80.0
r 00.0
g
2.0
3.0
4.0
50
f
30.0
4 S. 0
60.0
7s.0
g
4.0
6.0
8.0
10. 0
h
6.0
9.0
12. 0
1 s. 0
I
8.5
12.5
17.0
2L.3
I
15.0
J-5.J
26.0
32.5
v
7.O
1 Q .s
14. 0
,'7.s
200
L0z
lt
S'/I
0'!I
S'OI
0'L
s'zt
U
s'67
0'tr
0'0t
0'zt
o' iz
0'9I
J
t'rt
0' sz
B'8I
s'z r
e
o ' 0 0r
0'08
0'09
0'0e
P
s's7,
0'02
0'sr
0'0I
a
0't
t'z
8'I
z'l
q
5'L
0'9
s't
0's
a
9ZZr 091
0 8 1x 0 z l
9L
0N3931
NOtSN3t^il0
t,l*.
l.q
P
*3,l
o.
(il- r)
r3roN / -t=roH
RESTAURANT
(r -14)
l.
OJ
{cm }
SI
G N
S '
Z E
3.O
4.S
6.O
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
c
10. 0
15 .0
20.0
2 s. 0
d
/30.0
60.0
80.0
100.0
c
34.0
51.0
68.0
85.0
t
8.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
I
24.A
56.0
48 .0
60. 0
h
i5.0
19.5
26. O
JZ.
10.5
t4.o
r/.)
I
7.A
202
-')
D-
CAF E TERIA
il -l5l
.o
LEGEND
r-s tG N
.C
DIMENSION
(cm I
E
slz
a
3.0
4.S
6.0
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
c
t0.0
15.0
20.0,
25.0
d
4 0. 0
60 .0
80.0
100.0
8.0
12.o
16.0
20.0
6
f
1 7. 0
25. S
stl.0
42.5
g
4.0
6.0
80
ro.0
h
32.O
48 .0
64 .0
E0.0
13. 0
19. 5
26.O
52. 5
7.0
10.5
14. 0
1 7. 5
l
j
203
PICNTCSITE
( r - 16)
U
o -/
lh*
LEG END
PARTS
S
x 90
i
+ht
DIMENSION
G N
90 x135
Z
SI
l20xl
lcm)
E
I
t.0
4.S
6.0
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
c
10.0
15.0
20. o
25.0
d
40 .0
60 .0
80.0
100.0
c
2.4
3.0
4.0
s.0
t
28.0
12.4
s6 .0
70.0
7.S
r1.5
15.0
18.8
4.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
32.0
48 .0
64 .0
I0.0
13.0
19.5
26. 0
32.5
7.0
10. 5
14.0
17.S
204
H IKING T RA IL
( I - t7 )
{
DIMENSION
LEGEND
90 x 135
fe
3.0
4.S
6.0
7,s
1.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
10.0
ts.0
20.o
2S.0
40.0
60.0
80.0
100. 0
13.0
19.s
26.0
32.5
7.0
10.5
14.0
1 7. 5
+
I,
+b
:Fb
PARTS
LEGEND
DIMENSION
N
s I z E
SIG
60x90
90 x 135
120x l8O
cm
150x 225
e
3.O
4.5
6.0
7.8
b
1.2
1.8
2,1
3.0
G
10.0
13.0
20. 0
2S.0
d
40.0
60.0
80.0
100.0
€
9.0
13. S
18.0
22.5
f
1.5
2.5
3.0
3.9
g
2,5
t.8
s.0
6.3
h
14.0,
21.0
28.0
2.0
3.0
4,0
t
15.0
22.5
30.0
3s.0
s.0
37.0
k
6.0
9.0
t2.a
15.0
n
19.5
26.0
. .52 .5
7.0
10.s
r4.0
-l
I
u
l<
206
F
CAMPINGSITE
( r - te)
{
I,
fr
ffi
LEGEND
SI
PARTS
{
G N
DIMENSION
s lz
l20xl80
(cmI
E
t50x225
e
3.0
tl .5
6.0
7.5
b
l12
l.!l
2.4
3.0
c
10.0
ls.0
20. o
25.0
d
40.0
60.0
t00
e
8.5
12.9
17.0
21.3
f
1.5
2.3
3.0
3.8
g
2 0. 0
30.0
40.0
50.0
h
s.s
5.3
7.0
8.8
I
16.S
22.0
27.g
t
11.0
8.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
k
ts .0
19 c
26. 0
32.5
I
7.0
10 5
14. 0
17.5
20.7
100.0
I
YOUTI.IHOSTEL
(r-201
rf.
LEGEND
sf
G N
PARTS
OIMENSION
S I Z E
e
3.0
4.S
6.0
7.s
b
r.2
1.8
2.1
5,0
c
10.0
l5 .0
20.0
25.0
d
40.0
60.0
t8.0
100.0
e
8.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
f
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
g
6.0
9.0
12.0
15.0
h
9.0
13.5
18.0
22.t
t
1.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
J
5.0
7,5
! 0.0
12. 5
k
15.0
l9.S
26. A
32.5
I
7.0
10.5
14.0
17.5
(a) DeadEnd Sign
l- 21
(b) HospitalSign
t-22
(c) One-wayahead
l:23
(d) Oneway to the right
t-24
(e) BusStop Sign
t-25
(f)
1-26
ParkingSign
(g) GenerallnformationSign
1-27
Oneway Signs:
The One-waySigns(l-23and l-24) $all be usedwhen requiredto indicate
streetsor roadwaysupon which vehicular traffic is allowed to travel in one
directiononly. The sign*rall beeither:
A squareof standard,
and minimumsizeof 60 cm x 60 cm with
white up wardarrowon a Bluebackground.
OR
A lateral rectangleof standardand minimum sizeof l b0 cm x 60 cm
with white border and white horizontal arrow on a blue background
The various sizesrecommendedaccordingto different locationsare
givenin the tablebelow:
T A B L E_ O N EW A Y S I G N( G U I D ES I G NS E R I E SS) I Z E S
sl.
No.
SignSize
Type of Location
Square
Rectangular
1.
Urban ResidentialStreets
60cmx60cm
150cm x 60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
60cmx60cm
150cm x 60 cm
3.
UrbanArterial Roads
90cmx90cm
150cm x 60 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highway5
90cmx90cm
150cm x 60 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
90cmx90cm
22Ocm x 90 cm
20s
DEAD END SIGN
il-2tt
o'
r.'F# e -'{
LEGEND
PARTS
SIG
60x60
N
90x90
DIMENSION
s tz
{cml
E
120x 120
150i 150
a
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.s
b
1.2
1.8
2.4
c
5.0
7.5
10.0
d
50.0
7S.0
100. 0
g
15.0
22.5
30.0
f
7.O
1 0 .s
r4.0
3.0
l2.s
12s.0
i7.s
17.5
g
13.0
19.S
26.O
12.S
h
23.O
34. S
46 .0
57 . S
210
l.
HOSPITALSIGN
(r -221
', n +d {
+B
LEGEND
PARTS
-e
S I
SIGN
60x60
DIMENSION
90 x90
cm
z E
120x 120
150x 150
a
3.0
4.5
6,0
7.5
b
1.2
1,8
2r4
3.0
c
4S.0
67 .5
90.0
112.s
d
l2.o
18 .0
24.O
30.0
o
15.0
22.5
3a.0
37.s
f
2q-{)
30.0
40.0
5C.0
211
ONE-WAYAHEAD
(i - 23 1
-+- b
---lu
b
rh,
LEGEND
PARTS
S
60x60
GN
DIMENSION
z
S
90x90
120x rZ0
(cm )
E
1 5 0x 1 5 0
a
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2,4
3.0
c
6.4
q.0
t2.o
15.3
d
z1--0
t1.5
42.0
52.5
o
2.0
3.0
4.0
s.0
r
26.q
39.0
52.0
65.0
o
o
7.5
11.3
15.0
13 .8
AA
5 . 1. 0
O/.J
27.A
C
212
O-
l'--.
FIRST AID STATION
(r-9)
LEGEND
PARTS
SI
60x90
GN
9 0 x1 3 5
D IMENSION
lcm I
s I z E
1 2 0x 1 8 0
150x 225
a
3.0
4,5
6.0
7.5
b
t.2
1 .ll
2,4
3.0
c
10,0
rs.0
20.0
2 5. 0
d
40.0
60.0
80.0
100.0
6
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
f
13.0
lv.5
26. 0
14. 0
1 7. 5
o
L1
7
(-l
10.5
Al
.B
t.-
LEGEND
PARTS
s
I
G N
DIM E NSION
s
I
z
tcml
E
5Or9O
9 0 . x1 3 5
120r 180
150x225
a
3.O
4,5 t
6.O
7.5
b
1.2
l
8
2.4
3.0
c
10.0
15.0
20.o
25.A
d
rl0.0
60.0
I0.0
1 0 0. 0
e
l5,o
22.5
30.0
57.5
f
7.S
tl.5
I S.0
18.8
g
1 7. 5
26.3
5 5 .o
45.8
h
2.5
3.8
s.0
i
s.s
8.5
11.0
13.8
j
3.5
5.3
7.0
8.8
k
1
22.4
i5.0
33.0
1 , 9 .5
44. O
26.0
n
7.0
10.5
14.0
5 S- 0
37.5
ri .5
r98
6.t
PHONE SERVICE
(I -ll l
d
{,
l.c {
"c
bJ.
bF
PARTS
LEGEND
DIMENSION
SION
SIZE
60x90
90 x 135
120x 180
(cmI
l50x225
a
5.0
4.5
6.0
'7.5
b
t.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
c
10.0
15 .0
20.o
25.0
d
40.0
60.0
80.0
100. 0
e
13.0
19. 5
I
10.s
26,0
r4.0
32.5
1n
199
17.s
PETROL PUMP
(r-12)
d
Lct
+c,l
r
*r
LEGEND
s lz
SIGN
PARTS
DIMENSION
120x 180
( cml
E
150x 225
00x90
90 x 135
a
5.0
4.5
6.O
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2.4
5.O
c
10.0
ls.o
20.o
25.O
d
40.0
60.0
80.0
r 00.0
g
2.0
3.0
4.0
50
f
30.0
4 S. 0
60.0
7s.0
g
4.0
6.0
8.0
10. 0
h
6.0
9.0
12. 0
1 s. 0
I
8.5
12.5
17.0
2L.3
I
15.0
J-5.J
26.0
32.5
v
7.O
1 Q .s
14. 0
,'7.s
200
L0z
lt
S'/I
0'!I
S'OI
0'L
s'zt
U
s'67
0'tr
0'0t
0'zt
o' iz
0'9I
J
t'rt
0' sz
B'8I
s'z r
e
o ' 0 0r
0'08
0'09
0'0e
P
s's7,
0'02
0'sr
0'0I
a
0't
t'z
8'I
z'l
q
5'L
0'9
s't
0's
a
9ZZr 091
0 8 1x 0 z l
9L
0N3931
NOtSN3t^il0
t,l*.
l.q
P
*3,l
o.
(il- r)
r3roN / -t=roH
RESTAURANT
(r -14)
l.
OJ
{cm }
SI
G N
S '
Z E
3.O
4.S
6.O
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
c
10. 0
15 .0
20.0
2 s. 0
d
/30.0
60.0
80.0
100.0
c
34.0
51.0
68.0
85.0
t
8.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
I
24.A
56.0
48 .0
60. 0
h
i5.0
19.5
26. O
JZ.
10.5
t4.o
r/.)
I
7.A
202
-')
D-
CAF E TERIA
il -l5l
.o
LEGEND
r-s tG N
.C
DIMENSION
(cm I
E
slz
a
3.0
4.S
6.0
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
c
t0.0
15.0
20.0,
25.0
d
4 0. 0
60 .0
80.0
100.0
8.0
12.o
16.0
20.0
6
f
1 7. 0
25. S
stl.0
42.5
g
4.0
6.0
80
ro.0
h
32.O
48 .0
64 .0
E0.0
13. 0
19. 5
26.O
52. 5
7.0
10.5
14. 0
1 7. 5
l
j
203
PICNTCSITE
( r - 16)
U
o -/
lh*
LEG END
PARTS
S
x 90
i
+ht
DIMENSION
G N
90 x135
Z
SI
l20xl
lcm)
E
I
t.0
4.S
6.0
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
c
10.0
15.0
20. o
25.0
d
40 .0
60 .0
80.0
100.0
c
2.4
3.0
4.0
s.0
t
28.0
12.4
s6 .0
70.0
7.S
r1.5
15.0
18.8
4.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
32.0
48 .0
64 .0
I0.0
13.0
19.5
26. 0
32.5
7.0
10. 5
14.0
17.S
204
H IKING T RA IL
( I - t7 )
{
DIMENSION
LEGEND
90 x 135
fe
3.0
4.S
6.0
7,s
1.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
10.0
ts.0
20.o
2S.0
40.0
60.0
80.0
100. 0
13.0
19.s
26.0
32.5
7.0
10.5
14.0
1 7. 5
+
I,
+b
:Fb
PARTS
LEGEND
DIMENSION
N
s I z E
SIG
60x90
90 x 135
120x l8O
cm
150x 225
e
3.O
4.5
6.0
7.8
b
1.2
1.8
2,1
3.0
G
10.0
13.0
20. 0
2S.0
d
40.0
60.0
80.0
100.0
€
9.0
13. S
18.0
22.5
f
1.5
2.5
3.0
3.9
g
2,5
t.8
s.0
6.3
h
14.0,
21.0
28.0
2.0
3.0
4,0
t
15.0
22.5
30.0
3s.0
s.0
37.0
k
6.0
9.0
t2.a
15.0
n
19.5
26.0
. .52 .5
7.0
10.s
r4.0
-l
I
u
l<
206
F
CAMPINGSITE
( r - te)
{
I,
fr
ffi
LEGEND
SI
PARTS
{
G N
DIMENSION
s lz
l20xl80
(cmI
E
t50x225
e
3.0
tl .5
6.0
7.5
b
l12
l.!l
2.4
3.0
c
10.0
ls.0
20. o
25.0
d
40.0
60.0
t00
e
8.5
12.9
17.0
21.3
f
1.5
2.3
3.0
3.8
g
2 0. 0
30.0
40.0
50.0
h
s.s
5.3
7.0
8.8
I
16.S
22.0
27.g
t
11.0
8.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
k
ts .0
19 c
26. 0
32.5
I
7.0
10 5
14. 0
17.5
20.7
100.0
I
YOUTI.IHOSTEL
(r-201
rf.
LEGEND
sf
G N
PARTS
OIMENSION
S I Z E
e
3.0
4.S
6.0
7.s
b
r.2
1.8
2.1
5,0
c
10.0
l5 .0
20.0
25.0
d
40.0
60.0
t8.0
100.0
e
8.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
f
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
g
6.0
9.0
12.0
15.0
h
9.0
13.5
18.0
22.t
t
1.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
J
5.0
7,5
! 0.0
12. 5
k
15.0
l9.S
26. A
32.5
I
7.0
10.5
14.0
17.5
(a) DeadEnd Sign
l- 21
(b) HospitalSign
t-22
(c) One-wayahead
l:23
(d) Oneway to the right
t-24
(e) BusStop Sign
t-25
(f)
1-26
ParkingSign
(g) GenerallnformationSign
1-27
Oneway Signs:
The One-waySigns(l-23and l-24) $all be usedwhen requiredto indicate
streetsor roadwaysupon which vehicular traffic is allowed to travel in one
directiononly. The sign*rall beeither:
A squareof standard,
and minimumsizeof 60 cm x 60 cm with
white up wardarrowon a Bluebackground.
OR
A lateral rectangleof standardand minimum sizeof l b0 cm x 60 cm
with white border and white horizontal arrow on a blue background
The various sizesrecommendedaccordingto different locationsare
givenin the tablebelow:
T A B L E_ O N EW A Y S I G N( G U I D ES I G NS E R I E SS) I Z E S
sl.
No.
SignSize
Type of Location
Square
Rectangular
1.
Urban ResidentialStreets
60cmx60cm
150cm x 60 cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
60cmx60cm
150cm x 60 cm
3.
UrbanArterial Roads
90cmx90cm
150cm x 60 cm
4.
RuralSecondary
Highway5
90cmx90cm
150cm x 60 cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
90cmx90cm
22Ocm x 90 cm
20s
DEAD END SIGN
il-2tt
o'
r.'F# e -'{
LEGEND
PARTS
SIG
60x60
N
90x90
DIMENSION
s tz
{cml
E
120x 120
150i 150
a
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.s
b
1.2
1.8
2.4
c
5.0
7.5
10.0
d
50.0
7S.0
100. 0
g
15.0
22.5
30.0
f
7.O
1 0 .s
r4.0
3.0
l2.s
12s.0
i7.s
17.5
g
13.0
19.S
26.O
12.S
h
23.O
34. S
46 .0
57 . S
210
l.
HOSPITALSIGN
(r -221
', n +d {
+B
LEGEND
PARTS
-e
S I
SIGN
60x60
DIMENSION
90 x90
cm
z E
120x 120
150x 150
a
3.0
4.5
6,0
7.5
b
1.2
1,8
2r4
3.0
c
4S.0
67 .5
90.0
112.s
d
l2.o
18 .0
24.O
30.0
o
15.0
22.5
3a.0
37.s
f
2q-{)
30.0
40.0
5C.0
211
ONE-WAYAHEAD
(i - 23 1
-+- b
---lu
b
rh,
LEGEND
PARTS
S
60x60
GN
DIMENSION
z
S
90x90
120x rZ0
(cm )
E
1 5 0x 1 5 0
a
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2,4
3.0
c
6.4
q.0
t2.o
15.3
d
z1--0
t1.5
42.0
52.5
o
2.0
3.0
4.0
s.0
r
26.q
39.0
52.0
65.0
o
o
7.5
11.3
15.0
13 .8
AA
5 . 1. 0
O/.J
27.A
C
212
O-
=:
ONE WAY TO TI.IERIGHT
il -21, 1
h=t
D -f'
r
i
aJ
LEGEND
FARTS
SIGN
D IMENSION
SIZ
cm,
E
150x 60
2 2 5x 9 0
a
3.0
4.5
6.O
7.s
b
1.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
c
l0 .8
16.2
2l .6
27.O
d
38 .4
37.6
76.8
96.0
c
t0.7
16. t
2l .4
26.8
f
26.0
39.0
52.0
65.0
g
99.6
149. rt
303.2
249.0
h
16.8
2 5. 2
33.6
2t3
300x120
375 x 150
42,0.
ONE WAY TO THE RIGHT
(r - 241
b+
D--F
I
AJ
g
te|'
LEGEND
FARTS
SIGN
+ot r
#?{
DIMENSION
SIZ
cm,
E
150x 60
? 2 5x 9 0
300 x ln)
375 x 150
e
3.0
4.5
6.O
7.5
b
1.2
1.8
2.1
3.0
c
l0 .8
16.2
21.6
27.0
d
38 .4
s7 .6
76.8
96.0
c
10.7
1 6 .r
21.4
26.8
f
26.0
39.0
s2.0
65.0
g
99.6
149.4
so'.2
249.0
h
16.8
2 5. 2
53 .6
{
213
42.0.
One way signsshall be placedon the nearleft-handand the far right-hand
cornersof the intersectionso as to face traffic enteringor crossingthe one-way
the signsshouldbe placednearthe
street. Wherethe intersectionis signalized,
appropriatesignalfaces. One-waysignsshouldalsobe placedparallelto the oneway streetdirectlyoppositethe,exitsfromqalleysand,other publicway, A one
by
way siginbhouldalwaysbe used,whereapplicableand may be supplemented
a turn prohibitionsign.
BusStopSign:
The BusStop Sign(l-25) is intendedto allow stoppageof publicserviceor
These
commercialvehiclealonga road sideto pick or disembarkthe passengers.
signsshould be usedwhereextra provisionin the form of extendedshouldersor
sheltershave been provided. Sometimes,it may be necessaryto separatethe
stopsfor differentkindsof vehicles.ln that caseindividualsignsusingapproprivehiclesstopsignsmay be of the followate legendmay be used.The commercial
ing forms :
BusStop Sign
Taxi Stop Sign
Mini BusStop Sign.
The mininromsize of suchsignsshall be 60 cm x 60 cm. Variousother
for different locationsaregivenin table below :
sizesrecommended
T A B L E_ B U SS T O PS I G NS I Z E S
Sl. No.
Type of Location
SignSize
1.
UrbanResidential
Streets
60 cm x 60 cm.
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
60 cm x 60 cm.
3.
UrbanArterialRoads
90 cm x 90 cm.
4.
RuralSecondary
Highways
90 cm x 90 cm.
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
90 cm x 90 cm.
ParkingSign:
The ParkingArea Sign (l-26) may be usedwhereit is desiredto showthe
directionto a nearbypublic parkingarea. lt shall carry the word "P" and a
directionalarrow if any. The legendand bordershallbe white on a blue background.
214
-a
fl+h-+-'
LEGEND
PARTS
.f
SI
60x 60
GN
9 0x 9 0 ,
+b
Fb
+nf+
D|MENS|oN
st
(cmt
z E
l2Ox 120
l50x t50
a
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.8
b
1.2
1.8
2.4
3.0
c
10. 0
ls.0
20.0
25.0
d
40.0
60.0
80.0
100. 0
c
4.0
6.0
8,0
10.0
f
13.0
19. s
26.O
32.5
g
2;O
5.0
4.0
5.0
h
6.0
9.0
12.o
15.0
I
21.0
36.0
rlE.0
60.0
215
PARKIN
G SIGN
(r-261
)
I, c +d+ I +d+ c t
LEGEND
DIMENSION
(cml
SIZE
SIG,N
PARTS
a
t.0
/t.S
6.0
7.5
b
L.2
1.8
2.4
3.0
c
I S.;0
22.5
10.0
s7 .5
d
6.5
9.8
13.0
16.3
e
17.0
2s.s
34 .0
42.5
f
14.5
21 .8
2 9. 0
36.3
g
20.o
50.0
40.0
s0.0
216
tu
lf used,the ParkingArea Sign should be erectedon major thoroughfares
at the nearestpoint of access
to the parkingfacility and whereit canhelprelieve
local
seeking
the signshouldnot
the
a placeto park. ln general,
streetsof traffic
be usedmorethan threeor four blocksfrom the parkingarea. lt shallbe mounfor the erectionof signs.
with the generalspecifications
ted in accordance
The Parking;Area Signsshall.be a squareand standardsize of 60 cm
x 90 cm. For secondarylow speedstreeta smallersizemay be used.Various
aregivenin tablebelow :
sizesrecommended
T A B L E - P A R K I NA
GR E AS I G NS I Z E S
Type qf Location
-e
SignSize
1.
Streets
UrbanResidential
60cmx60cm
2.
UrbanCollectorStreets
60cmx60cm
3.
UrbanArterial Roads
90cmx90cm
4.
RuralSdcondaryHighways
90cmx90cm
5.
RuralPrimaryHighways
90cmx90cm
GeneralInformationSign(l-271:
Of interestto the traveller,though not directly necessary
for his guidance,
are numerouskinds of informationthat may properly be mnveyd by information signssuch as politicalboundaries,
streamnames,elevations,
landmarksand
similaritems of geographical
interest. Suchsignsshouldnot be installedwithin
a seriesof guide signsor at other equallycritical locations.. Unlessthere are
specificreasonsfor activitiesthat areclerly in the public interest.
On all such signsthe designshouldbe simpleand d.ignified,
devoidof any
advertising
and in generalconformance
with otherguidesigning.
Suchsignsshallconformto the generalstandards
for informationsigns,and
shallbe reflectorized
whererequiredto providenighttime visibility.
Thesesignsshall be erectedin accordance
with the generalspecifications.
.C
Theseinformationsignsshall be of variablesize and different legendsas
applicableto a specificlocation. The other proportionatesizesfor different
legnemay be developed.
217
t
SIGN
GENERALINFORMATON
il -27 1
LEGEND
PARTS
60x90
N
SIG
90 x 135
s I z E
lXlx 180
150x 225
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.s
b
1.2
1.8
2;1
3.0
c
10.0
16.0
20;'0
25.0
d
t10.0
60.0
80.0
100.0
6
8.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
f
13.5
'7
.O
20.3
27.0
33.8
10.5
14.0
17.5
h
19.0
2g.s
33.0
47 .5
I
t2.o
18.0
2 4. 0
30.0
I
I
I
(crnl
a
o
I
BIM ENg ION
218
?
6LZ
UOJNI U3HTO
SN9ISNOIIVhI
0zz
rl
!
.a
{
''J
i
CHAPTER_ VI
R O A DM A R K I N G S
Markingshave definite and important functions to perform in a proper
the regulathey are usedto supplement
schemeof traffic control. In somecases,
tions or warningsof other devicessuchasParkingProhibition,OvertakingProhibition, etc. In other instances,
they are usedalone and produceresultsthat
cannot be obtainedby the use of any other device. ln such casesthey serve
as a very effectivemeansof conveyingcertainregulationsand warningsthat muld
not otherwisebe madeclearlyunderstandable.
Pavementmarkingshavedefinitelimitations. They are obliteratedby snow
and mud and may not be very durablewhen subjectedto heavytraffic. Inspite
under favourableconditions.of
of these limitations.they havethe advantage,
conveyingwarningsor informationto the driverwithout divertinghis attention
from the roadway.
Standardization
of Application:
{
Eachmarkingshallbe usedonly to conveythe meaningprescribed
for it in
this Manual. Markingrequiredby road conditionsor restrictionsshould be
removedof obliteratedwhen those conditions ceaseto exist or the restrictions
are with-drawn. Markingsno longerapplicablewhich may createconfusionin
the mind of the motoristshallbe removedor obliterated. Markingwhich must
be visibleat night shall be-reflectorized
unless ambientilluminationassures
adequate
visibilitV.
7
growing
Of
importanceis the tendencyof traffic authoritiesto accommodate variabletraffic conditionswith differenttypes of operation. For this purFse,- signs and-ignals vvitliThe abilit[to disFla! Tariebldm6ssagEh:ve been
developed. The use of variablemessages
in the field of markingshowever,has
beensomewhatrnorelimited and confinedto the manualplacementof flexible
conesand posts,and to a few mechanicallyoperateddevices.lt is to be expected
that the future will brirrg forth new practical methodsof conveyingvariable
messages
by meansof markings. When such need and opportunity occur, extreme careshould be usedto adhereto the principlesset forth in this Manual.
Materials:
The most @mmon methodof placingpavement,kerb and object markings
is by meansof paint. However,
a wide varietyof othersuitablemarkingmaterials
is available. Materialsusedshould providethe specificcolourthroughouttheir
usefullife.
Road surfacemarkingsshould be of non-skidmaterialsand should not
protrudenpre than 6 mm abovethe levelof the carriageway.Studsor similar
devicesusedfor markingshouldnot protrudemorethan 1.5 cm abovethe level
(or more.than2.5cm in the caseof studsin mrporatingreof the carriageway
flex reflectors).
223
vzz
'uraq]ueamlaqsdebaqt pue salorls aql t{}6uag
Jo
lo
aql bururru.ralap
ut ]unooceolu! ua>lpleq plnoqsuollsenbut poJeaql
ur ro peol lo uotpas aql uo salctqen1o paadsaq1 'sde6uruolrun
Aq paleredasql6ua; ;enba;o salorls lo lslsuoc lleqs aurl ualoJq V
'6uo1sralau: ueqrssalaq lou
0Z
V
lleqsaurlsnonurluoo
'oprmulc
B! o] urcg1 buunseeur
acedse Aq paleredas
sautlqlplm leuiJouoi t Jo stslsuoa
eurl elqnopV
aurlleuiJoue +oqlplivlaql aclmlAllensnsreurlap!/v1V
'aplmrrtcg! o] urc sq
O!
lleqseu!lleurpnlrDuol
letlrouV
: smollolseaq lleqsseurlleurpntrbuo;
aql
lo su:agedpuesqlpr^A
: seut-l;eurpnlrOuo'l
lo suragedpue qlpl6
'suollculsalurnurrxeuralsclpurseutlalqnoo
srseqdua1oea.rbap
eql seleclpur
autllo qlpl6
JalceJeqc
ur e^l]clJNar
aje sautlptlos
Jalcereqc
ur anrssrulJad
ale saul1ueloJg
'a
: srr^ollolse ele seutl leutpnyouo;eql lo sadAl snor.re ,o s9tlsrFlcereqcaql
'palclJlsar
srspeouuo
burddots.ro burlred qclqm o] anp prezeq.relnciuedio sdorrecolre
qted ;aner1aql ]o fuepunoq aqt lJeur seurl /v\ollaA- :saulj rtolp1
uollcaJrpallsoddoJo eusseql ul
smol+ciJ+erl,to uotleredssaql aleautlapsau!'l ellqM -:sau!l atlLtt|
: sldac
-uoccrseq6urmo;1orr
aq] o] utJoluoc;1eqssburl.reuJ
lueutanedleurpnlrbuo-1
: s6urrye61
lusuaned;eurpnlrbuol'y
's6ur1re61
pues6urlley!lueulaned
asJonsueJl
]uaulaned
o/vuolut papl^lpaq upc 6ur1ley1lueue^pd
;eurpnlr6uolAlaueuseuobelec
'sluauanedpeJnoloc-lqbtl
uo lselluoc6ul
-i{alqce}osueeure seA;uoInq rnolor 6u;1leq }ueutanedpJepue}se se }! qsllqelse
'lserluoc
luar5lgnsaprnoldlou seop+lct! tualanail
lou saop>CVf g +oasnaql
eqt araqr slnolooenoqeeql Llflmuotleutquocur pegrurradsg)CVlg lo esn
aql 'A;uo srnogm 3IlHn UO /vlglll1
ul eq 1leqss6u11.reu
luouJe^ed
: srnoloc
Outsidebuilt-up areasa broken line should consistof strokesbetween
2 meter and 10 meter long. The length of the strokesforming the
approachline shouldbe from two to three timesthe lengthof the gaps.
In built up areas,the lengthand spacingof strokesshouldbe lessthan
they areoutsidebuilt-upareas.The strokesmay be reducedto 1 meter.
On certain main urban artierieswhere traffic Inovesfast, however,
of longitudinalmarkingsmay be the sameasoutside
the characteristics
built-upareas.
Width of a broken line used to indicate the separationbetweena
lane,a deceleration
laneor a combinthroughlaneand an acceleration
lane and a decelerationlane, shouldbe at
ation of an aeeeleration
leastdoublethanthat of a normalbrokenline.
normally60 cm in length,
A dotted line is formedby short segments,
andgaps.normally120 cm or longer.
,
r.*/ Warrantsof LongitudinalLines:
The following examplesillustratethe applicationof the principlesand
setforth for longitudinallines:
standards
,|
Normal Broken White Line' is usedto delineatethe edgeof a travel
path where travel is permitted in the samedirection or both sidesof
the line. lts most frequentapplicationis as a lane line on a multilaneroadway.
2.
is used to delineatethe edgeof a travel
NormalSolid WhiteLine
path wheretravelin the samedirectionor oppositedirectionsis permi'ted on both sidesof the line but crossingthe line is not permitted.
an intersection
and
A frequentapplicationis as a laneline approaching
a pavementedgemarking. A wide solidwhite line is usedfor emphasis
where the crossingrequiresusualcare. lt is frequentlyusedas a line
to delineateleft or rightturn lanes.
3.
Double Sotid Whi.teLine is used to delineatea travel path where
travel in the same or oppositedirectionsis permittedon both sidesof
the line but crossingthe line is prohibited.-lt is frequentlyusedas a
line in advanceof
No-OvertakingLine on a curveor as a channelizing
obsfiuctionswhich may be passedon either side but not encroached
upon.
4.
Combination of Normal Broken and blid White Lines delineates
a separationbetweentravel paths in opposite directionswhere overtaking and passingis permitted with care for traffic adjacentto thp
broken line and is prohibitedfor traffic adjacentto the solid line.
This is a one direction no-pasingmarking. lt is usedon two-way,
two and three lane roadwaysto regulatepassingand to delineatethq
edgesof a lanein which travelin eitherdirectionis permitted. ln the
latter application,the markingsare to be placedwith the solid lines
on the outside and dashedlines to the insideof the lane. Traffic
adjacentto the solid line may crossthis markingwith careonly as
partof a right turn manoeuvre.
t.
.f
5.
Normal Dotted Line, is used to delineatethe extensionof a line
area. lt shall be'of the same
through an intersectionor-int-erChange
colourasthe line it extends.
6.
btid Yellow Line
delineatesthe left/right edgeof a travel path
to indicatea restristionagainstparkingon tlie left br right sidesoi the
roads.
Doublefulid Yellow Lines:-A doublesolid yellow lineon the edgeof
a roadindicatesarestrictionagainststoppingof any type of vehicldson
the roadway. The doubleye'ilowsolicilinei nave'm6iimumemphaiis
on the stoppingrestriction,evenfor disabledvehiclesor for making
emergency,ete.
.d
Typeof LongitudinalLines:
Thefollowingarethe typesof longitudinallinesusedfor guidingtraffic :
(a) CentreLinewithout passing
restriction
M-1
(b) CentreLinewith Passing
restriction:
(i) In onedirectiononly
M -2
(ii) In both directions
only
M-3
( c ) LaneLine :
(il
(ii)
Broken
M-4
Continuous
M-5
(d) PavementEdgeLine
M-6
( e ) ParkingControl Line
M-7
(f)
No StoppingMarking
M-8
( g ) MedianLine Marking
M-9
( h ) Obstruction
Marking':
(i)
Two way Traffic
M-10
(ii)
Oneway Traffic
M-11
(i)
GuideMarking
M-12
(j)
Reversible
LaneMarking
M-13
( k) Exclusive
Turn Lane
M-14
CentreLine :
A Centre Line (M-1) separates
traffic travellingin oppositedirections. lt
needsnot to be at the geometricalcentreof the pavement.CentreLine with No
PassingRestrictionsshall be a normal broken white line r.e. 10-15 cm wide
not lessthan one meterlong with gapsfrom 2to'4 timesthe lengthof the stroke
but not exceeding
12 meters"
. , .Warrantsfor the CentreLine :.
on pavedhighwaysunderthe followingmnditions:
CentreLinesaredesirable
In rural districts on two-lanepavements
5 metersor more in width
with prevailing
speeds
of greaterthan 55 KPH.
ln residenceor businessdistrictson all through highways,and on
otherhighways
wheretherearesignificanttraffic volumes.
of four or mor"elanes;
On all undividedpavenlents
Centrelinesare alsodesirableat other locationswherean engineering
studyindicatesa needfor them.
No Passing
Liries(M-2and M-3) :
In orderto improvetraffic safety,the brokencentrelineat certainlocations
shouldbe replacedor supplemented
by a continuousline. The Linesindicating
no-passing
zonesshall be establishedat vertical and horizontal curvesand elsestudy indicates
where on two and three lane highwayswhere an engineering
that it,is necessary
to prohibit the use of the part of the carriagewayreserved
for on mming traffic at placeswherethe rangeof visionis restricted (hill crest,
is narrow.
bendin the road,etc.) or on sectionswherethe carriageway
227
lr
8ZZ
I
T
u r z luJDtll
l l raloar6
$=
lou0 I nl n q a{orls
aur!
l l ?o17
l o, s a
I
I
I
I
t
f
I
I
I
rlrgl o l
ls:
I
-ll-ul) sl-0t
(r
nl
3Nt-t 3urN33
NO PASSING One Side
(M-2)
- r l F D i s t q n c e b e t w e e nI i n e s t 0 - t B c m
-l
Stro*e
0fie
I
to6m
t
I
O ql P
) == 22lot,
t i m e s o f St r o k e
greoter
thon
but n o t o
t 2 m.
a.
I
I
-lF
I
w i d t h o f t i n e s l o - 1 5c m
229
N0 PASSIf$G
(u
3)
{l*l0 -15 cm
230
Both Sides
Warran*for No-Passing
Lines: .
A no-pasing zone at a horizontalor vertical curve is warrantd wherethe
rangeof vision(sightdistance)
is lessthanthe minimumnecessary
forsafepassing
at the prevailingspeedof traffic.
Rangeof Vision: Meansthedistanceat which an objectof a certianheight
placedon the carriagewaycan be seenby an observeron the carriagewaywhose
eye is at the sameheightor lower.'On a verticalcurve,it isthe distanceat which
an_object1.0 metersabovethe pavementsurfacecan'justbe seenfrom a point
1.0 meters,.above
the pavement.similarly,on horizontalcurve,is the distance
measuredalongthe centre line (or left hand lane line of a three-lane
highway)
betweentwo points 1.0 meter abovethe pavementon a line tangentlo the
embankmentor other obstructionthat cuts off the view on the iniide of the
curve.
when it is necessary
!-o prohibit the use of the part of the carriageway
reservedfor on-comingtraffic at ceftain intersections,or at placeswheie thb
lange of vision is restricted (hill cr.est,bend in the r6ad, etc.) or on sections
wherethe carriageway
is narrowor hassomeother peculiarity,restrictions
should
be imposed,on sectionswhere the rangeof vision is lessthan minimum permissibleby meansof continuouslines. For other speedsthe valuesmay be calculatedby extra-polation.
R A N G EO F V I S I O N
Approach Speed
50
65"
80
100
Range
Km/hr.
60 90 1 3 0160-
''
"
120 meters.
',
190
260
"
320
"
Wherethe distancebetweensuccessive
no-passing
zones is lessthan 1b0
metersthe appropriateno-passing
markingshould connectthe zones. The nopassingmarkihgis also usedon two-way r6adwaysat pavementwidth transitions
and orf approachesto obstructionswhich must be passedon the left. lt may
also_beysed.o1 approaches'to
railroadgradecrossin!and other locationswhere
passing
shouldbe prohibited.
The lanesused.to indica-te
a changein width of the availablecarriageway,
which show obstaclesnecesitatinga deviationfrom the continuousline tdd
inclinationof the linesshouldpreferablybe lessthan 1/50 on roadswherespeeds
exceed50 Km/hr and less than 1l2O on roadswhere speedstlo not exceedb0
Km/hr. In addition,the obliquecontinuouslinesshould be preceded,in the
directionto which they apply,by a continuousline parallelto the centreline of
the roadwa.y,
of the continuousline beingthe distancecoveredin one
th-e.length
secondat the drivingspeedadopted.
231
L
A mntinuo;rsline on a normalroad sectionshallalwaysbe precedldby an
approachline mnsistingof a broken line, for a distanceof at least50 meters,
dependingon the normalspeedof the vehiclesusingthe roadwhetheror not the
by
traffic lanesare markedby brokenlines. The markingmay be supplemented
oneor morearrowsshowingdriverswhich lanethey shouldtake.
markingshall be parallelto and
On a two-lanehighway,the no-passing'
extendedalongthe centrelinethroughoutthe no-passing.
On a three-lanehighwaywherevisibility is limited or wherethe no-passing
marking is being moved from one dirction to the oppositedirection,the nozoneat thqleft handlane
passingmarkingshallstart in advanceof .theno-passing
line of the centre laneand shallextenddiagonallyacrossthe centrelaneto the
zone,and henceextend
right hand lane line at the beginningof the no-passing
alongthe lanelineto the endof the zone.
Traffic LaneMarkings:
shall be markedby brokenlines,by conTaffic Lane Line (M4 and 1y1.5)
tinuous linesor by other appropriatemeans.Traffic lanesshouldbe markedat
pointswherewidth of the roadwayis reducedby.kerbsor islandsor wherethe
two or morelanes.
width is sufficientto accommodate
OutsideEuilt-UpAreas; On two-way roadshavingtwo lanes,the centre
,
shouldindicatethe laneline whethermnsistingof broken
line of the carriageway
line.
lineor continuous
On three-laneroads,the lanesshould,as a generalrule, be indicatedby
broken linesalongsectionswherevisibility is normal. ln specificcasesand in
order to ensuregreatertraffic safety,continuouslinesor brokenlinesadjacent
to continuouslinesmaybe used.
havingmorethan three traffic lanes,the traffic lanesshall
On carriageways
be markedby brokenlinesand the two directionsof traffic shouldbe separated
by one continuousline or by two continuouslines,exceptin caseswherethe
directionof traffic in the centrallanescanbe reversed.
Within built+rp areas,the recommendations
made for outsidebuilt-up
areasare 3lso applicableto two-way streetsand to one-waystreetswith at least
two traffic lanes.
232
ttz
T
II
uJ4
I
I
+
u Jz
_L
ur st- gtJF
(7-N)
3NII 3NVI SIJJVUI
TRAFFIC LANE LINE
(M-s)
-!F 10-r5cm
itz
'uorlceJtp
JaL{}ra
u! uJn}lq6u aq16u11euJarulpAq pesn
'u.rnt
aq Aeurauel oql
lq61.re o)eut ol ldacxa ranllp e Aq ;anet1.to Dutleuano
pue burssed
Jo+pasnaq lou llpLlspue salclqenbululnl rq6;t 1o esn anlsnlcxolo1
e lo arluocoqt u! paruasar
auele s! (tl-t l) eue-luJnl e^lsnlcx3uV
Aernqbrq
: euel urnl a^lsnlcxS
'sbur>qleur
tueulaned
'Jeqloue
euo ol luacefpe
eql tuauelddnsol pasnaq ;geqssleubrsloTpuesu6rg
sluau6espue sdebeql qllm aurl attqm elqnop ua)oJq leuJou e +o asn aqr Aq
pa)reuroq fleqsaueloLll1oebpaqlea -:(tl-yy) s0ur>peut
euel aMBJa^erro!
: 6ur1re61
auel elqlsre^eH
'suorlerado
Alsnotn
orl+?J]anordurrol popualu!suorlecrldde
JoJpeqlJcsap
;etcads
-ald lou suorpulquocuieuacu1s6ur>1leul
esnol Alessacau
saulllauosst ll
: seul'l ;eurpnl6uo'l raqlo
{
.'uollecoluantbe u lqbt.tJo Uol
aplng
urn] o] Moq sl6 rrp Moqso1 pasnale saull asaql -:Et-w) 6u1>1rc61
'Aervraberrec
rj:#:::;
eqluouorlcnrrsqo
-sf ue reaupesnare sburl:eu aLlL-:(lt'W pue0l-W sbur>pe141
uon?nJtsg1
: s6ur>pey1;
uortcnllsqg
o"::fi
ir%:3l'o::fi,
rlreuraqlorrffiiLtfo"stiff'.:',1T,:t#rTffi
ueIpaueq]u!s6u
'seull
rnollaA laqnop
aJaqmspuelsruerpau snonu[uoc tulo] o] posn aq lleqs
onnl/6ur1reuluauened Aq paulol puelsluelpoul)oJ -:6-W) sau!1 uelpaw
: seu!'l uelpen
'JnolocaltqMu1st 6ut>;letu
luautaned
1oabp3
pue
Jo+
6u11.red
spuelsl
pallglrlold
Jeqlo_
pue
alaqr/\
seuoz
rvrol;aA
s1
are
.rnoloJ
'o
6urpeol'do1ssnq'luelpAqe.rr11o
or iaqceo.rdde'seuoz
saodoC
ecuelealc'sJauroo
aq1
Allurc4 aq] u! pasnere uorlrqlqo.rd6urddotspue butlled lol 6ut>1leul
6ur1ie4butddolgop '!!!
:
8-t,l
/-tA:
9-N:
6ur1le6op
6ut1.re61
'll
'!
6ur1.rey1
luauta^ed
1oabp3
'AcuabJatua
ue seesnuroll aul;abpa
: Dutrvrolgorr
aq] alectputsaurla6peaq1
peoJ aul uo
aqt puoAaqeale aql lclJlsal ol lslxe suorlcnJFqoeJaqmlo Aer'a
abpaaq1 'speor]_osesselc
pa^ olle s16ur1.red
ou aJeqrnldacxaallllm aq lleqssau11
aq ;leqssautlabp3
ueqln lle uo peplno.rd
raqlo uo pasnaq AetupuesAervrqbrq
'sAervrant.tp
Jo+ualoJq eq
panulluoc
sautl
a6p3 'lueq
pue
qbnoJLll
aq
plnoqs
plnoqs
suollcasralur
]ou
lou
-enediuaiefpe ueqt qlOuallslelnlcruls ra$al lo sealeabnlal Jo $aplnoqs pened
s! uotleeutl?pa6peeJeqmpasnaq Aetuos;eAaql
uo 6urnupicnpal ot'egqe.rrsep
'suoltipucrc
pue
.reqlearvr
esJepe 6uunp sJerJp1o acueplnbeql Jol acue
A11pq;s4
-ralerlpnst^e se enle^anblune a^eq (8-ruof 9-W)soullJewa6p3lueule^ed
: 6ur>;rc6a6p3lueutane6
{
gEZ
;f
urgt-01 *l F
(s
hl)
9NIXUVN 3903
Ltz
rrrrsr-0tJF
([-ht]
9N IXUVd ON
qEZ
I
n
t
In
I
I
nF--
u r rg l - 0 1
*tl--
urr8t-0t
(8-l^l)
CNIddOIS
ON
MEDIAN
LINES
( M-s )
10-l5 cm
_{t
_
Jf.-
l0-18 cm
MARKING
OBSTRUCTION
(M
t0)
Minimum d i stance
between edges of
Marking and o bst ruct i on shou I d be
30 c.m.
-*fF
l0- l5 cm
240
OBSTRUCTIONMARKING
(u
30cm
--{ l--
-"1f'-
1 0- l 5 c m
11 )
GUIDE MARKINGS
(M -12 1
f
REVERSIBLE
LANE
( M
-i
MARKINGS
t3 )
- q FlO - t5 cm
F l o - 1 8c m
EXCLUSIVE TURN LANE
at
IM
t
t4 t
244
Transverce
Markings:
Transverse
Markingsincludepavernnt transitionrnarking,stop lines,cross
walk lines,and parkingspacemarkings. Thesemarkingsshai'l'bewtrite6xcept
for Box Junctionfor which colourshallbe yellow.
Because
of the low approachangleat which pavementmarkingsareviewed,
it is necessary
that all transverse
linesbe wider than the longitudinallines,to
avoid apparentdistortion where longitudinaland transverselines combine in
symbolsor lettering
linesareof the followingtype :
Transverse
(a) Stop Line
M-15
{b) Give-wayline
M-i6
(c) Cross-walks
:
(i) With Transverse
Lines
M-17
(iil With Longitudinal
Lines
M-18
(iii) With DiagcnalLines
M-19
(d) Pavement
ReductionMarkings
M-20
(e) CyclistsCrossing
M-21
(f)
M -22
Box JunctionMarking
(g) OtherTransverse
Markings
(i) Arrow Markings
M-23
(ii) SymbolMarkings,
(iii) StopSignMarkings
M-24
(iv) GivewaySignMarkings
M-25
(v) Word Markirgs
M-26
Stop Line :
Stop Line (M-15)shouldbe usedin both rural and urbanareaswhereit is
intportantto indicatethe point, behind which vehiclesare requiredto stop,
in compliancewith a stop sign,traffic signal,officer'sdirection,or other legai
requirement.
.
The minumumwidth of a stop lineshallbe2o cm andthe maximum60 cm.
A width of 30 cm is recommended.
gnz
urtrEl- 0t
--1t l
l*-
ur.'09- 0zl-
T
(sr-N)
3Nn dors
fiz
'uorttq!qord 6ur
1re6 Aq
paptnordaq Allllqls!^ alenbapepue pallelsuraq plnoqs suorsoJr'ur'iin'irfroior""qi
Aq petcadxaun A;;elaua6ale sburssolcueulsapad leuotlca$alut-uou aculs
'su6ts
u++erl
dOlS.ro s;eubgs
r.ttor+Aellnesuotlmol }e pallelsut ale Aaq] alo+aq paltnbal aq plnoqs Apnr 6u!
'Alaleurruucstpur
-reautbua
pasnaq lou plnoLlss6ur>;leu)lemssoJ3
In+elecy
')leMssolcaql qstlqelse
s6urlreu
A1;eba;
'ssoJc
asaql'suotlecol leuorlcasJalu!-uou
ol aceld lado.rd oq] azruBocal'asrnn
]V
'spue;sr
-laLllolou plnoqs sueulsapadaJaqmJo pue'6ursso.riueupapad
lcolq ptuJ
'uo1]eJluacuoc
6urpeol1e se qcns
uelllsapad ;o slurod eleudoldde JeLllo le
papr^od aq osle.plnoqs s)leMssoJcpalleN -:\pl^ssoJJ puollcasJatul-uoN
'lurod 6ursso.rcueupapad
e +o lsrJolot! aql ulerlt
pue sqled rado.rdsq] ut suer4sapadaplnb o1 Alueurr.rderues'ubrs dols lo leubls
e Aq peglo.rluoolou Jo Jaqlaq6 'suotlca$alu1le sburlleu 1lem ssol3 'sluouJ
-anourueulsepad pue alolqa^ uaaMlaq ]gliluoc
lellue$qns s! ajoq] aJall^ suollcas
ralu! fle ls pa)Jpuj aq plnoqs s)leMssoJc -:suolpaslatul te 4prL ssoJc
'suotlcasJelutoqt ueql Jaqlo
saceld le Jo suotlcosjalut ]e qloq paprnold ale s6ur1reru >llpM ssoJc aql
: (6!-n ol zL-l l) s6u;4re6;Ilern ssolc
'ubtg Aenn-a^rg
aql q]!Mautl ur paceldaq A;ueurp.ro
plnoqs]! 'u6!5 Aervr-anr9
e q]l/vl uollcUn[uoc ul pasn st outl Aenn-anrge ,r; 'saur;do]s oq] sp uol]lsod aues
aq] ur paceldare Aeql 'ubrsAenn-anlge ]e lo ]noQV punou e lp pesn Aluouturm
'alcrqa^
aql lo aprs tq6r.r aq] uloJl bulqceoldde cl]leJl
lsour aJe saurl esaql
aql ;o Aenn-1o-ry61J
aLl] almlput o] luellodurr sr ]! aJaqm-seaJeueq/R pue leJnJ
ur qloq uo!]coslalurue 6urqceolddeluauraned aq] Jo auel aql ssoJce6urpuelxa
aprm rlc 0g o1 ruc OZ Alleur.rou'saull pallop are (g!-U\l) saut'l Aem-dnrg
: saufl Ae6-a.a;9
'lulod 6utddols pellsap
aLll ]e pace;doq plnoqs au!l dOIS oq] 'dols o] palcadxe oJe selctqa alaqrvrAl1ce
-xa palecol aq ]ouuec u6rsaql;r 'tananno;1'u6rsdols aql ql!/vl outl ul pace;d eq
Alueurp.roplnoLlslg 'u61sdols e qllm uotlcunfuoc ur pasn st eurl dols e 1;
'cltler] ueulsapadpue lelnctqanraqlo
lo slueulallnbaiaq] qllM ]uolsts
-uoo uorpas.talutaq] ]o suue Jaqlo aq] uo cU+BJlaq}
+o rraalnalqlssodUaleep
aqt ser1aurl eq] pulqaq Alalerpeuur sdols oq^ JaArJpe leql uorlrsod e t{cns ul
peceldaq plnoqsaurldou oq]'NglS dOIS e q]ltvruorlcunluocu! pasnuaq6
'ABna
-peol oupnesJalureqllo abpa lsajeeu aq] u,roJ+$eleuj
O'l ueql ssalJo sjalaur 0!
ueq] arour aspcou ur 'lurod burddolspeJrsapeql le paceldaq plnoqs aurl dols aq]
'lgervrssorc
palleur e ,toacuosqeeq] ul 'aurl llemssorc ]saJeeueql 01 lagleredpue
lo acuenpeur uc 971 paceldaq AlueurproplnoLls'pssnaJeqm'saur1dolg
vnz
a
( 9t - l^l)
3Nl1 AV/Y\SA|O
LINES
WALK WITH TRANSVERSE
CROSS
(M-17)
a
T
2m
{,r"'
t
{'u.,-
249
CROSSWALK WITH LONGITUDINAL
LINES
(M -18 )
lScm
-'l3 0c mF-- n F-
T
l.
2m
I
250
WALK WITH DIAGONALLINES
CROSS
t M -19 )
I
--l F
3 0c m
-{ l*
lScm
The spacebetweenthe stripesmarkinga pedestriancrossingshouldbe at
leastequalto the width of the stripesand not morethan twicethat width andthe
width of a spaceand a stripe togethershouldbe'between1.0-1.4 meter. The
minimumwidth recommended
for pedestrian
crossings
is 2.5 meterson roadson
whichthe speedlimit is 60 km/hr.and4 meteron roadsinwhichthe speedlimit is
higheror thereis no speedlimit.
The CrossWalksareof the followingtypes:
(i) Crosswalk
with Transverse
Lines
: M - 17
(ii) Crosswalk
with Longitudinal
Lines
: M - lB
(iii) Crosswalk
with DiagonalLines
:M-19
A briefdescriptionof thesemarkingsis asfollows:
Crosswalkwith TransverseLines(M-\7):- Theselines shall be solid white
lines,markingthe edgesof the croswalk. They shall not be lessthan 15 cm
wide and shall not be spacedat,lessthan 2 meters,-Under.specialcir.cumstances
whereno advancestop line is providedor wherevehiculartraffic speedexceeds
50 Km per hour, or wherethe crosswalksareunexpected,
it may be desirable
to
increasethe width of the linesto 50 cm. The lineson both sidesofthe crosswalk shouldexterdthe full width of the pavement.
Croswalk with tongitudinal lines(M-lg/;- This type cf markingis intended
for use at locationswhere substantialnumbersof pedestrians
crosswithout any
other traffic controldevice,at locationswherephysicalconditionsare suchthai
addedvisibility of the crosswalkis desiredor at placeswherea pedestriancrosiwalk might not be expected. The areaof the crosswalkmay be markedwith
white longitudinallinesat a 90o angleto the line of the crosswalk.Theselines
shouldbe approximately40 cm to 60 cm wide and spacedg0 cm to 120 cm
ap?|t. Whenlongitudinallihesare usedto marka crosswalk,the transverse
crosswalk linesmay be omitted. Careshouldbe takento ensurethatcrosswalkswith
longitudinallinesusedat some locationsdo,not weakenor detractfrom other
(wherespecialemphasismarkiirgsare not 'used).'When an exclusive
crosswalks
pedestrian
phasesignal,which permitsdiagonalcrossing,is installedat an intersection,a uniquemarkingmay be usedfor the croswalk.
Crosswalkwith Diagonal lines(M-lg):- Theseshall be solid lines, marking
both edgesof the croswalk. They shall be not lessthan 40 cm in width anj
shouldnot be spacedles than 80 cm apart. Theselinesare usuallyusedfor
diagonal
crossing.
Pavement
ReductionMarking:
The PavementReductionMarking(M-zOlis usedto guidetraffic at points
wherethe pavement
width changes
to a lessernumberof throughlanes.A number
of situationsare possible,
dependingon which lanemustbe offsetor terminated"
252
PAVEMENTREDUCTIONMARKING
(u -2A )
253
-
centreand lane
and the remaining
Oneor morelanelinesmustbe discontinued,
linesmust be connectedin sucha way asto mergetraffic into the reducednumrnarkingsshallbe usedto prohibit passingin the direcber of lanes. No-passing
linesshould
through-outthe transitionarea. Converging
tion of the convergency,
havea lengthof not lessthan that determinedby the formula:
L
-
SxW
where
L
-
Lengthin meters
S
=
the off-peak85 percentilespeedin kilometersper hour,and
W
=
the offsetdistancein meters.
the
On new construction,where no 85 percentilespeedis established,
designmay be used.
Pavernent
markingsat pavernent-widthtransitionssupplementthe standard
signs. The pavementmarkingsfor laneclosureshallbe white soliddiagonallines
at 45 degreesto the directionof traffic. Theselinesshouldbe approximately
30 cm to 60 Cm wide and spaced30 cm to 60 cm apart. The lengthof the lane
reductiontransitionlines should not be lessthan 2 meters. The linesshould
extendacrossthe full width of the lanewhich is in transition
CyclistCrosings(M-21):
should be indicatedby two broken lines. The broken
Cyclist crossings
linesshould preferablybe made up of squares
of 40-60 cm. The distancebetweenthe squares
shouldbe 40-60 cm (16-24in ). Thewidth of the crossings
shouldbe not lessthan 2.0 meters. Studsand buttonsarenot recommended.
BoxJunctionMarking:
A Box Junction Marking(M-221:- indicatesa restrictionof the traffic
enteringa junction unlessthe crossingis clearfrom all traffic obstructionsor
unlesi a motorist is surethat his entrancein the junction would not causeobstructionsin the traffic.
Box JunctionLinesare yellow solid linesin the form of a squarein the
centreof the junctionand diagonallines(odd in numbers)crossing
eachother at
90o,yThesizeof the centralyellow squareshallbe variableaccordingto the size
of the junction. The width of the yellow solid linesshallbe 30 cm to 60 cm.
Markings:
Other Transverse
A numberof other transverse
markingsare alsousedto help the roadusers
to proceedwith speedand safetyasdetailedbelow:
Arrow Markings(M-23):- On roadshavingsufficienttraffic lanesto separate
an intersection,the laneswhich traffic shouldusemay be
vehiclesapproaching
indicatedby arrow markingson the surfaceof the carriageway,
Arrowsmay also
be usedon a one-wayroadto confirmthe directionof traffic. The arrowsshould
nst be lessthan 2 meterrinlength.
254
CYCLIST CROSSING
(M
211
a_
W h i t e sq u o re s o f
4 0 - 60 cm
wit h 40- 60cm
s po ce .
T*o, tess thqn
m.
-.,.1-t.a
F,o
255
[--'-
BOX JUNCTIONMARKING
( M - 221
256
ARROW MARKINGS
( M - 23 )
5 0c m
H
T
It
I
a
I
I
I
4m
I
I
I
I
I
I
l_
-*l F
30cm
T
+
lm
1$nl
?5c
I
I
I
I
4m
H
3 0cm
. '9ymbol Maqkings(M-24 and M-25)t- /n some casesit may be necessaryto
indicatea stop_signor Give-waycondition in advance of the approaching
i'rtersection. For such.situationsa stop sign or a give-waysiEnmark may be
placed"
on_the pavement2 metersto 25 metersadvanceof the-stopline or give
way line.The size of stop sign or give-waysignshould be proportionateriith
the width of the laneor the pavement"
. wo.rd.Markilgl M-26):- on the carriagewaymay be usedfor the purpose
of regulatingtraffic or warningor guidingioad users. The word used'should
preferablybe either placenames,highwaynumbersor words which aie easily
(e.g.,,Stop,;,,,8us,,,,,Taxi,').
understandable
internationally
The letters'shotrld be considerablyelongatedin the direction of traffic
movementbecauseof the small angle
they are seenby approaching
'ul;i
1t_ryhic.fr
ir;i
Itlurr. where approachspeedexceeds50 km/h, the letters sr,orito
2.5 metersin height.
ObjectMarkings:
when obstructions.wllftll _oqadjqcelt _tothe road_wayrequire ,markings,
the.marker(M-271shallconsistof a siripedmarkerconsistingct'a venicaiiliangleapproximately30 cm to 90 cm in iize with alternatingb-lackinO r*Gcroiized white stripesslopingdownwardat an angleof 4so toward the sideof the
obstructionin which_traffic is-to pass. The minlmumwidth of theverro* oi
wh.itestripeshallbe 75 mm. A betterappearance
can be achievedif til bHk
stripesarewiderthan the whitestripes.
For additionalemphasis
a largesurfacesuchasa bridgepier may be painted
with diagonalstripes,30cm or greaterin width, similarin-oesign.Wt"t.i. iig"
is usedwith the diagonalstripes,the stripe
'themaikingsshouldbel discontinredio
leavea 75 mm spacearoundthe outsideof
sign. ". . AppropriateRegulatorysigns(R- 41.or l-4zl directingtraffic tooneor
both sidesof the obstruction may-be used
in lieu oi the objelt marrei. l;;_
dition to markings.
on the face of an obss.uctionin trre-r6aowCt;;;;"i;;;
gpproachto the obstruction shall be given by appropriatepavement,irRing
( M - 1 0o r M - 1 1 ) .
Wherethe vertiqgtclearanceof an over.troad
strtuctureis lessthan the maximum legal.height of. vehicle!v g0 cm, the clearancein first oe"i111.r
point
of a metershouldbe clearlymarkedon the structure.
. objects not actually.in the. roadwaymay be so closeto the edgeof the
road.that they needa marker. Theseincludednderpasspiers,bridgr iSrtr.nit.
handrailsand culvertheadwalls.In somecases
theremay not oe a p[,viicii;bi;;
involved,but other roadsideconditionssuch as narrow strouider'J.p-;fli;
gores,.sm.all_
islandsand abrupt.changesin roadwayalignmentmay make it
undesirablefor a driver to leavethe roadway.The iniibe eote ot trre m'arteiir'aii
be in linewith the inneredgeof the obstruction
258
- STOPSIGN
SYMBOLMARKING
( u - Tt"l
2 m to 25 m .
the stop t i
{ e s s th o n
2.5rn
II
I
I
II
sYMBoLMARKTNG-oive
wAY srGN
(M-251
2m to25m
Lgz
(92-]^,1)
9NIXUVN OUO/v\
M- 26, Word Morkings
t
262
/
[.
il
M o r ki n g s
M-tb
M o r ki n g s
Delineators:
Road delineation markers are effective aids tor night driving and are
consideredas guide markingsrather than warning devices. Delineatorsmay be
usedon long continuoussectionsof highwayor through short stretcheswhere
thereare changes
in horizontalalignment,particularlywherethe alignmentmight
be a confusion,or at -pavementwidth transitions. An important advantageof
delineators,in certainareas,is that they remainvisiblewhen the roadwayis wet
or snowcovered.
Designof Delineators.'-Delineatorsshall consistof reflectorunits capable
conditionsfrom a distanceof
of clearlyreflectinglight undernormalatmospheric
300 meterswhen illuminatedb.ythe upperbeamof standardautomobilelights,
shallhavea minimumdimensionof approxifor delineators
Reflective
elements
units of appropriatesize may be usedin
reflective
75
Elongated
mately
mm.
placeof two reflectorsmountedasa unit.
DetineatorApplications:- Delineatorsused on through two-lane,two-way
roadwaysshall be singlewhite reflector units on the left side. Singlewhite
reflector-units may -alsobe placedon the right side of t[e two-\ryay-roadways
particularlyat sharpright-handcurves.
On through roadwayssinglewhite delineatorsshall be placedon the left
they shall.bewhite also.
side. if usedon the right sidefor additionalguidance,
useand where
are providedfor official or emergency
Wheremediancrossovers
are to be marked,a doubleyellow delineatorshouldbe placed
thesecrossovers
on the left sideof the through roadwayon the far sideof the crossoverfor each
roadway.
Double or verticallyelongatedyellow delineatorsshall be spacedat 30
lanesand alongthe outsideor
and deceleration
metersintervalsalongacceleration
ramp. On the curvedpart of the
both sidesof tangentportionsof interchange
shallbe placedon the outsideof the curve,with appropriate
ramp,.thedelineators
forth
in table below :
spacingasset
D E L I N E A T O RS P A C I N G
Radius
of Curvein
-meters
Spacingon
curvein
meters
Spacing in advanceand beyond Curve
(ln meters)
1st
17
45
60
75
90
120
150
180
215
240
275
300
6
I
11
12
15
17
20
21
23
24
26
27
12
18
21
26
29
3r+
38
43
46
50
53
56
2nd
20
27
34
3B
44
52
58
64
70
75
79
B4
3rd
38
55
66
76
88
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
direction,delineators
shouldbe
On curvedramps,wherethe curvesreverse
usedon the outsideof eachcurveand shouldoverlapin the areaof the direction
change.
sideof any delineatorwhenever
Reddelineatorsmay be usedon the reverse
it would be viewedby a motoristtravellingin the wrong directionon that particularrampor roadway.
Delineatorsof the appropriatecolour (white for through roadwaysand
yellow for ramps)may be usedto indicatethe narrowingof the pavement
where
eitheran outsideor inside lane mergesinto an adjacentlane. The delineators
shouldbe usedadjacentto the laneaffectedfor the full lengthof the convergency
andshouldbe so placedand spacedto showthe width reduction.
for the traffic movingin the directionof a wider
Delineationis not necessary
pavementor on the sideof the roadwaywherethe alignmentis not affectedby
the convergency.On a highwaywith continuousdelineationon eitheror both
sides,delineatorsshould be carriedthroughthe transitionand a closerspacing
may be warranted.
Delineationshall be optional on sectionof roadwaywhere fixed-source
lightingis in operation.
DelineatorPlacement:- Delineators,if usedshall be mounted on suitable
supportsso that the top of the reflectingheadis about 1.00 r m&er abovethe
near roadwayedge. They shall be placednot lessthan 60 cm to 2 metersoutside
in the line of the guardrail.
the outeredgeof the shoulder,or if appropriate,
Delineators
should be placedat a constantdistancefrom the edgeof the
roadway exc€pt that, where a guardrailor other obstruction intrudes into the
spacebetweenthe pavementedgeandthe extensionof the line with or,insidethe
inner'mostedgeof the obstruction.
Normally,delineatorsshould be spaced50 to 160 meters. When normal
falling
uniform spacingis interruptedby driveways,
crossroads,etc. delineators
within such areasmay be movedin either direction,a distancenot exceeding
one qudrter of the' normal spacing. Delineators
still falling within such areas
shouldbe eliminated.
and throughouthorizontalcurves
Spacingshouldbe adjustedon approaches
arealwaysvisibleto the driver.
delineators
sothat several
266
C H A P T E RV I I
SIGNALS
Traffic signals include traffice control signals,beacons,lane-usecontrol
signals.drawbridge signals,emergencytraffic control signalsand train approach
signals.
Basisof Installation:
ln most casesthe installationof a highwaytraffic control signalwill operate
either to the advantageor disadvantageof the vehiclesand personscontrolled.
A careful analysisof traffic operations and other factors at a large number of
signalizedand unsignalizedintersections,coupled with the judgement of experienced engineers,have provided a seriesof warrantsthatdefine the minimum conditions under which signal installationsmay be justified. Consequently,the
selection and use of this control device should be precededby a thorough engineeringstudy of roadwayand traffic conditions.
Engineeringstudiesshould be made of opeqting slgnalqtq deleqmineif the
type of installation and timing programme meet the current requirementsof
traffic.
Traffic Control Signals:
There are two types of traffic control signalsi.e. Pre-timedand TrafficActuated.
;
The features of traffic control signals in which vehicle operators and
pedestriansare interestedrare
the location, design,indications,and legalsignificanceof the signals. Theseare identicalfor all typesof traffic control signals.
Uniformity in the design features that affect the traffic to be controlled (as
set forth in this Manual) is especiallyimportant for safe and efficient traffic
operations.
Area of Control :
A traffic control signalshall control traffic only at the intersectionor midblock.locationwherethe installationis placed.
of Traffic Control Signals:
Advantagesand Disadvantages
Io
Traffic control signalsare valuabledevicesfor the control of vehicle and
pedestraintraffic. However,becausethey assignthe right-of-wayto the various
traffic movements,traffic control signalsexert a profound influence on traffic
f low.
Traffic control signals,properly located and operated usually have one or
more of the'following advantages:
(i) They can providefor the orderly movementof traffic.
(ii) Where proper physical layouts and control measuresare used,they
the traffic handlingcapacityof the intersection.
can increase
267
892
'uottoasjaluraql 6utsnA11ntrnne1
or]je:l
raLllo ot pue )leMssorc]uoceJpeue u!qlrnn A;1n1ane1
sueupapad o]
r{enn-rto-1qbr;
aqt plarA lleqs ct+}er}relnctqanqcns 'alut} aulpsoq} }e
uMoqs suotlectput;aqto Aq pautLurads! sp ]uaua^otu Jaqlo qsns Jo
'Mo;re qcns ,(q pale3tput
luaua^oul aq] a)eul o1 Aluo uor1cosJalul
aql Jalua AlsnorlnecAeu 'suorlectputJaqloue qltM uollputgutocu! lo
auole umoqs 'MOUUV Nl jug e Burcerr'sueulsapad]decxe ct+JeJl (q)
'pal!q!qxa
sr ;eu6rsqcns aulrl aql ]e')lemssoJc luacefpe ue lo uotlcoslalutaLll
urr{}rMA11n1nne1
sueulsapado} pue 'salctqontaq}o o} Aenn-1o-lq6r.r
aq+
plarAgleqs']+al Jo lqDr.r6uruln] salctqanaqf 'slueualout qcns loq]to
sl!QlqordaceldqcnslB uOrse ssolun}+al Jo ]qbu uJnl Jo peaqp]q6tells
peaco-rd
Aeu 133UC UVInOUIC e 6ulce,rsueulsaped]dacxa 'c!+,teJl (e)
aAPqlleqssuorlsJrpur
: 6urueau6urnno1lo1aq]
uaarg -:uaalj
: sleubrsueupepad uo osoql ldaoxo
'suo1]ectput
ol uanrbaq lleqssbutueau6urnnoglol
aql
leu6tsct;terl AerrrrqDrq
: suorleclpul 1eu6rg;o 6utueayl
'acrnap
'1enue141
loJluoc ct++el1pJepuelse se pazru6ocal]ou sr
srr{}+o s}uauairnbaraq} lle Durlaau 1ou;eu6rs lol}uoc c4+el} olqe}lod V
: s;eu6rglolluo3 ctllerl slqpyod
A;luecrlrubrs
aqueo(adlrpua-reor
aq]AJlercedsa)
l"r.nnrr; ?,13f,ii33
(^l)
's;eu6tsqcnsprone
ot ldura]}e ue ur pacnpu! aq Aeu salnor alenbape ssal +o asn aq1 (rrr)
'pabe:nocue
sr suorlectpurlqubrsaql ,toacualpaqostc(ll)
rpasnecaq Aeu Aelap o^tssacxj fi)
: suotlellelsur
pat
leu6ps
-ueJJeMunro lado.rdurrutol+
uec sJolce+Durnno;1o;
aq1 'pau!eluleul Al.rood
Unsal
'peu6;sap-ll!
)o 'palpJado A;:ado.rdul 'pace;d Alenrlce++eu1
sq uec 'suorUpuoc
'suotlellelsut
Aervrpeorpue cr+ler] Aq paluel.renn
qbnoqt uana
;eubrscrgell
'slstxo
lueJJeMlenlce+aleurlrOalou aloqM suollecol+o
JaquJnuebJel e l.e uorlellelsul llaql o] pol seq stql 'suotlcoslalur1e sura;qold
c!++erllle o1 uo!]nlos aql eprnold sleubrsctlrrer] ]ell] anatlaqeldoad Aue61
'ssolcol 'suer;lsapad
Jo Jelnc!qa^'cu+el]
Jaqlo lturad ol slerualutlect++erlAneaqldnlralur o] pasn aq uec Aaql (^)
'alnoi
uanrbe 6uo;e peeds
alrur+epe ]p cr]+er] lo+ luauanoui snonutluoc Alleau lo snonutluoc
lol aprnordo] paleurpJoocaq uec Aeq+'suorlrpuocalqejno^ejl'
Japun (At)
'adAl a16ue-lqbr.r
aqt
A1;ercadsa'sluaplcce;o
sadAl urelJocrro Auanbarlaql
uei rtaqg 1rgr1
"cniar
(c)
Unless otherwise directed by an appropriate signal, pedestriansfacing
any green indication, except when the sole green indication is a turn
arrow, may proceed'acrossthe roadway within any marked or unmarked crosswalk.
Yetlow:- steady yellow indicationsshall have the following meanings:
( a ) Traffic except pedestrians,
facing a steady'CIRCULAR YELLOW
OR YELLOWARROWsignalis therebywarnedthat the relatedgreen
movementis beingterminatedor that a red indicationwill be exhibited
immediatelythereafterwhen vehiculartraffic shallnot enterthe intersection.
( b ) P e d e s t r i a nf a
s c i n g a s t e a d yC I R C U L A R Y E L L O W O R Y E L L O W
signal,are
ARROW Signal,unlessotherwisedirectedby a pedestrian
thereby advisedthat there is insufficienttime to crossthe roadway
shallthen start to
beforea red indicatibnis shownand no pedestrian
crossthe roadway.
( a ) Traffic, exceptpedestrians,
facing a steadyCIRCULARRED signal
alone shall stop at a clearly marked stop line, but if none,before
or if none,
on the nearsideof the intersection,
enteringthe crosswalk
then beforeenteringthe intersectionand shall remainstandinguntil
an indicationto proceedis shown.
( b ) Whena signis in a placepermittinga turn, traffic, exceptpedestrians,
facing a steadyCIRCULAR RED signalmay cautiouslyenter the
intersectionto makb the turn indicatedby such sign after stopping
as providedabove. Such vehiculartraffic shallyield the right-of-way
to pedestrians
lawafullywithin an adjacentcrosswalkand to other
traffic, lawfullyusingthe intersection.
facing
( c ) Unlessotherwisedirestedby a pedestriansignal,pedestrians
a steadyCIRCULARRED signalaloneshallnot enterthe roadway.
(b) Traffic, except pedestrians,
facing a steadyRED ARROW indication
may not enter the intersectionto makethe movementindicatedby
such arrow, and unlessenteringthe intersectionto makesuchother
movementas is permittedby other indicationsshownat the sametime,
shallstop at a clearlymarkedstop line,but if none,beforeenteringthe
or if none,then before
crosswalkon the nearsideof the intersection,
enteringthe intersectionand shall remainstandinguntil an indication
to makethe movementindicatedby sucharrow is shown.
facing
(e) Unlessotherwisedirected'by a pedestriansignal,pedestrians
a steadyREDARROWSIGNALindicationshallnot enterthe roadway.
Flashingsignalindicationsshall have the following meanings:
Flashing Red:- When a red lens is illuminated with rapid intermittent
flashes, drivers of vehiclesshall stop at clearly marked stop line, but if none,
before entering the crosswalkon the near side of the intersectionor if none,
then at the point nearestthe intersectingroadway where the driver has a view
of approachingtraffic on the intersectingroadway before entering the intersection, and the right to proceedshall be subjectto the rules applicableafter making
a stop at a STOP sign.
FtashingYellow:- Whena yellow lensis illuminatedwith rapid intermittent
flashes,drivbrs of vehiclesmay proceedthrough the intersectionor passsuch
signalonly with caution.
Applicationof SignalIndications:
Basicdisplaysused in signaloperationsare the steadyCIRCULAR RED,
usedon eachof
CIBCULARYELLOW AND CIRCULARGREENindications,
the approaches.The applicationfor thesesignalindicationsshall be asfollows :
circular Red:-A steadyclRcuLAR. RED indication:
(a) Shallbe givenwhen it is intendedto prohibit traffic from enteringthe
intersectionor other mntrolled area.
(b) Should be displayedwith the appropriategreen arrow indications
when it is intendedto perrnittraffic to make a specifiedturn or turns,
and to prohibit traffic from proceedingstraight aheadthrough the
@ntrolledarea. T.hedisplayis.optionalwhereit is physicallyimposible fsr-traffie ts go str,aightahead-asatthe headsf4 !'ff inteFsestisn.
(c) Shall be given when it is intended to prohibit all traffic, except
pedestriansdirectedby a pedestriansignal,from enteringthe intersbction or other controlledarea.
CircularYellow:- A steadyCl RCULAR YE LLOW indication:
(a) Shall be given following a CIRCULAR GREEN indicationin the
samesignalface,
(b) ls an optional alternativeto a yellow arrow indication following a
greenarrow indicationin a separatesignalfaceusedexclusivelyto control a singledirectionalmovement.
Circular Green:- A steadyCIRCULAR GREEN indicationshall be given
only when it is intended to permit traffic to proceedin any direction which
is lawful and practical.
Arrow:- SteadyRED ARROW,YELLOWARROWAND GREENARROW
indicationsmay be usedin lieu of the correspondingcircularindicationsat the
followinglocations:
(a) On an approachintersectinga one-waystreet.
(b) Wherecertain movements
areprohibited.'
(c) Wherecertainmovements
arephysicallyimposible
(d) On an intersectionapproachwhich has an exclusivelanefor turning
rnovements.
210
(e) Whereturning movementsare "protectd" from conflictingmovements
by other indicationsor by the signalsequence.
(f)
Whereall the movementson the approachdo not beginor end at the
same time and where the indication for the turning movementswill
alsobe visibleto traffic with other allowablernovements.
lf steadyarrow indicationsare used:
{a) A steadyRED ARROW indicationshallbe used only in a sgparate
signalfacewhichalsocontainssteadyYELLOW'ARROWAND GREEN
AhROW indications. lt shall be used for controllingonly a single
traffic movement.
(b) A steady YELLOW ARROW indication shall be used following a
GREENARROWindication(whichhasbeendisplayedsimultaneously
in the samesignalface).
with a CIRCULARREDindication
(c) 'A steadyYELLOW ARROW indication may be used (in a separate
when that face
signal face) following a GREEN-ARBO!fl-indicatio-n,
is usedexclusivlyto control a singledirectionalmovement.
(d) A steadyYELLOW ARROW indicationmay be usedto indicatethe
clearanceinterval following thc terminationof a GREEN ARROW
indicatioh (when displayedsimultaneouslywith a continuingCIRCULARGREENindicationin thesamesignalface).
(e) A streadyGREEN ARROW indicationshallbe usedonly when there
crossing
would be no conflict with other vehiclesor with pedestrians
with the WALK indication.
in conformance
shallnot be simultaneously
of signalindications
The followingcombinations
displayedon any one signalface, and shall not be simultaneouslydisplayedin
different signalfaceson any one approachto an intersectionunlessthe signal
faces are shielded,hooded, louvered,positionedor designedso that none of
these prohibited combinationsof signalindicationsis.r:eadilyvisibleto drivers :
(a) CIRCULAR
YELLOW.
G R E E Nw i t h C I R C U L A R
( b ) S t r a i g h t - t h r o uG
gR
h E E NA R R O Ww i t h C I R C U L A RR E D .
( c ) C I R C U L A RR E Dw i t h C I R C U L A RY E L L O W .
(d) CIRCULAR
RED.
G R E E Nw i t h C I R C U L A R
(e) CIRCULAR
G R E E Nw i t h R E DA R R O W .
Whena traffic control signalis put on flashingoperation,normallya yellow
indicationshsuld be usedfor the major streetand a red indicationfor the other
The followapproaches.Yellow indicationsshallnot be usedfor all approaches.
areplacedin flashingoperation:
signals
shallapplywhenever
ingapplications
271
(a) A CIRCULAR YELLOW indicationshall be flashedinsteadof any
YELLOW ARROW indicationwhich may be includedin that signal
face.
( b ) N o C I R C U L A RG R E E NO R G R E E NA R R O Wi n d i c a t i oonr f l a s h i n g
yellow indicationshall be terminatedand immediatelyfollowedby a
steadyred or flaShingred indicationwithout the displayof the steady
yellow changeindication,however,transitionmay be madedirectly
from a CIRCULAR
G R E E NO R G R E E NA R R O Wi n d i c a t i o tno a
yellow indication.
flashing
Numberof Lensespersignalface:
Eachsignalface,exceptin pedestrian
signals,
shallhaveat leastthreelenses,
but not more than five. The lensesshallbe red, yellow or greenin colour,and
shallgive a circularor arrow type of indication. Allowableexceptionsto the
aboveare :
aeCtiongrbeht-iow leni ii uieit atonefo inuicitea
ta) Wheiet ainglecontinuous
movement.
(b) As discussed
underUnexpected
ConflictsduringGreenInterval.
(cl Whereone or more indicationsare repeatedfor reasonsof safety or
impact.
Sizeand Designof SignalLenses:
The aspectof atl signallenses,
exceptin pedestrian
signals,
shallbe circular.
Thereshall be two sizesfor lenses,
20.00 cm. and 30.00 cm. nominaldiameter.
30.00cm. lenses
normallyshouldbe used:
(a) For intersectionswith 85 percentileapproachspeedsexceeding6b
km/hr.
(b) For intersections
wheresignalizationmight be unexpected.
(c) For specialproblemlocations,such as thosewith mnflicting or competingbackgroundlighting.
(d) For intersections
wheredriversmay view both traffic controland lanedirection-control
signssimultaneously.
(e) For all arrowindications.
Arrows shall be pointed verticallyupward to indicatea straightthrough
movement
and in a horizontaldirectionto indicateaturnat approximately
right
angles. Whenthe angleof the turn is substantially
different from a right angle,
the arrow should be positionedon an upwardslopeat an angleapproximately
equalto that of the turn. The arrowshallbe the only illuminatedpart of the
lensvisible.
272
In no caseshall lettersor numbersbe displayedas part of a vehicularsignal
indication.
Normallyarrow lensshouldshow only one arrow direction.
Arrangementof Lensesin Signal Faces:
The lensesin a signalface shallbe arrangedi11a verticalline.
In each signal face, red lense shall be located above the yellow and green
tenses.
A CIRCULAR YELLOW lens shall be locatedbetweenthe red lensor lenses
and all other lenses.
In vertically arrangedsignal faces, each YELLOW ARROW lens shall be
locatedimmediatelyabovethe GREEN ARROW lensto which it applies.
The relative positions of lenseswitnin the signal face shall be as follows :
In a vertical signalface from top to bottom:
UINLU
LAN
NtrL,.
Left Turn RedArrow.
Rightturn RedArrow.
YELLOW,
CIRCULAR
StraightthroughYE LLOWAR ROW^
S t r a i g ht th r o u g hG R E E NA R R O W .
CIRCULAR
GREEN.
Left turn YE LLOWARROW.
L e f tt u r n G R E E NA R R O W .
R i g h t u r n Y E L L O WA R R O W .
R i g h t u r nG R E E NA R R O W .
llluminationof Lenses:
Each signal lens shall be illuminated independently. When a signal lens,
except in a pedestriansignal, is illuminated and the view of such an indication
is not otherwise physically obstructed, it shall be clearly visible {to drivers it
controls)for a distanceof at least0.4 Km. under normalatmosphericconditions.
273
iLz
qcee
,or'r#,o*",?t
ueo]Lrceordde
;i'?";"X'J'l',i;l?",1;:fTil?t,i'ii'f'iiT"t"'
'saAJnc
'luatuece;dacel
aq plnoqs
leubrsur palaprsuoc
'pazr;eubrs
aq ol uorlcas;olu!qcea +o
leluozrJoqpue saperb lecrpan 6ulpn;cur
Arlauoa0aql 'ace+leubrsaql lo uorlrsodlelalpl pue leutpnlr6uo;1ec1ua^
aq] pup
'u61sap
salorqan'uo1]tsodaAarenup lecrdAlAq paururralapsp 'acel 1eu61s
e preMol
']ueurubrsseAerrrr-rro
lq6rs 1o sa;6ue lecruan pue leJolel are sluaulala lecrlrJC
-lqbt.tltaqllo uotleotputolqe)els!uunpue JPolce uantbaq lleqs')lPmssolc
lcolq
-plt.t.t
e se qcns'eale pazrleubtsraqlo Jo uollcas;alu! pazrleu6rse Dutqceordde
uanuO 'Alrlrqrsrn
aq lleqslueulaceldace; ;euDrs
ul uorleraplsuocA;eurtd aq1
: socpJ leuDrglo uorlsJo'I pue rsqunN
'palcarp-srur aq o] JaArJp
/peaqe
snoouellnultsuaqm
aql asnec plnoo suorlecrpur 1eu61sqloq ,ro Oulnnern
laqunl suotlmtpur;eqlo 6uraesalolaq suotlec!pu!J!oq] aas lou saop lo^lJp aql
]eq] qcns sacel leubts lercads]o asn oq] apnloard tou saop 6uro6ero+aql
'sleubts6urOurnns-ear+
uo pasnaq ]ou ;leqsqr6ua1ururc
ggg 6urpaacxasrost^lauurnf ']uouranousrq 6ur;1o.rluoc
uollecrpuraql Aluo aas
uec ranalp 6urqceolddeue leql os sueotrlJoqlo Jo'sJannol 'sroslnAq palcarrp.ro
paplarqsaq'alqeupeld 1ua1xaaq] o+'llpqs uorl"ecrpur
qcea'sasecasaql ul
1eu6rs
'suorlec!pu!J!aq] uaal
laq albue ;1eus Alanrleledtuoce q1!M seqceoldde]aarls
luaraj.Jrp.to; s;eubrs6urceld saleltssocauAlluanbarl u6tsap ]eells rc1nbar;
's;eubtsburlecolpue Ourlcartpur paJaprsuoc
aq plnoqssuo!]cnllsqopue
'sanJnc
lsaper6
,to acuangur al1+ :paads qeeoldde abelaRe-ue uro.t;dots e o1
alcrqonaq] burbuuq allqm paranoclpql se llam se leu6ts eql o1 Burlceet sllqrs
paranoc]eql opnlcul plnoqs acuelsrpsrrll '6utddots altqM pasranel]acuelsrp
aql o1 ;enbaautl dols ogl trloJ+acuelslple pa]ecol ranrJp6utqceolddeue ro1 ssau
'lelouab u;
alrlca+,tor.rtnurxeuraneqo] paure aq plnoqssace;;eubtsJelnctqan
'luoua^our e slolluoc
's;eu6rS
peaqranoAenn-onn1
acel ;eubrsauo uaqm pue
)ceq-o}-)ceq pue Aeanauo
uo pasnaq plnoqs A1;eu;ousaleld-Iceg 'sual aql 6urjalua 1q611
1eu;alxauol+
6ur1;nsar
uotl
e.re16
aqt acnpar o] se llam sp'l+jeJ] 6utqceorddeo] Alleot+tcads
-elpur
pasn
plnoqs
pre
aq
srostn
ol
aq+
Durlcerrp
ur
sacerr
uo
leu6rs
;eu01slle
'papualurare Aaql LlclqMlo' cr++ell6urqceolddeaql o1ssauantlca++a
urnurxeur+o aq lp^Asuorlmtputs]!1eq1palsntpeos aq lleqsacel leu6rsqce3
: secel 1eu6rg1o Durpgetqg
'^^olla1 'uc
aql ]o acue
O0'0t 6urqse1l
-rlprqaq] acnpalo] pasnaq plnoqsaunap 6utruurrpcrleu'tolneue 'are;6anlssacxa
6utqselrr
aq] pue uorle;adoau!l-lq6!u
asneco] se ]Ll6Uqos sr uotleorpurnno;1aA
'uc
;ol6urqse;1uo pecelda;e sdurelllenn69l q]lrvtsleubtssual
00'0t uaqM
A minimum of two signalfacesfor through-trafficshall be providedand
shouldbe mntinuouslyvisiblefrom a point at leastthe followingdistancesin
advanceof and to the stop line, unlessphysicalobstructionof their visibility
exists
85 percentile
Speed
30
40
50
55
65
70
80
90
100
I
o
M i n i m u mV i s i b i l i t y
Distance(meters)
km/hr.
30
53
75
100
120
145
170
190
215
Where-physicalconditions preventdr-Lvers
from havinga eontinuousview
of at'leasttwo signalindications
asspecifiedherein,a suitablisignshallbe erected
to warn approaching
traffic. lt may be supplemented
by a Hazardldentification
Beacon. A beaconutilized in this manner may be interconnectedwith the
traffic signalcontrolierin such a manneras to flash yeiiow during the period
when driverspassing
this beacon,at the legalspeedfor this readway,may encountera red indicationuponarrivalat the signalized
location.
permissible
for the control of an exclusive
turn lane,such
" A. signalface is
a si-gnalfa-c.e
shall be in addition to the minimum of two signalfacesfor thi-ough
traffic. When the indicationsof a separatesignalface oifaces controllingin,
exclusiveturn lanewill also.bevisibleto traffic with otherallowablemovemdnts.
Exceptwherethe width of the intersectingstreetor other conditionsmake
it physicallyimpracticql,
.gt leastone and pr6ferablyboth of the signaiia;i
requiredby paragraph
shallbe locatednot bd lessthan 12 metersnor irorethan
35 metersbeyondthe stop line. Wlrer.gthe botfr of the signalfacesrequireUare
post-mounted,
they shallboth be on the far Sideof the intersection,
one on the
rightand oneon the left or on the medianislandif practical.
Exceptwherethe width of the intersecting
streetor other conditionsmake
it physicallyimpractical,at leastone and preferablyboth of th6 signalfaces.
shall be locatedbetweentwo linesintersecting
with the centreof the-approach,
lanesat the stop line, one makingan angleof approximately20 degreei'tothe
right of the centreof the approachextended,and the other makingan angleof
approximately20 degreesto the left of the centreof the approachexte;ded.
Nearsidesignals
shouldbe locatedasnearaspracticable
to the stop line.
wherea signal face controls a specific lane or lanesof approach,its
transverse
position should be unmistakablyin line with the pairr of that
movement.
275
Required signal faces for any approach shall be not less than 2 meters
apart measuredhorizontally betweencentresof faces.
When the nearestsignal face is more than 35 metersbeyond the stop line,
a supplementalnearsidesignalindicationshallbe provided.
A signal face mounted on a span wire or mast arm should be located as
nearas practicableto the line of the driver'snormal view.
Supplemental signal faces should be used when an engineeringstudy has
shown that they are neededto achieveboth advanceand immediateintersection
visibility. When used, they should be located to provide optimum visibility
for the movementto be controlled. The following limitations apply :
(a)
Left turn arrowsshall not be used in near-rightfaces.
(b)
Right turn arrowsshallnot be usedin far-leftfaces.
A far-sidemedian mount signalshall be consideredas a far-rightsignalfor
this application.
At f;i-aide miO5ocf croiswalk,if,ere itrould be at leastone signalface
over the travelled roadway for each approach. ln other respects,a traffic control
signalat a mid-blocklocationshallmeet the requirements
set forth herein.
Supplementerypedestriansignalshall be usedwhere warranted.
Height of Signal Faces:
The bottom of the housing of a signal face, not mounted over a roadway,
shall not be lessthan 2.50 meters nor more than 4.50 meters above the sidewalk or, if none abovethe pavementgradeat the centre of the highway.
The bottom of the housingof a signal face suspendedover a roadway shall
not be less than 4.50 meters nor more than 5.75 meters above the pavement
gradeat the centre of the roadway.,
Within the above limits optimum visibility and adequateclearanceshould
be the guiding consider:ations
in deciding signal height. Tradeson approaching
streets may be important factors, and should be consideredin determiningthe
most appropriateheight.
TransverseLocation of Traffic Signal :
ln the placement of signal supports, primary consider6tionshall be given
to ensuringthe proper visibility of signalfaces. Howeverin the interestof safety,
signalsupports and controller cabinetsshould be placedas far as practicablefrom
the edgeof the travelledway without adverselyaffecting signalvisibility.
Supports for post-mountedsignal heads at the side of a street with kerbs
shall have a horizontal clearanceof not lessthan 0.6 metersfrom the face of a
vertical kerb. Where there is no kerb, supports for post-mounted5ignalheads
shall have a horizontal clearanceof not lessthan 0.6 meter from the edge of a
shoulder,within the limits of normal verticalclearance.A signalsupportshould
not obstruct a crosswalk.
216
LLZ
'slcrlluocolcrqa^-slcrqa^
ol ss llaMseslcrl+uoc
uerJlsopod
salclqe^ol sa!ldde
'Jo u6rse Aq ueru6
6uroDalo;
aq1 'uorlpsqpur
leubrsoleudorddBup +o asnaql Aq
elqlssod
aq Aeu Dururenn
slslxalcll+uocpalcadxeun
+o suorlrpuocqcnsuoqM
'+oaJaql
peurenn
A;an
-llcajloarplcrlluoc palcadxaun
sueupapadpue sra^tJo (!1!)
aql oI palcelqns
puellusutsnoul6u1lcr
11
-uoc aql oulurured Aq pecnpalA11eua1eu
ale sAelapcl++pJlsnouas (!!)
iprezeqfqO1gs
Aluose^lou! luaula^ouraql
(!)
: ueqmldecxe 'gerualuluearbAue 6u;rnp peleclpu!eq plnoLlsol++sJlbutnou
pelcadxeunue onlo ur Aeur teqt luaulanou oN
1o sAeanqled
;o bulssorc
:
: le rolul ueerg 6qrnq spllluog palcedxaup
:luauro^or,rj
cl++PJl
aq] pup uotlpclput n OUUV
OurlcrJluoc
Aue o] uorleolpuluaarbe 1o 6u1r*oqs
paplnoldaq lleqsleruetu!acupjeelcV
eql uaa/vueq
NllUg e +ouollpuluuat.
'paseolar
s! cr++eJ]
ssoJcaro+aq
'1erualu!aouJealcpaJ
reolc ol uorlcasJelu!aql llurJad ot uolle.rnp]uercl$ns 1o
aq Aeu lerualu!a6ueqcalctqannnollaAaq1
Aem-11e
uoqs e Aq pemo1lo1
spaeds
qceordde.req6rqol eleudo.rdde
ele slenJolulra6uo1aL{}Alletauag 'spuocesg
e aneqplnoqsslenlelulabueqcalclLlan^ olla1
ol g Aleleurxordde1o abue.r
'tuautublsse
ue 1o
Aerut-1o-rq61J
aq] u! a6eqc6ugpuedtul
sql
Apeauaql +o uotlcun+anlsnlcxa
cl++eJ}uJe^
o1aq Ileqslelrolu! nnol;aA
.SMOUHV
N33U9
uaqmpasnaq plnoqssace;peuDts
Aq pallo.rluoc
are slueuanoul6urulnl ontsnlcxs
eleredag 'Ng3Ug UVInCUIC ol C1SUUVI6CUIC ruorl a6ueqcaql Llllm
uollcunfuoc
u1paAeldstp
aq uolleclpulMO-ll3A UVlnOUlS P lleLlsasecou ul
'le^ralur
11AOUUV
NIiUg qoeara4e alqectlddeoraq^ pue lerualu!NSlUg
y
qcea
pasnaq llpLlslprualuta6ueqcaplqe^ r'no11aA
6uttrlo;;o1
UVInCUIC
: lerualulebueqgolclqen
'alqeclnerd
11e
aLll,to aq plnoqs secuereolcpallnba.t
le +! paprenbeq plnoqsro adAl Aervreleelq
aleqM paulelqo
eql qlr^ palecolaq louuec qc!q^,rl.roddnsAuy 'alqectlceld
unutulur enoqeaLl} 'suelpeu uO
aq plnoL{s
l.roddnsleubrs.ro1sacuelealc
'lJoddns(Aenae-1earq-uou)
ptbtl p ro1 eseqaloJcuooaql ol Aldde
'Luo
slql
Aue
esop
uorlelrulrl
lou
leql ldacxe'1u1od te lanalpunoJbeql anoqe
O'01
ueql arqlt puolxo plnoqsl.roddnsleubtse Jo+aseqetralcuoce ;o ued o5
J-
Coordinationof TrafficControlSignals:
Traffic control signalsat 0.8 Km. of one anotheralong a majorrouteor
in a net work of intersectingmajor routesshouldbe operatedin coordinbtion,
preferablywith interconnected
cohtrollers. However,coordinationneednot to
be maintainedacrossboundariesbetweensignalsystemswhich operateon different time cycles. Coordinatedoperationnormally should includeboth pretimedsignalsandtraffic-actuated
signals
within the appropriatedistances.
Flashing
Operation:
shall be providedwith an electricalflashing
All traffic signalinstallations
signal
mechanism
supplementary
timer. A manualswitch or whereapto the
propriate,automaticmeans,shallbe providedto actuatethe flashingmechanism.
The signaltimer shall be removablewithout affectingthe flashingoperation.
The mechanismshall operatein a mannersimilar to that of an Intersection
ControlBeacon.
The illuminatingelementin a flbshingsignalshallbe flashedcontinuously
at a rate of not lessthan 50 nor-be
morethan 60 timesper minute. The illuminating
period of-aCh Tlasl ahdf nof
lessthan ha;liand-noJmore than two-ihird of
the total flashcycle.
from flashingto stop-and-go
operationshallbe madeat
Adtomatlcchanges
the beginningof the majorstreetgreeninterval;atthe beginningof the g_o-mmen
major street green interval (i.e. when a green indication is shown.in both
directionon the majorstreet). Automaticchanges
from stop-and-go
to flashing
operationshall be niade at the end of the common major streetred interval,
(i.e.a red indicationis shownin both directionson the majorstreet).
The changefrom the flashingto stop-and{ooperation,or from stop-andgo to flashingoperationby manualswitchmay be madeat any time.
Wherethere is no commonmajorstreetgreeninterval,the automaticchange
from flashingto stop-and-go
operationshall be madeat the beginningof the
greenintervalfor the major traffic movementon the major street. lt may be
necessary
beto provide a short steadyall-redintervalfor the other approaches
fore changingfrom flashingyellowor flashingred to greenon the majorapproach.
Continuityof Operation:
A traffic signalinstallation,exceptas providedbelow,shallbe operatedas
a stop-andgodeviceor asa flashingdevice.
( a ) When a signalinstallationis not in operationsuchas prior to placing
it in service,during seasonal
to
shutdown,or when it is not desirable
operatethe signals,they shouldbe hoodedturned or takendown to
clearlyindicatethat the signalis not in operation.
( b ) When a traffic singalinstallationis beingoperatedin the usual(stopandgo) mannerat leastone indicationin each signalface shall be
illuminated
278
]
6LZ
'bursso.rc
aLlI1|.o
sjalau 09
'sacuelsluncltc
qlrnnsleubrscr,t+er1
aql 01 palrull aq plnoqs uorlcauuoJlatutaql
'urell e Aq palcolq st 6ursso-rc
aq] aull aql 6uunp paacold
lensnunrapun ldacx3
6urlcr;luoc-uou
01 cr++er]Aennq6lq
]rrurad o] alqeltsapaq AeuLsuollcaslalutpaz
- r l e u b rlsu a c e l p ea L { }} o u o r } d L l a - a r d ' p a r r n b}ao;u a r p s l e u D r qs c e o l d d e - u t e }r e
} q}
utell ataqM sbulssolc]V
lualxa aql o] paltLutlro pale;n6eiare sluaLuanoLu
'urel] e
rLoacuaseldro qceolddeaq] ]o slslJolotxuleM o] sleubtsqceold
-de-uter+leuorlua^Uoc+o narl ul pasnaq Aeu sleu6rslolluoc aljlel] '(uot1e:ado
urerl olaqnnsaceldraqlo pue s6utsso.tc
6urqclrans
ur se) Mols Aranale sluaLUaAoLU
'sactnapuotlcalold 6utsso-tc
lanal peolllel ,to nat,
)oerl lerJlsnput1e'ronannoll
pasn
peorlrer
sleubts
uo
aq
aurluretrr
ur sbursso.rc
]ou 1;eqs
lolluoc cl++ell
'6utsso.tc
aLl] +o srolaur 0g urll]tM sleu0tsct++el}aL{} o} pa}lLu!laq plnoqs uol}3auu03
'uotlelado ut a.le sleubts
-talu! aql 'sacuelsulncltc
lensn-un. lapun ldacxj
qceo;dde-urel]aq] ]eql aul] aql 6uunp uotltpuoc paldua-ald aql uleluleuJpue
qceoldde-utert
aqt lo AelallolluoJ
qstlqe$ao] Japrout rolduJo-aldaql pue sleuOts
pasolce sattnbalaJnlea] uotldua-ald slql 'leubts
aq] uoarvrlaq
]!nclc lectJ]oala
ptone ol sutetl
qceodde-urel]aq] pue leubrscr++ellaq] +o slcedse6u1r5111uoc
paldute-ald
plnoqs
aq
r.uor;
qceotdde
aqt
uodn
Jallorluoc
lebutsct1;et1
;o
leubrs
aql +o lolluoc aql'le6uls lorluoJ cl+]ell e Aq pallotluoc uollJaslalulue leau lo
'6utsso;c
Aq palcalo.td
utq]rMst s;eubtsqceoldde-ute.rl
la^al peol-lleJe uaqM
: 6urssol3la^a-llpau sleubtgstllerl
LaPeuJaq
',tantJp
aql o}
plnoqs seJl^ap6urult eleJncce+o asn er{l 6ulpnlcu! slcaqc lelnoel
paAeidslps1 6u1u1r 6urpn1culurc$ed Gulleredo pa^ordde aLll leql alnsse oI
'Allelnbal patenle^+al pue pelepdn aq Plep
Suueeurbuaeql leql -Aressoausr 1 lebueqc suratled pue c44qu c$}!f aqqs
';eu61se ro1 6utrurl pue 6utseqdlado.td
'luaurallnba.t
aql aulrllalap ol pesn eq lleqs satptn$ 6utiseut0ua tuol+ ele6l
c!+,ter]q1!M ]ustsrsuoc Jauueu e u! psle.tadoaq lleqs sleu6tsloJluoc gl#ell
: rloll cl#eJl ol eleFl lsnu uotleradg leu6lg
'paqsel] arp uorlpllelsul
ler6rs eql ur suotlsJlpu! ;eu6gs.reqto aql usqm paleul
-uinlll Alsnonurluocaq Aeul 11'luanran'oulsnonulluoo e alectpu! ol euole pasn
'uotlcas-a16uls
e uaq6
sr sual MOUUV Nl;1Ug peleuluinll! Alsnonutluoc
'slebutsc!$erl Acua6raure
of Aldde lou op suotslnolda oqe aql
"dols ol pargnbers!cllJe.tt qclq^Auo qceoldde qcea
partnbar
sace+
orvrl.$eel lB u!\paqsell aq lleqs uolleclpul
]o
1eu6ts
psl aql pue paddols lou s! et+leJl r.lclt{rnuo qceoldde qcea uo saoe}
1eu6rspa.rgnbeioml lseal le ul peqsplt aq llet{s uo!}Pc!pu! ano;;aAaql
'ac!^?p6u1qseg1
e se pelelado 6utaq s! uollellelsu! le6ulscllleJl e uaq6 (c)
(}'
082
,uo11sa6uocJoso|'!n|o^",',,,,'i.;T$J:]ffi"#ff*t?'ii'fj,.jlx'Ji*xj3
Aq uolrcellp c!1r+e:]
6urneqAq .ro 'A;;enueu lo qsel] uo Jaqlla
'ern;re,r pouad lenupul
e 6uunp ;eubrsaql;o uorleladoaleuJa]lelo+ aplnoJd (e)
rro
: plnoqsAcuaOe
aq] pua stql oI 'Jauueuja;qrsuod
-sal e ut sacueueunddes1r
pue
aql
1o lle 'paqstlqelsa
;eu6rs
+o acupualuteuaql lort aprnold
plnoLlsAcuaoea;qtsuodsa.r
aq1
A;.rea1c
aq plnoLlsacueualuteusll
.lo4A1;rqrsuodsar
aql leubrs;o.r1uoo
ot++eJ}
Aue 1o uotlellelsulaql ol ropd
: sleuFtslo ssueualulen
'paptoneaq ol
alp sacuanbes
Jo par-lle
leubls6urqsel+
pabuolo.16"6urnotucrj+eJl dae) ol paubrseplauueu e ur pale.raOo'-eq
plnoi.1s
suotltpuoc Acuao;aula6uunp spaje palsabuoc ur 6ultreladosleubrsctJ.+eJl'asnec.raqtro
Aue uoJ+ lo 'uo!]cun+leutlueuudrnbauo;1 'uo1trdula
'laalls
-ald gter e Aq
ssoJc aql uo olcrqan Acuablaure ue Aq uorlduua-e;d .rot.rd
e uior+ sllnsol aJnlte+aq] Jaqlaqm uanrbaq o1 paubrsapaq lleqs uotlectput stql
'uo!]sasjsl_u!
leq] le ;eu6rscr11el]aql ldua-eld o+ s;re1tuaulrdrnbaeql uaqM uotlcss
-Jalu!ue 6urqceo.rdde
alctqanAcueblaulaAue;o JaAtJpaq] ol uollectpul ue optn
-o.td_olse os pollel.sutpue pau6rsapoq
aie
lleqssalotqa^AcuablaureAq paldrua-a.rd
s;eubrslolluoc cl++el]qclqm ur suelsAg 'uotlecol paldula-e;daql le allqen Acua
-6leua aqllo
ot uiar6 uiori aoueqc
le^pre aro+aq(par 6utqsel+ro) per o1 nnoglaA
aq] 1! aceld e>;e1ol le^ralu! abueqc lerrrlou e lruuad o] alerado lleqs solctqo^
Acuebraua Aq pelduta-e;d a;e s;eu6rs lorluoc ct++el] Llc!qlvrur b'ru6rsAs
: sleu6rg;o uogletedgAcueb.rau3
's)ceJ1eq1
6urssolc]uaulanou ctJlerl aLl]Alleullou 'aseqdpeleubrsap
_
e o1 leu6rsaql ulnlal o] Atessacaus! l! Oursso.rc
aql slealc utell aql uaqM
'eoJeuorloas;alut
aql ol s>lcel]aql ,rodrqs
:uoBeFr l€clsAqd aql uo- puadaplltm stq:I qsldtuoeee o1 sjeu6ls€gl lo uqleeol
aq] pue Aeldsrpaq] lo ajnleu lcexa aqI 'aurl burlre/!\aq] aspojoutlilM stq] sasec
auo^sut qbnoql uana slcel] aq] uo dols o] paltnbar lou ole salctqanleql os
pauOtsapaq plnoqs s6ursso.rc
lolol peorllel reau sleubrslolluoc ctjle;] 1o Dulurl
pue 6urseqdponlonutsuter] ou-,lerrrJou
aq] pue uotlecol aq] alqlspa+aJaqM
's)9er1aL{}Ja^o s}uaulo^ou]
}!q!qojd
sasec
ut
ssolc
lnq's)oer] oql
op leql sluaula^oulalotr.lan
o]
lou
lleqs
lle
lru;ad
poleradoaq Aeu ';eubrslolluoc ct]+ell aqt'aseqd 'acuetea;c)cel] aql laUV
's)cpl]
aq] la^o luaula^oLuu;ano6qolqMs;eu6rs
aql ur sosuolpa; ulc 00t ,to asn ol uanr6eq plnoqs uolleraptsuoo'uaa;6 ale
s;eu6tslno-real3aq] lpq] auitl aql 6uunp uotlelaldlalut-sturplone 01 'Acualsls
-uo3pue Ala+es lsojalut aql ut acuanbas
+o
;eu6rsaq] ur pouasutaq lsnul le^Jalul
abueqcnnollaAe'uorlelado urell Aq paldua-ardst uotlmtpur uaal6aL{}uaqM
.ololaLll
qceoldde Aue ro uotlcasjalu!aql saqoealu!er] aql oJo+aqsloerl aql jeal3 ol
s o l c r q a n ; 11er u ; a d l p M q c t ^ A e l d s r p ; e u 6er sl c a ] + ao l u r 6 u r : q a o u o1 e l l e l l s' l t n c l r o
qceorddeaq] s;alua]sJt+utell aql uaqM paletllul acuanbasuorldr-u3-a;(
sq1
( b ) Have properly skilled maintenanceavailable'without undue delay
for all emergencycalls,includinglamp failures.
( c ) Provideproperlyskilledmaintenance
for all components.
( d ) Maintain the appearanceof the installation in a manner consistent
with the intention of this Manual,with particularemphasison painting
and on cleaningof the optical system.
( e ) Serviceequipment and lamps as frequently as experienceprovesnecessary to preventundue failures.
(f)
Provideadequatestand-byequipmentto minimizethe interruptionof
signaloperationdue to equipmentfailure.
( g ) Every controller should be kept in effective operation in strict accordancewith its predeterminedtiming schedule.
(h) A careful check of the correctnessof time operation of the controller
should be made freqLren+lyenough+o enzure itsoperating in aeeordanee
with the plannedtiming schedule.Timing changes
shouldbe made
only by authorizedpersons.A written recordshouldbe madeof all
timingchanges.
(i)
at leastasfrequenControllersshouldbe carefullycleanedandserviced
and morefrequentlyif experience
tly as specifiedby the manufacturer
provesit necessary.
Paintingof Signals:
The insidesof visors(hoods)and the entire surfaceof louvers,and fine,
and the front surfaceof backplates
shall havea dull black finish to minimize
light reflectionto the sideof the signals.
VehicleDetectors:
The placementof vehicle detectors in relationto the Stop Line is a very
importantfactor in properoperationof Traffic ActuatedSignalsand shouldbe
a factorin signaldesign.
Wherethe total enteringtraffic on one streetis morethan twice that on the
crossstreet,detectorson the crossstreetshouldbe placedcloserto the stop line
than on the mainstreet.
Additional "calling" detectorsmay be requiredon lowervolumestreetsto
handletraffic enteringthe streetfrom drivewaysbetweenthe basicdetectorand
the Stop Line.
placementof detectorsshouldbe suchthat vehicles
The transverse
travelling
away from the intersection
do not register"false-calls".On narrowt\/o-way
roadways
this may requireuseof directionaldetectors.
7-
Auxilliary Signs:
Signalinstructionsignsused with traffic signalsshall be locatedadjacentto
the signalface to which they apply. Stop signsshall not be usedin conjunction
with any signaloperation,except when the indicationflashesred at all times or
when a minor street or driveway is located within or adjacentto the controlled
area,but does not warrant separatesignalcontrol dueto extremelylow potential
for conflict.
When used in conjunction with traffic signals,illuminated signsshall be
designedand mounted in such a manner as to avoid glare and reflectionsthat
seriouslydetract from the signal indications. The traffic control signalshall be
given dominent position and brightnessto assureits target priority in the overalldisplay.
Removalof ConfusingAdvertising Lights :
The legal authority shall prohibit the display of any unauthorizedsign,
of any official
signal,marking,or devicewhich interfereswith the effectiveness
traffic control device.
Warrantsfor Signals:
A comprehensiveinvestigationof traffic conditions and physical characteristicsof the location is required to determine the necessityfor a signal installation and to furnish necessarydata for the proper designand operation of
a signalthat is found to be warranted. Such data desirablyshould include :
(a) The number of vehiclesenteringthe intersectionin each hour from
each approach during 16 consecutive hours of a representativeday.
The 16 hours selectedshould contain the greatest percentageof the
24 hours traffic.
(b) Vehicular volumes for each traffic movement from each approach,
classifiedby vehicle tr/pe (heavy vehicles, light commercial vehicles
cars) during each 15 minute period of the two hours in
and passenger
the morning and of the two hours in the afternoon during which
total traffic enteringthe intersectionis greatest.
(c)
Pedestrianvolume counts on each crosswalkduring the sameperiods
as the vehicularcounts in paragraph(b) above and also during hours
volume.
of highestpedestrian
(d) The 8S-percentile
speedof all vehicleson the uncontrolledapproaches
to the location.
(e) A site plan showing details of the physical layout, including such
features as intersectionalgeometrics,channelization,grades,sightdistance restrictions,bus.stops and routings, parking conditons, pavement markings, street lighting, driveways, location of nearby rail
level crossings,distance to nearestsignals,utility poles and fixtures,
and adjacentland use.
tf)
A collision diagram showing accident experienceby type, location,
direction of movement,severity,time of day, date and day of week
for at leastone year.
282
I
I
of
The following data are also desirablefor a more preciseunderstanding
the operationof the intersectionand may be obtainedduring the periods.of
highest
volume:
(i) Vehicle delaysin secondsdeterminedseparatelyfor eachapproach.
(ii) The numberand distributionof gapsin vehiculartraffic on the major
streetwhen minor streettraffic finds it possibleto usethe intersection
safety.
(iii) The 85-percentile
at a point
speedof vehicleson controlledapproaches
nearto the intersectionbut unaffectedby the control.
(iv) Pedestrain
delay
delaytime for at leasttwo 30 minutepeakpedestrian
periodsof an average
weekdayor like periodsof a Saturdayor a Sunday.
intersectionis desirable.WidenAdequateroadwaycapacityat a signalized
roadwaymay be warrantedto
ing of both the main highwayand the intersecting
of right-of-wayat intersections
controlled
reducethe delayscausedby assignment
by *affi€ signals. Widening ef the intersecting-roadwayis often benefieialto
operationon the main highwaybecauseit reducesthe signaltime that must
traffic. In Urbanareas,the effect of wideningcan be
be assigned
to side-street
approaches.lt is always
achievedby eliminationof parkingat inter-sectional
desirableto have at leasttwo lanesfor movingtraffic on eachapproachto a
on the far sideof the
signalized
intersection.Additional.width may be necessary
intersection,
as well as the approachside,in order to cleartraffic throughthe
intersectioneffectively. Beforean intersectionis widened,the additionalgreen
time neededto pedestriansto crossthe widened streetsshould be checkedto
ensurethat it will not exceedthe greentime savedthroughimprovedvehicular
flow.
Warrantsfor Traffic Signal:
Traffic @ntrol signalsshouldnot be installedunlessone or more of the
signalwarrantsin this Manualare met. Informationshould be obtainedby
set forth
meansof engineeringstudiesand comparedwith the requirements
in the warrants. lf theserequirements
arenot met,a traffic signalshouldneither
be put into operationnor continuedin operation(if alreadyinstalled).
Whena traffic control signalis indicatedas beingwarranted,it is presumed
that the signaland all relatedtraffic control devicesand markingsare installed
set forth in this Manual. lt is further presumed
accordingto the standards
that
signalindicationsare properlyphased,that roadwaysare properlydesigned,
that
adjacenttraffic signalsare properlycoordinated,that there is adequatesupervisionof the operationand maintenance
of the signalandall of its relateddevices
and that the traffic signalcontrollerwill be selectedon the basisof engineering
studyandjudgem6nt.
An investigation
of the needfor traffic signalcontrol shouldincludewhere
of the factorscontainedin the followingwarrants:
applicable,
at leastan analysis
W a r r a n t 1 - M i n i m u mv e h i c u l avro l u m e
283
Warrant2-lnterruption of continuoustraffic
volume
Warrant3-Minimum pedestrian
Warrant4-School crossings
Warrant5-Progressive
movement
Warrant6-Accident.experience
Warrant7-Systernswarrant
of warrants
WarrantB-Combination
Warrant1- Minimum VehicularVolume.- The minimumvehicularvolume
traffic is
warrant is intendedfor applicationwherethe volumeof intersecting
of signal installation. The warrant is
the principal reasonfor consideration
satisfiedwh.en,for eachof any 8 hoursof an averageday, the traffic volumes
given in the table below exist on the major streetand on the highervolume
minorstreetapproachto the intersection
:
M I N I M U MV E H I C U L A R
V O L U M E SF O RW A R R A N T1
No. of approachlenes
Traffic Volume(Vehiclesperhour)
Major Street
(total of both
approaches)
Minor Street
(onedirection
only)
Major
Street
Minor
Street
1
1
500
150
2 or more
1
600
150
2 or more
2 or more
600
200
1
2 or more
500
200
These major-street and minor-street volumes are for the same 8 hours.
During those 8 hours, the direction of higher volume on the minor street may be
on one approach during some hours and on the opposite approachduring other
hours.
When the 85- percentile speed of major street traffic exceeds65 KPH or
when the intersectionlies within the built-up-areaof an isolatedcommunity,
the minimum vehicularvolume warrant is 70 percentof the requirementsabove
to account for ihe differencesin the nature and operational characteristicsof
traffic in urban and rural environments
and smallermunicipalities.
284
o
Warrant 2- (nterruptionof ContinueusTraffic:-. The interruption of ContinuousTraffic Warrantappliesto operatihgconditionswhere the iraffic volume
on a maior street is so heavy that traffic bn a minor intersectingstreetsuffers
exceFivedelay or hazardin enteringor crossingthe majorstreet.ihe warrantis
satisfiedwhen,.for each of any 8 hoursof an averageday, the traffic volumes
givenin the tablebelowexiston the majorstreetand on the'liigher-volume
minorstreet approachto th9-_in!.ersection,
and the signalinstallationwill not seriously
disrupt progressive
traffic flow.
M I N I M U MV E H I C U L A R
V O L U M E SF O RW A R R A N T2
No. of lanesfor eachapproach
vehiclesperhour
Majorstreet
(total of both
approaches)
Minorstreet
approach(one
directiononly)
Major
street
Minor
street
1
1
750
75
2 or more
1
900
75
2 or more
2 or more
900
100
1
2 or more
750
100
fl,q major-streetand minor street volumesare for the same8 hours. During
.
those 8.hours.,the direction of higher volume on the minor street may be on onE
approach during some hours and on the opposite approachduring other hours.
. " when.the 85-percentile.speed.ofmajor-streettraffic exceeds65 KpH, or
wh'en
the intersection lies within the buiit-up area of an isolated community,
the interruption of continuous traffic warrant is 70 percent of the requiremenii
above.
Warrant 3- Minimum Pedestrian Volume:- The minimum pedestrian Volume warrant is statisfied when, for each of any 8 hours of an averageday, the
followingtraffic volumesexist :
(a) On the major street 600 or more vehiclesper hour enter the intersection (total of both approaches),or where there is a raised median
island 1.25 meters or more in width 1,000 or more vehictespei frour
(total of both approaches)enter the intersectionon the maj6r street;
and
(b) During-the same 8 hours as in paragraph(a) there are 1b0 or more
pedestrian per hour on the highesi volume crosswalk crossing the
major street.
when the B5-percentilespeed of major street traffic exceeds6 5 K P H o r
when the intersectionlies within the built-up area of an isolatedcommunity,
the minimum pedestrainvolume warrant is 70 percent of the requrrements
above.
A signalinstalledunder this warrant at an isolatedintersectionshouldbe of
crossingthe main
the traffic actuated type with push buttons for pesdestrians
a
signalsystem,it
within
intersection
at
signal
is
installed
an
lf
a
such
street.
should be equipped and operated with control deviceswhich provide proper
coordination.
locations(mid-block)provided
Signalsmay be installedat non-intersection
the requirementsof this warrant are met, and provided that the related crosscrosswalk.Kerb parking
walk is not closerthan 45 metersto anotherestablished
7 meters beyond the
of
and
should be prohibited for 30.0 meters in advance
must
conform
to standards
and
installation
coordination,
crosswalk. Phasing
set forth in this Manual. Speci'alattention should be given to the signal head
placement ancl the signs and marking used at non-intersectionlocations to be
suredriversare awareof this special-apolication.
Warrant 4- School Crossing:- A traffic control signal may be warrantedat
an establishedschool crossingwhen a traffic engineeringstudy of the frequency
and adequacyof gaps in the vehicular traffic stream as related to the number
and sizeof groupsof schoolchildrenat the schoolcrossingshowsthat the number
of adequategaps in the traffic stream during the p-eriodwhen-the childre-nare
usingthe crossingis lessthan the number of minutesin the sameperiod. When
traffic control signalsare installedentirelyunderthis warrant :
(ai
Pedestrianindications shall be provided at ieast for each crosswalk
establishedas a school crossing.
(b) At an intersection,the signalnormally should be traffic-actuated.As
a minimum it should be semi-trafficactuated,but full actuationwith
detectorson all approaches.has may be desirable. Intersectioninstalla'
tions that can be fitted into progressivesignal systemsmay have pretimed control.
(c) At non-intersectioncrossing,the signalshould be pedestrian-actuated,
parking and other obstructions to view should be prohibited for at
least 30.0 meters in advanceof and 7 meters beyond the crosswalk,
. and the installationshould include suitablestandardsignsand pavement markings. Specialpolice supervisionandlor enforcementshould
be providedfor a lew non-intersectioninstallation,
Warrant 5 - ProgressiveMovement:- Progressivemovement control sometraffic signalinstallationsat intersectionswhere they would not
times necessitates
otherwise be warranted, in order to maintain proper grouping of vehiclesand
Movement warrant is
effectiviely REGULAR group speed. The Progressive
satisfiedwhen :
(a) On a one-way street or a street which has pr€dominantlyuni-directional traffic the adjacent signalsare so far apart that they do not
provide the necessarydegreeof vehicle platooning and speed control;
or
(b) On a two-way street, adjacentsignalsdo not provide the necessary
degreeof platooningand speedcontrol and the proposedand adjacent
signalsystem.
signalscould constitutea progressive
286
The installationof a signalaccordingto this warrantshouldbe basedon the
speedunlessan engineering
85-percentile
study indicatesthat anotherspeedis
moredesirable.
The installationof a signa.laccordingto this warrantshouldnot be consideredwherethe resultantsignalspacingwould be lessthan 300 meters.
Warrant }-Accident Experience.'- The Accident Experiencewarrant is
satisfiedwhen :
(a) Adequatetrial of lessrestrictiveremedieswith statisfactoryobservance
. and eiiforcementllas failed to reduce the accidentfrequency ; and
of typessusceptible
{b) Fiveor more reportedaccidents,
to correctionby
traffic signalcontrol,haveoccurredwithin a 12 month period.
(c) There existsa volumeof vehicularand pedestrian
traffic not lessthan
80 percentof the requirements
specifiedeitherin the minimumvehicular volume warrant,the interruptionof continuoustraffic warrant,
pedestribn
volumewarrant;and
911h1mi{T1m
(d) The signal installationwill not seriouslydisrupt progressive
traffic
flow.
Any traffic signalinstalledsolelyon the AccidentExperience
warrantshould
be semi'trafficactuated(with control deviceswhich providepropercoordination
if installedat an intersection
within a coordinatedsystem)and normallyshould
be fully traffic actuatedif installedat an isolatedinteisection.
Warrant 7- SystemsWarrant:- A traffic signalinstallationat some intersections,may be warranted to encourageconcentration and organizationof
traffic flow networks. The systemswarrant is applicablewhenthe common
intersectionof two or more major routes has a total existing,or immediately
piojected,enteringvolumeof at least800 vehiclesduring the peak hour of a
lypical weekday,or each of any five hoursor a Friday. A major route as used
in the abovewarranthasone or moreof the following characterislics.
(a) lt is part of the street or highwaysystemthat servesas the principal
networkfor throughtraffic flow;
(b) lt connectsareasof principaltraffic generation.
(c) lt includesrural or sub-urbanhighwaysoutsideof, enteringor traversinga city;
(d) lt hassurfacestreetwith motorwayrampterminals;
-rO
.
(e) lt appearsas a major route on an offical plan suchas a majorstreet
planin an urbanareatraffic andtransportation
study.
Warrant 8 - Combinationof Warrants:- In exceptionalcases,signals
occasionallymay be justifiedwhereno signalwarrantis satisfiedbut wheretwo
or more of warrants1,2 and 3 are satisfiedto the extent of 80 percentor more
of the statedvalues.
287
882
'uorlecrpuraq]
+o uotlcaltpaq] ul Aempeotoq] lalua ]ou
'poleulunllt
AllpeaNuolleclpul OIU aq]
lleqsueulsapade leql sueau
(e)
: smollo+sPale suotlectputleubts,suetlpepad,to 6utuearuaq1
-4,
I suollecrpulueulspsd ;o 6utuea6;
']aaJlsaql6uuelua uo uo!l!q!r.lold.rort
0utralue
C3U pue ]oalls aql0utsso.tc
suol}eclp
pa}eululnll!
qc!q/v\
ueu
e
a]lonol{las
aq}
sAlpCrpur
}o}s!suo3
+o
N3lU9
-ur asaql 'cr1+ellueulsaped 0ut11o.ttuoo
;o esodlnd antsnlcxaaql Jojt"papualul
suorlpcrpurleubrsctge.rl ;o sedAl letcads ale suo!]ectput ;eubts ulellsapad
: s;eu6;5uelllsapad
liffJli"B
.u* ',ruiiJ?j1?li#
uotlerado
aql,*ono]prnoLrs
sura$ed
qllAnuollounfuoc ur pollelsur pue paluerlem ale sleubtsuelllsapad uaq6
puesleubrs
parplsu!
eqreqssrolcalap
(c)
Bl,i
"r,r$#5;t?iff;ffti::13
qclq/!\ slstxa luaulanout
6ur.rnpaur] 6utsson alenbapeaneq lou plnom
ueulsapade ]nq paluelJemaslmJsqlolou ale sleuOtsuetrrepad uaqry1 (q)
'Ae1ap
'peqr;cse;dse paleradopue pollelsutaq
lleqssJolcolapueu6epad
anpun lnoq4m ssoJc ol Allunuoddo elenbapeugst oJaql pue slstxo
}nq uot}ellPlsutleubts pa}en}cP
luauenour uegrpapedleuorseccoaJaL{iA
-cU+eJ]e qlr^ uotlcunfuoc u! pa]uel:em.]ouole s;eubtsuetl]sapaduaqM (e)
: sAera6ur
'cUletl Jelnctqalse
-Mollo+aql ur paqst;du.rocce
aq uec stqf
llam se suetllsapedtro
spoauaq] uorl.eloptsuocolu! a>le}}sntu sleubtspalenlce-cu+Pr}
+o uotlelado
: lolluoc prelenlcv-uelJlsopad
'uo!]eco[ uot]casia]u!-uoue
]e sl uollelle]sulaql
(a)
'cl++eJ]
Ae ^-oml +o ]uouanoul Aenn-auolo+ aprnord ol st uortrellplsuloql
(p)
']aur s! r.lclqm
luerrpm Aluo aqr s! lueJJelvtluaplsce Jo ueplsaped aq1
(c)
'srnoq >1eed
aql6uunp Aluo sAe;appue soulnloncl1+eJllaoJls epts qbtg
(q)
'Mo-'l
'saurnlo^cl++ellpacuelequn.to 6u1]enlcnl+
(e)
: opnlcur lolluoc ;eubts,toadAl or.ltlo uotlcalasaql u! lorluoc palenlce
aLll ol peol Aeu leql sJolge+ledtculld aq1
cr++er]+o uorleJaprsuoc.alqerno^e+
: loJluoC 1o ad{1 }o uol}celas butulenog sro}cel
']uelleM slt{} Japunsgeubts uot}eJle}sutepace.rdplnoqs cUrLeJ}
o} ocua!uonuocul
+o
pue Aelapsie; asnec qc!qnlr soJnseaullP!pauJal Jaqlo '+o 1etl1 alenbapy
( b ) The RED indicationwhileflashing,meansthat a pedestrian
shall
not start to cross the roadwayin the directionof the indication,
but that any pedestrianwho has partly completedhis crossing
shallproceedto a widewalk,or to a safetyisland.
( c ) The GREEN indicationsteadilyilluminated,meansthat pedes-
triansfacingthe signalindicationmay proceedacrossthe roadway
in the directionof the indication.
(d) The GREENindicationwhileflashingmeansthat thereis a possible conflict of pedestrians
with vehicles.
SignalIndications:
Applicationsof Pedestrian
Pedestrian
signalindicationsshall be installedin conjunctionwith
vehiculartraffic signals(whichmeqtoneor moreof the traffic signalwarrant
previously
setforth) underanyof the followingconditions.
(a) Whena traffic signalis installedunderthe pedestrian
volumeor
warrant.
schoolcrossing
( b ) Whenan exclusiveintervalor phaseis providedor madeavailable
for pedestrianmovementin 'one or more directions,with all
beingstopped.
conflictingvehicularmovements
(c) When vehicularindicationsare not visibleto pedestrians
suchas
on one-waystreets,at "T" intersections;
or when the vehicular
indicationsare in a positionwhich would not adequatelyserve
pedestrians.
(d) At establishedschool crossings
at intersections
signalizedunder
any warrant.
Pedestrian
signalindicationsalso may be installedunder any of the
followingconditons:
(a) When'any volume of pedestrianactivity requiresuse of a pedestrian cleaiance interval to minimize vehicle-pedestrianconflicts
or when it is necessaryto assist pedestriansin making a safe
crossing.
( b ) When multi-phaseindications(as with split-phasetiming) would
guidedonly by vehiclesignalindicatend to confuse pedestrians
tions .
-(D
(c) When pedestrianscross part of the street, to or from an island,
during a particular interval (wherethey should not be permitted to
cross another part of that street during any part of the same
interval).
Location :
Pedestriansignal facesshall be mounted with the bottomof the housing
not lessthan 2.0 meters nor more than 3.00 metersabove the,sidewalk
level, so that there is a pedestrianindication in the line of pedestrian's
vision which pertainsto the crosswalkbeingused.
The DO NOT ENTER indication(RED) shall be mounteddirectly
a b o v eo r i n t e g r awl i t h t h e E N T E Ri n d i c a t i o (nG R E E N ) .
Pedestrian
signalheadsmay be mountedseparatelyor on the same
support with other signalheads. When mountedwith other signalheads
betweenthe two heads.
thereshallbe a physicalseparation
The pedestriansignalheadshall be so positionedand adjustedas to
provide maximumvisibilityat the beginningof the controlledcrossing.
Detectorsi
Pedestrian
detectorsof the push-buttonor othertype shallbe designed
to operateon a circuit not to exceed18 volts. They may be mounted
on signalstandard,wood or steel poles.or individualposts. They should
be convenientlylocated near each end of crosswalkwhere actuationis
required. A mountingheightof 1-1.25metersabovethe sidewalkhasbeen
usage.
found bestadaptedto Eeneral
-PermanenLt-ype
signsshall be mounted-above or inrnit with the
detectors,explainingtheir purposeand use. At certain locations,it may
be desirableto supplementthis sign with a largersignsuspended
overthe
oriensidewalkto call attentionto the push-button.Wheretwo crosswalks,
ted in differentdirections,end at or nearthe samelocation,the positioning
of pedestrianpush-buttonsshouldclearlyindicatewhich crosswalksignal
is actuatedby each push-button. Additional push-buttondetectors may
be requiredon islandsor medians
mightbecomestranded.
wherea pedestrian
Specialpurposepush-buttons(to be operatedonly by authorized
persons)shouldincludea housingcapableof beinglookedto preventaccess
in this case.
by the generalpublic Instructionsignsarenot necessary
A pilot light or other meansof indication may be installedwith a
pedestrianpush-buttonwhi.chnormally shall not be illuminated. Upon
actuation,it shall be illuminateduntil the pedestrians.green
indicationis
displayed.
Intervals:
Pedestrian
The four basic combinationsof pedestriansignal intervalswith
vehicularsignaloperationareasfollows
(a) CombinedPedestrian-Vehicular
lnterval:- A signalphasingwherein pedestrianmay use certain crosswalks
and vehiclesare per(the pedeitrianindication
mitted to turn acrossthesecrosswalks
s h a l bl ef l a s h i n sGR E E NL I G H T ) .
(b) ExclusiveCrosswalklnterual:- A signal phasingwherein pedestrian may usecertaincrosswalks
but vehiclesare not permittedto
moveacrossthesecrosswalks
duringthe pedestrian
movement(the
pedestrian
shallbe steadyGREENLIGHT)
indication
o--
( c ) Leading Pedestrian lnterval:- A signal phasing wherein .an exclusivepedestrianinterval, in advanceof the vehicularindication
shall be steady green. when the leading pedestrianinterval is
interval begins,
terminated,and a combined pedestrian-vehicular
flash.
to
begin
the greenindication may
(d)
ExclusivePedestrianPhase:-A signalphasingwherein pedestrians
may proceed to cross the intersection in any direction during
an exclusivephase while all vehiclesare stopped (the pedestrian
i n d i c a t i o ns h a l lb e s t e a d yG R E E N )
of sufficienttime to crossthe roadwayat
shouldbe assured
Pedestrians
signalsare.of the actuatedtype,
Where
traffic
a signalizedintersection.
crossingtime.when
conirol equipmentshouldprovidesufficientpedestrian
actuationand the minimumvehicularis less
there has'beena pedestrian
than that neededby the pedestrians.Wheretraffic signalsare not of the
to providesuffitype, pedestrianactuationmay be u_sed
vehicle-actuated
crossingtirne, or the vehiculartime shouldbe adjustedto
cient pedestrian
providethe crossing
time neededby pedestrians.
Undernormaleonditisnsrthegreenintervalshouldbe alleast 7 seconds
pedestrians
will haveddequateopportunityto leavethe ke-rb,before
so
that
'
intervalis shown.' However,the greenintervalitself neednot
the clearance
equal or exceedthe total crossingtime calculatedfor the streetwidth,.as
interval.
crossinqduringthe clearance
completetheir crossing
manv
oedestrianswill comPlete
m'anypedestrians
A pedestrianclearanceinterval shall alwaysbe providedwhere pedestrianssignalindicationsareused. lt shallconsistof a flashingred indication.
The duiation should be sufficientto allow a pedestriancrossingin the
crosswalkto leavethe kerb and travel to the centreof the farthesttravelled
lane before opposingvehiclesreceivea greenindication(normalwal\!1S
to be 1.25meter per second).On a streetwith a.median
speedis assumed
to allow only enoughpedesin
width, it may be desirable
meters
least
2
at
from the kerb
time on b given phaseto clearthe crossing
trian clearance
an
to the median. In the latter caseif the signalsare pedestrian-actuated,
provided
island.
on
the
be
additionaldetectorshall
Whena traffic signalinstallaiionis beingoperatedas a flashingdevice,
shallnot be illuminated.,
indications
the pedestrian
HazardldentificationBeacon:
A HazardldentificationBeaconis one or moresections'ofa standard
traffic signalheadwith a flashingCIRCULARYELLOW indicationin
include:
eachsection.Typicalapplications
1.
in or immediatelyadjacentto the roadway.
Obstructions
2.
to advance
warningsigns.
Supplemental
3.
At mid-blockcrosswalks.
4.
wherewarningis required.
At intersections
5.
to regulatorysigns,exceptthe STOP,YIELD and
Supplemental
D O N O TE N T E Rs i g n s .
29l
A H a z a r d l d e n t i f i c a t i o nB e a c o ns h a l l b e u s e do n l y t o s u p p l e m e n at n a p p r o p r i a t ew a r n i n go r r e g u l a t o r ys i g no r m a r k e r . T h e b e a c o ns h a l ln o t b e i n c l u d e d
w i t h i n t h e b o r d e ro f t h e s i g n .
Hazard ldentification Beacons,when used at intersectionsshall not face
confIictingvehicularapproaches.
SpeedLimit Sign Beacon:
A SpeedLimit Sign Beaconis two CIRCULAR YELLOW lenssectionseach
h a v i n ga v i s i b l ed i a m e t e ro f n o t l e s st h a n ' 1 5 c m . A s a n a l t e r n a t e o
, ne clRC U L A R Y E L L o w l e n s , h a v i n g a v i s i b l ed i a m e t e ro f n o t l e s st h a n 2 0 . 0 c m .
where two lensesare used, they shall be vertically aligned,and they shall be
a l t e r n a t e l fyl a s h e d .
l
iI
A Speed Limit Sign Beacon is intendedfor use with a fixed or variable
speedlimit sign. where applicable,a flashingspeed limit beacon (with an appropriateaccompanyingsign) may be usedto indicatethat the speedlimit shown
is in effect.
'
I
I
An Intersection Control Beacon consists of one or more sections of a
standard 'r.rafficsignal head, having flashing cIRCULAR YELLow oR clRCULAR RED indicationsin each face. They are installedand are usedonly at
an intersectionto control two or more directions of travel. Supplementalindjcations may be neededon one or more approachesin order to provide adequate
visibilityto approachingtraffic.
Intersection Control Beaconsare intended for use at intersectionswhere
traffic.or physical conditions do not justify conventionaltraffic signalsbut
wherehigh accidentratesindicatea specialhazard.
Applicationof IntersectionControl Beaconsshallbe limited to :
"1. Yellow on one route (normally the major roadway) and red for the
remainingapproaches
2.
Red for all approaches(where all approachingtraffic is supposedto
stop).
Stop Sign Beacon :
A Stop Sign Beaconis one or two sectionsof a standardtraffic signalhead
with a flashingCIRCULAR RED indication in each section. Wheretwo lenses
are.used,theyshallbeof the29.0 cm nominal diametersize,alignedhorizontally
and they shall be flashedsimultaneously.where a signallens ii used,it may be
either20.0 cm or 30.0 cm nominaldiameter.
-^
^ Thebottom of the, housing of a stop sign beacon shall be not lessthan
30.0 cm nor more than 60.0 cm 5bouethe top oi u ,top.iign.
292
A Stop should be used with a flashingred intersectioncontrol beacon.
l
GeneralDesignand Operationof Beacons:
Flashingbeaconunits and their mountingshallfollow the generaldesign
specificationsfor traffic control signals,which shall include the following
essentials
:
( 1 ) Each signalunits lens shall have a visiblediameterof not lessthan
20.0 cm exceptfor speedsignbeamns.
( 2 1 When illuminated,the beaconshall be clearlyvisible(to all driversit
faces)for a distanceof at least 0.4 Km under normalatmospheric
conditionsunlessotherwisephysicallyobstructed.
(3 ) All flashingcontacts should be equippedwith filtersfor supperssion
of radiointerference
Beaconsshall be flashedat a rate of not lessthan 50 nor more than 60
per-iod-oI--each-flash
tintes-permjn-ute. Ihe-il-Lumlna-te-d
shall not he lessthan
one-halfand not morethan two-tl"firds
of the total cycle. Whenhazardidentification beaconshave more than one section,they may be flashedalternately.
Beaconsshouldbe operatedonly during those hourswhen the hazardor
regulationexists.
A flashingyellow beaconinterconnected
with a trafficsignalmntroller may
be usedwith an advancetraffic signalwarningsign.
lf a 150 watt. lamp is usedin a 30.0 cm lensflashingyellow beaconand
the flashingyellow is so bright as to causeexcessive
glareduringnightoperation,
an automaticdimming deviceshould be used to reducethe brillianceduring
nightoperation.
HazardldentificationBeaconLocation :
The hazardor other condition warrantingFlazardldentificationBeacons
should largelygoverntheir location with respectto the roadway. ff usedalone
and locatedat the roadside,the bottom of the beaconunit shall be at least
2.50 metersand not morethan 3.50 metersabovethe pavement.lf suspended
over the roadway,the clearanceabovethe pavementshall not be more than
5.75 metersnor lessthan 4.50 meters. In no caseshouldthey be mounted
on pedestals
in the roadwayunles the pedestalis within the confinesof a traffic
or pedestrianisland. Wherean obstructionis in or adjacentto the roadway,
illuminationof the lower portion or the beginningof the obstruction,or a sign
on or in front of the obstructionis desirable,
in additionto the beacon.
IntersectionControl BeaconLocation :
An Intersection
ControlBeaconis generallysuspended
overthe centreof an
intersection,howeverit may be usedat other suitablelocations. lf suspended
over the roadwaythe clearanceabovethe pavementshall be at least4.50 meters
but not morethan 5.75.meters. lf pedestalrnountingis used,the bbttom of the
sign'alheadshall be at least2.50 metersbut not morethan.4.50metersabove
the pavement. In no caseshould it be mountedon a pedestalin the roadway
293
island.
unlessthepedestal
is within the confinesof a trafficor pedestrian
Lane-Use
Control Signals:
control signalsare specialoverheadsignalshavingindicationsused
Lane-Use
to permit or prohibitthe useof specificlanesof a streetor highwayor to indicate
by placement
are distinguished
the impendingprohibitionsof use. Installations
of thesespecialsignalsovera certainlaneor lanesof the roadwayand by their
distinctiveshapesand symbols. Supplementary
signsare often usedto explain
their meaning
andintent.
Lane-use
control signalsare most commonlyusedfor reversible-lane
control.
This type of control shouldbe usedonly when a competentengineering
study
showsthat there is need and also that the planhedoperationis practicable.
Reversible-lane
operationmay be appropriateat toll-boothareas.
Lane-use-control
signals
alsomay be usedwherethereis no intentor needto
reverselanes.Someapplications
of this type are r
11). 9n a me-torwEy,-wberqi! L. dqslled !q keep lfqJllc ou! oJ qe4q!'r
lanesat certainhoursto facilitatethe mergingof traffic from a ramp
or anothermotorway.
(2i On a motorway,nearits terminus,
to indicatea lanethat ends.
(3) On a motorway,or long bridge,to indicatea lanewhich may be temporarilyblockedby an accident,breakdown,etc.
(4) On a multi-lanehighwaywhereit is necessary
to control movementof
trafficin eachlaneindividually.
ControlSignalIndications:
Meaningof Lane-Use
of lane-use
The meanings
controlsignalsareasfollows:
( 1 ) A s t e a d yD O W N W A R D
G R E E NA R R O Wm e a n st h a t a d r i v e ri s p e r mitted to drive in the lane over which the arrow signalis located.
(21 A steadyYELLOW X meansthat a driver should prepareto vacate,
in a safe manner,the lane over which the signalis locatedbecause
a
lanecontrolchangeis beingmadewhichwould prohibitoccupyingof
that laneby vehicGs.
(3) A flashingYELLOW X meansthat a driver is permittedto usea lane
overwhichthe signalis located,usingpropercaution.
(4) A steadyRED X meansthat a drivershallnot drivein the laneover
which the signalis locqted,and that this indicationshall modify acmrdinglythe meaning
of all othertraffic controlspresent.
Designof Lane-useControlSignals:
All lane-use
control signalindicationsshall be in units with rectangular
faces. Nominalminimumheightand width of eachfaceshallbe 30.0 cm for
typical applications. However,other sizeswith message
recognitiondistances
appropriate
to signalspacing
maybe employedfor unusual
applications.
294
Eachlaneto be reversed
shallhavesignalfaceswith a DOWNWARDGREEN
ARROWon an opaquebackground,
and a RED X symbolon an Opaquebackground.
lane immediatelyadjacentto a reversiblel'aneshall
Each non-reversible
GREEN ARROW displayedto traffic travellingin the
have a DOW.NWARD
permitteddireetionand a RED X symbol displayedin the oppositedirection.
laneson any street so controlled may also be provided
Other non-reversible
with theseindications.
The indicationsprovidedfor eachlanemay be in separateunitsor may be
superimposed
in the same unit. When in separateunits, the RED X symbol
shallbe on the left, the YELLOWX symbolif usedshallbe in the middleandthe
DOWNWARG
D R E E NA R R O Ws y m b o l s h abl leo n t h e r i g h t .
The colour of lane.usecontrol signalindicationsshallbe clearlyvisiblefor
0.4 Km. at all times under normal atmosphericconditons,unlessothenryise
physically obstructed.
control signalshallbe at leastasgreatas
The visibilityangleof the lane-use
that specifiedfor the standardcirculartraffic signal.
Locationof Lane-use
Control Signals:
control signalunitsshallbe locatedapproximatelyoverthecentre
Lane-use
of the Ianecontrolled.
. lf the areato be controlledis morethan 0.4 Km in length,or if the vertical
lane-use
contiol'signal
or horizontalalignmentis curved,intermediate
indications
shallbe placedover eachcontrolledlane at frequentintervals.This placement
shallbe suchthat a motoristwill at all timesbe ableto seeat leastone indication,
and preferablytwo (due to the possibilityof a burn out of a signalindication)
alongthe roadway,and will havea definite indicationof the lanesspecifically
reserved
for his use.
All lane-use
control indicationsshallbe locatedin a straightline acrossthe
roadwayat right angleto the roadwayalignment
The bottom of any lane-use
control signalunit shallbe not lessthan 4.50
meters nor morethan 5.75 metersabovethe pavementgrade.
e
On roadway having intersectionscontrolled by traffic signals,the laneuse mntrol indicationshall be placedsufficientlyfor in advanceof or beyond
such traffic signalsto preventthem from being misconstruedas traffic mntrol
signals. 30.0 cm lensesmay be necessaryin the intersectiontraffic control
signals
to aid in distinguishing
betweenthe two typesof signals.
Operationof Lane-Use
Signals:
All reversible-lane
controlsignalsshallbe coordinatedandwiredto a master
control which will operateso as to permit signalindicationsfor eachdirection
in any of the reversinglanesto changefrom a steadyRED X to a DOWNWARD
G R E E N A R R O W o r f r o m a D O W N W A R DA R R O Wt o s t e a d yY E L L O WX
GREEN
whenusedandthento a steadyREDX. Theshowingof a DOWNWARD
ARROWor steadyYELLOW X or any combinationthereof,in both directions
overthe samelane,shallbe guardedagainstby electricalinterlock.
295
D u r i n g c h a n g eo v e r p e r i o d sa, s t e a d yY E L L O W X i n d i c a t i o n sm a y b e u s e d
t o n o t i f y t r a f f i c i n a r e v e r s i b llea n et o p r e p a r et o v a c a t et h e l a n e . A l t e r n a t e l yt h e
s t e a d y R E D X m a y i m m e d i a t e l vf o l l o w t h e t e r m i n a t i o no f t h e s t e a d yD O W N W A R D G R E E N A R R O W ,a n d i n t h i s c a s ea c l e a r a n c p
e e r i o do f a p p r o p r i a t e
length
shall be shown in both directionsover the lane before the steady DOWNWARD
G R E E N A R R O W i n d i c a t i o ni s s h o w n f o r t r a f f i c f r o m t h e o p p o s i t ed i r e c t i o n ,
Where feasible,a flashingYELLOW X for both directionsmay be usedover
a laneto permit useof that lanefor right turns,with due caution.
The type of control providedfor reversiblelane operationshould be such
as to permit either automaticor manualoperationof the lane-use
control signals.
lf an automatic system is used, a manual control to over-ridethe automatic
control shallbe provided.
When used,lane-use
signalsshallbe operatedcontinuousry.
Taff ic Signalsat Draw Bridges:
draw bridges a,rea s-p-e-cial
SrgnalsinsaalLe-d-at
type-of highway traffic signal,
the purpose of which is to notify traffic to stop becauseof the road closure
rather than alternately giving the right-bf-way to conf licting traffic movements.
They are manuallyoperatedin coordinationwith the openingand closingof the
draw bridges, and with the operation of gates, barriers,or other devicesused to
warn, control and stop vehicles. Unlike traffic control signals,draw bridge
signalsmay be operatedfrequently or at extremely infrequent intervalsdepending
upon the nature of the physicalconditionsand water-waytraffic.
Application of DrawbridgeSignals:
Drawbridgesignalsshall alwaysbe used in conjunctionwith gatesand other
typeEof protectioncommonly employedat drawbridges.
Designof DrawbridgeSignals:
The signal heads and mountings of drawbridge signalsshall follow the
standard design specifications for traffic contrcl signals. Drawbridgesignals
may be supplementedwith bells to provide additional warning to driversand
pedestrians
Nominal 20.0 cm. signal indicationsare standard. However,if prevailing
approach speedsare in excessof 40 KPH or when considerationssuch as roadway
width or geometrics,signal location, conflicting lights or objects in the background, etc. indicate the need for greater signal effectiveness,signal headswith
30.0 cm diameterlensesand 100 wa.ttor largerlampsshould be provided.
Where physicalconditions preventa driver (travellingat the 85 percentile
approachspeed)from havinga continuousview of at leastone signalindication
for approximately10 secondsbefore reachingthe stop line, an auxilliarydevice
shall be provided. This devicemay be eitheran auxilliarysignalor a DRAWBRIDGE warning sign with a Hazard ldentification Beacon interconnectedwith
the drawbridgecontroller.
C
L6Z
'ponulluocslpoq
lleqssuollecrpurleubrspar oq]
'pasgeruoaq
pue
pasolc
uteOeuaaq seq abpuq aLll uaq6'palaMol
a^eq sale0 eqt
'spuocas
aq Aeu sale6 eq]
OZ Alaleuttxo.tdde1o pouad unLululul e Jo]+V
'suotlecrpur
par aLll;o 6urqselrr
aql'alnpacotd 0utuedo
aleurallelJels lleLls;eubts
'spolled Duluedo abpuq uoamlaq
a6puq aql saler]rurJopual abpuq aql uaq11
paleu!unllroq ]ou 1;eqsleubrsaLl]'palcolas
sr uorlelleputleubtstroedAr paJ-olqnop
oq] uoseorJoqlo auos Jo+ a;aqm lo luanbe4 ssalaJe sbutuadoabpuq aJaqg
'lenralu! nnollaAaql
'uolleredo a6puq aqf Aq palloJluocaq'aro+aJoq]
]docxa
lleqs
'1erua1u1
'ulstueqcoul
suorlecrpur 1eu61sqcea lo uorleJnp aqf
lolluog abptlq
ar.|}q}tm uorpeuuoolalur qbnolq}'c!}euo}ne oq llpqs uot}elado abpuq pue a}eo
'uaal6 Apealsol. unlar
leubtsaql "pauado
1eu61s
rtoecuanbaseq1
lleqssuotlectput
'uollec!put
pol snonu!]
uaaqaneqselebaql pue pasolc uaoq seq a6puq aq] Jol+V
-uoc e Moqs lleqs sleu6tsoql pasolc a;e saleb aql altq1 'Aennpeoloq] esolc ol
elerado o1 urbaqsactnapJaqlo Jo salebaql aJo+aqspuocasg! ueql ssollou pal ol
abueqcllerlspue (spuocasg o] e Alateuxo.tddeAlleulou) lerualut paululalapald
'spouad
'pauado
e.rol mo1laAo1 ebueqc 1;eqsleubrseq]
aq o] s! abpuq aql uaqM
aq lleqs geuDrs
uaer6aql'pasn s1 leubts
6uruadouae/vuaq
saurl lle le paleulu.rnllr
pu.e
sbutuedo
ebpuq aJaq6
abpq.rq
adAl
ale
rnoloc
€aJql
aLll
luanbal,t
1o
'suorlrpuocsnopJezeqro uolsnluoc burlealc ptoneo] suotlellelsul
peorltel oql uo
qcns
Euruueld
ut pasn aq plnoqs aJBcauralx;1 '6u1sso.tc
1eu61s
paddolseq Aeu crge$ leql Alrlrqrssode sr aJaql pue 6u1sso.tc
apel6 peolltel e ol
'lolluoJ
sLl] +l 'suolleraprsuoc6uueeutbueAq paleclput +!
asolc sr a6pr.rqane.rp
abpuqrrnerpaql q1!^ palcauuocralu! aq plnoqs sAennqbtqpue slaalls luecefpe
uo sleubrg 'loJluoc bulqclyvrspa)collolut ue qbnolql Japual a0puq oqr Aq Al
'ueds alqeanou aq]
-lenueu pollorluoc ale uedsalqenoulpue seleb's1eu61s
leql os
'seclnep
rlllm pue
loJluoc .to 6ulureaniaqlo Jo sateb e6p!.tqmelple sleu0tg
: s;eu6;5ebptrqnnerq;o uotleradg
aql+oacue^pe
ur$alor!9!-9tuor+aqAlteutpro
0,,",'u1"'i1ttT"1i:J;fi:1iJ#
c4+ell raqlo Jo+ sluaualnber aql ol rlJoluoc plnoqs sabprtqnnerp
1e sleubts
'r.aolEslput,pueqlq6u,to
sq rs.t-!r ul
luauecetd pJalq p-uerqopq aL$legpoBpeJd
'Aennpeol
aql urol+Aennpeoraql ssoJceAlnerlp
aq] +o +lPqUol ol.{}Jo^olo apls }+ol
'ueds
'Aennpeol
pue
aql +o apls lqbu aq1 ]e aq lleqs leu6tsaug
aLll ]e roqlo aql
alqe^ou aq] ol qceordde qcea Jo+ peptnold oq 1leqssuotleclpu! leubtsoanl
: s;eubggabpuqrne.r6lo uorleco'I
']uenb
'Aetse
lecruan ur suollecrpurleubtspal oM] +o slslsuoc edAl puoces oqJ
-ar+alrnb sr uo1]eradoa6puqanerpuaqm pasn oq ol A11eraua6'suotlectpul
1eu61s
'per) rnoloc aarql pJepuplsaql
slstsuocedAl rltl
cr++er](uaar6 pue nnol;aA
+o
'sacuelsunclc relnctlled rapun asn o] qclqm buturtulalap u! pastcJoxa
aql
'sbuluado
aq ]snur luer.uabpnf6uuaeul6uapue popllold ale sleu0rs1o sedAt orvrl
uoaMlaqspolrad aurll +o a6uel e aprn os sJanocuollelado abpuqnnelpacutg
'uoglemdoaDpuqnnelp
o] uleM ol papoau uaqnnA;uo paqsel, aq lllm l! os uollels s,JapualabpuqaLll
rxol+ uoceaqs!q] loJluoc ol alqerlsaps! ll 'suot]tpuocloqlo lo+ se llaM se a^oqe
paqucsap suollpuoc aql rapun 'uoceag uollecry!]uapl plezeH e Aq peluaual
-ddnsaq
qcng 'alqrses+
oq lou plnoM 6utubtsqons oraqm suor]!puoo
;1eqssu0rs
'sl.slrolour
o] Dururennaouenpeant6 o] a6puqnnelpaq} ulotl
ueqJn ur l.dacxe
uOtg6utulen4igOIUSMVUC V
acuelsrprado.td
aq] le pasnoq sAennle
11eqs
When a HazardldentificationBeamn is usedwith the DRAWBRIDGE
WarningSign it should be interconnected
with the drawbridgecontrollerin
such a manneras to beginoperationsufficientlyin advanceoJ the beginning
. of the bridgeopeningsignalsequence
as to warn driversthat they will enCounter
a red signalor vehiclesstoppedby the signal. lt may frequentlybe desirable
to
continuethis beaconin flashingoperationafter the draw bridgecyclehasbeen
mmpleted until all stoppedvehicleshavestartedto move and traffic is again
flowingfreely.
for Emergency
TrafficSignals
Vehicles:
An emergency
traffic signalis a specialadaptationof a traffic controlsignal
to gqtainthe right-of-wayfor an authorizedemergency
vehicle. An emergencytraffic signal may be installedat a locationthat does not meet the warrants
prescribed
for the varioustypes of other traffic signalinstallations.lt may be
installedat an intersectionor at other locationswhere there is direct access
from a buildinghousingthe emergency
vehicle.
Applicationsof Emergency-Traific
Signals:
- rAfan unsignalizedlosat-irnFn€rrrgenefrraffie signal
may be justified if
gapsin traffic do not existto permitsafeentranceof emergency
adequate
vehicles
on the throughstreetis
9r thg stoppingsight distancefor vehiclesapproaching
in-sufficientto permit safeentraneeof emergency
vehicles.
The sight distancedeterminationis basedon the locationof the visibility
obstructionfor the critical approachlanefor eachstreetor drive,and the posted
or 85th percentilespeedon the throughstreet,whicheveris higher.
lf warrantsfor a traffic control signalare met, a signalnormallyshouldbe
installedto the standards
requiredfor that type of siinal.
The useof emergencytraffic signalsto permit direct accessto a streetfrom
a buildinghousingemergency
equipmentis optional.
Designof Emergency
TrafficSignals:
. Except as specifiedin this section,a traffic control signatfor emergency
vehiclemovements
shallmeetthe requirements
of this Manual.
At leastone signalfaceshouldbe locatedoverthe roadway.
A HazardldentificationBeaconmay be installedin advance
of an emergency
traffic signal. such beaconshallbeaccompanied
by an appropriate
warningsign.
The designand location of the beaconshall conform to the standardssp6cif-ications.
A minimum of one signalface shall face the directionof approachof the
vehicle.
emergency
Operationof Emergency-Traffic
Signals:
As a minimum,the indications,
sequency
and mannerof operationof an
emergencytraffic control signalinstalledat a mid block locationshall be as
follows:
298
( 1 ) The signalindication,betweenemergencyvehicleactuations,shallbe
eithera steadygreenor flashingyellow.
Q I There shall alwaysbe a steady yellow changeindicatignshown to
traffic on the street,but a changeindicationis not requiredfor the
vehicledriverway.
emergency
(3 ) Thereshall be a steadyred signalindicationfor traffic on the street.
The duration of the red period should be determinedon the basis
of on-sitetegt run-timestuides,but shouldnormallynot exceed1.5
time.r
or clearance
vehiclepassage
timesthe emergency
(4) It has been found advantageous
to use30.0 cm diameterfor red and
steadyyellow indications,and 20.00 cm diameterfor flashingyellow
andsteadygreenindications.
indications
( 5 ) An interseciionalor mid'block emergency-traffic
signalmay be actuated manuallyfrom a local control point suchas a fire station,police
or civil defenceoffice, or from an emergencyvehicle
headquarters
equippedfor remoteoperationof the signal.
)
(6) HazardldentificationBeacons,usedwith an emergencytraffic signal
conditionat the sametime as
shallbe actuatedfrom a non-illuminated
to steadyyellow.
traffic signalis changed
the emergency
(71 Emergency-traffic
shouldbe operated
signalsloqatedat intersections
either in the flashingmode betweenemergencyactuationsor should
. be semior fully traffic-actuatedto accommodaten-ortiralvehicular
traffic on the streets.
and pedestrian
Train-ApproachSignalsand Gates:
wherestudiesindicatethe needof protection
At rail highwaylevelcrossings
beyond that providedby signs,signalsshouldbe installedwhich indicatethe
of trainl. The signalsmay be supplementdby gateswhich
approachor presence
traffic while traffic are apextend acrossthe laneor lanesof the approaching
proachingand occupyingthe crossing. The followingsectionsapply only to
with or without gates.
signals,
(1) Wheretraffic signalsare locatedat inter-sections
in closeproximity
signals,particularattentionmust be givento the
to the train-approach
mordinationof the two installations.
A
As useherein,the terms"train" and"rail" shallincludetransitvehicles
right ofoperatingupon stationaryrailsor trackson privateor separate
way,
The applicabletechniquesof rail levelcrossingprotectionalso should be
traffic usingexclusive
of the pre-emptive-type
for the level-crossings
considered
right-of-way.
Applicationof Rail LevelCrosingSignals.
of trains
or-presence
A flashinglightsignalis usedto indicatethe approach
by meansof two horizontal red light flashingalternately6t pre-determined
tt tLgt vqtJ,
l.
299
, A rail high-waylevelcrossinggate (appearing
to the driveras an arm being
loweredor in a horizontalposition)is an effectiveadjunctto the flashinglight
signal in indicating the approachor presenceof trains. When used,the gate
should extented over the travelledroad-waya sufficient distanceto cover the
crossing.
lanesusedby traffic approaching,the
-:
Signalsand signsor signals,signsand gate of the type describedherein
shallbe installedat rail-roadhighwaygrade-crossings
wherea study of the crossing
by competentengineersindicatesa needfor advancewarningof the approachof
trains. These exact assemblies
of devicesshall be used foi no other purpose.
Whenevera clearlyvisibleelectricor mechanical
signaldeviceis actlvated
gateis lowered,or a humanflagmancontinuesto givea signalindicating
a crossing
the approachor pmsage
of a train,thedriverof an approaching
vehicleshould:
(1) Stop within 15 meter but not les than 45 metersfrom the nearest
rail of such rail-roadand shall not proceeduntil he can do so safely,
and
(21 no personshall.driveany vehiclethrough,aroundor underany crossing
is slosed
late- or-barr.ierara-ra-il.road--c-rossingwhilc=uehTeFdfbarr-ier
or is beingopenedor closed.
FCPPK-Lirho/1975/88Ag/NTRC-
300
Download